Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549


Form 10 ‑K


 

 

(Mark One)

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

Or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to            

 

Commission file number: 001 ‑35916


PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


 

 

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

80 ‑0882793
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)

6101 Condor Drive, Moorpark, California
(Address of principal executive offices)

93021
(Zip Code)

 

(818) 224 ‑7442

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 

Title of Each Class

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Class A Common Stock of Beneficial Interest, $0.0001 Par Value

New York Stock Exchange

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well ‑known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes   No 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes   No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes   No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S ‑T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes   No 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S ‑K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10 ‑K or any amendment to this Form 10 ‑K. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non ‑accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b ‑2 of the Exchange Act (check one):

 

 

 

 

Large accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer 

Non ‑accelerated filer 
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b ‑2 of the Exchange Act). Yes   No 

As of June 30, 2014 the aggregate market value of the registrant’s Common Stock of beneficial interest, $0.0001 par value (“common stock ”), held by non ‑affiliates was $332,013,936 based on the closing price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on that date.

As of March  10 , 2015, the number of outstanding shares of common stock of the registrant was   21,613,017 .

Documents Incorporated by Reference

 

 

Document

Parts Into Which Incorporated

Definitive Proxy Statement for
2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders

Part III

 

 

 

 

 


 

Table of Contents

PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

FORM 10 ‑K

December 31, 2014

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

    

 

    

Page

 

 

Special Note Regarding Forward ‑Looking Statements

 

3

PART I  

 

 

 

 

Item 1  

 

Business

 

5

Item 1A  

 

Risk Factors

 

11

Item 1B  

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

41

Item 2  

 

Properties

 

41

Item 3  

 

Legal Proceedings

 

41

Item 4  

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

 

42

PART II  

 

 

 

 

Item 5  

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

43

Item 6  

 

Selected Financial Data

 

44

Item 7  

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

46

Item 7A  

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

66

Item 8  

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

69

Item 9  

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

69

Item 9A  

 

Controls and Procedures

 

69

Item 9B  

 

Other Information

 

70

PART III  

 

 

 

 

Item 10  

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

71

Item 11  

 

Executive Compensation

 

71

Item 12  

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

71

Item 13  

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

71

Item 14  

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

71

PART IV  

 

 

 

 

Item 15  

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

72

 

 

Signatures

 

81

 

 

2


 

Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD ‑LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Annual Report on Form 10 ‑K (“Report”) contains certain forward ‑looking statements that are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Forward ‑looking statements are generally identifiable by use of forward ‑looking terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “potential,” “intend,” “expect,” “seek,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “approximately,” “believe,” “could,” “project,” “predict,” “continue,” “plan” or other similar words or expressions. 

 

Forward ‑looking statements are based on certain assumptions, discuss future expectations, describe future plans and strategies, contain financial and operating projections or state other forward ‑looking information. Examples of forward ‑looking statements include the following:

·

projections of our revenues, income, earnings per share, capital structure or other financial items;

·

descriptions of our plans or objectives for future operations, products or services;

·

forecasts of our future economic performance, interest rates, profit margins and our share of future markets; and

·

descriptions of assumptions underlying or relating to any of the foregoing expectations regarding the timing of generating any revenues.

 

Our ability to predict results or the actual effect of future events, actions, plans or strategies is inherently uncertain. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward ‑looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, our actual results and performance could differ materially from those set forth in the forward ‑looking statements. There are a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control that could cause actual results to differ significantly from management’s expectations. Some of these factors are discussed below.

 

You should not place undue reliance on any forward ‑looking statement and should consider the following uncertainties and risks, as well as the risks and uncertainties discussed elsewhere in this Report and as set forth in Item IA. of Part I hereof and any subsequent Quarterly Reports on Form 10 ‑Q.

 

Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from historical results or those anticipated include, but are not limited to:

·

the continually changing federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to the highly regulated industry in which we operate;

·

lawsuits or governmental actions if we do not comply with the laws and regulations applicable to our businesses;

·

the creation of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), its rules and the enforcement thereof by the CFPB;

·

our dependence on U.S. government ‑sponsored entities and changes in their current roles or their guarantees or guidelines;

·

changes to government mortgage modification programs;

·

the licensing and operational requirements of states and other jurisdictions applicable to our businesses, to which our bank competitors are not subject;

·

foreclosure delays and changes in foreclosure practices;

·

certain banking regulations that may limit our business activities;

·

our dependence on the multi-family and commercial real estate sectors for future originations and investments in commercial mortgage loans and other commercial real estate related loans;

·

changes in macroeconomic and U.S. real estate market conditions;

·

difficulties inherent in growing loan production volume;

3


 

Table of Contents

·

difficulties inherent in adjusting the size of our operations to reflect changes in business levels;

·

purchase opportunities for mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) and our success in winning bids;

·

changes in prevailing interest rates;

·

increases in loan delinquencies and defaults;

·

our reliance on PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust (“PMT”) as a significant source of financing for, and revenue related to, our mortgage banking business;

·

any required additional capital and liquidity to support business growth that may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all;

·

our obligation to indemnify third ‑party purchasers or repurchase loans if loans that we originate, acquire, service or assist in the fulfillment of, fail to meet certain criteria or characteristics or under other circumstances;

·

our obligation to indemnify PMT and the Investment Funds if our services fail to meet certain criteria or characteristics or under other circumstances;

·

decreases in the historical returns on the assets that we select and manage for our clients, and our resulting management and incentive fees;

·

the extensive amount of regulation applicable to our investment management segment;

·

conflicts of interest in allocating our services and investment opportunities among ourselves and our Advised Entities;

·

the effect of public opinion on our reputation;

·

our recent growth;

·

our ability to effectively identify, manage, monitor and mitigate financial risks;

·

our initiation of new business activities or expansion of existing business activities;

·

our ability to detect misconduct and fraud; and

·

our ability to mitigate cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents.

 

Other factors that could also cause results to differ from our expectations may not be described in this Report or any other document.  Each of these factors could by itself, or together with one or more other factors, adversely affect our business, results of operations and/or financial condition.

 

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that arise after the date the forward-looking statement was made.

4


 

Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1.  Business

 

The following description of our business should be read in conjunction with the information included elsewhere in this Report. This description contains forward ‑looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ significantly from the projections and results discussed in the forward ‑looking statements due to the factors described under the caption “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Report. References in this Report to “we,” “our,” “us,” and the “Company” refer to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (“PFSI”).

 

Initial Public Offering and Recapitalization

 

On May 14, 2013, we completed an initial public offering (“IPO”) in which we sold approximately 12.8 million shares of Class A Common Stock par value $0.0001 per share (“Class A Common Stock”) for cash consideration of $16.875 per share (net of underwriting discounts). With the net proceeds from the IPO, we bought approximately 12.8 million Class A units of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (“PennyMac”) and became its sole managing member. We operate and control all of the business and affairs and consolidate the financial results of PennyMac.

 

Before the completion of the IPO, the limited liability company agreement of PennyMac was amended and restated to, among other things, change its capital structure by converting the different classes of interests held by its existing unitholders into Class A units. PennyMac and its existing unitholders also entered into an exchange agreement under which (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) they have the right to exchange their Class A units for shares of our Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and certain other transactions.

 

PennyMac has made an election pursuant to Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code which remains in effect. As a result of this election, an exchange of Class A units for shares of our Class A Common Stock pursuant to the exchange agreement results in a special adjustment for PFSI that may increase PFSI’s tax basis in certain assets of PennyMac that otherwise would not have been available. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of income tax that PFSI would otherwise be required to pay in the future and result in increases in investment in PennyMac deferred tax assets net of the related deferred tax liabilities.

 

As part of the IPO, we entered into a tax receivable agreement with the then-existing unitholders of PennyMac that provides for payment to such owners of 85% of the tax benefits, if any, that we are deemed to realize under certain circumstances as a result of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of Class A units and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement.

 

Our Company

 

We are a specialty financial services firm with a comprehensive mortgage platform and integrated business primarily focused on the production and servicing of U.S. residential mortgage loans (activities which we refer to as mortgage banking) and the management of investments related to the U.S. mortgage market. We believe that our operating capabilities, specialized expertise, access to long-term investment capital, and our management’s experience across all aspects of the mortgage business will allow us to profitably grow these activities and capitalize on other related opportunities as they arise in the future.

 

PennyMac was founded in 2008 by members of our executive leadership team and two strategic partners, BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC (“BlackRock” or “BlackRock, Inc.”) and HC Partners, LLC, formerly known as Highfields Capital Investments, LLC, together with its affiliates (“Highfields”).

 

5


 

Table of Contents

We conduct our business in three segments: loan production, loan servicing (together, these two activities comprise mortgage banking) and investment management. Our principal mortgage banking subsidiary, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (“PLS”), is a non-bank producer and servicer of mortgage loans in the United States. PLS is a seller/servicer for the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), each of which is a government ‑sponsored entity (“GSE”). It is also an approved issuer of securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), a lender of the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”), a lender/servicer of the Veterans Administration (“VA”) and the U.S. Department of Agriculture (“USDA”), and a servicer for the Home Affordable Modification Program (“HAMP”). We refer to each of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae, FHA,VA and USDA as an “Agency” and collectively as the “Agencies.” PLS is able to service loans in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Guam and the U.S. Virgin Islands, and originate loans in 49 states and the District of Columbia, either because PLS is properly licensed in a particular jurisdiction or exempt or otherwise not required to be licensed in that jurisdiction.

 

Our principal investment management subsidiary, PNMAC Capital Management, LLC (“PCM”), is an SEC registered investment adviser. PCM manages PMT, a mortgage real estate investment trust, listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol PMT. PCM also manages PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LP, both registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Investment Company Act”), as amended, an affiliate of these Funds and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC. We refer to these funds collectively as our “Investment Funds” and, together with PMT, as our “Advised Entities.”

 

Mortgage Banking

 

Loan Production

 

Our loan production segment is sourced through two channels: correspondent production and consumer direct lending.

 

In correspondent production we manage, on behalf of PMT and for our own account, the acquisition of newly originated, prime credit quality, first-lien residential mortgage loans that have been underwritten to investor guidelines. PMT acquires, from approved correspondent sellers, newly originated loans, including both conventional and government-insured or guaranteed residential mortgage loans that qualify for inclusion in securitizations that are guaranteed by the Agencies. For conventional loans, we perform fulfillment activities for PMT and earn a fulfillment fee for each loan purchased by PMT. In the case of government insured loans, we purchase them from PMT at PMT’s cost plus a sourcing fee and fulfill them for our own account.

 

Through our consumer direct lending channel, we originate new prime credit quality, first-lien residential conventional and government-insured or guaranteed mortgage loans on a national basis to allow customers to purchase or refinance their homes. The consumer direct model relies on the Internet and call center-based staff to acquire and interact with customers across the country. We do not have a “brick and mortar” branch network and have been developing our consumer direct operations with call centers strategically positioned across the United States.

 

For loans originated via our consumer direct lending channel, we conduct our own fulfillment, earn interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale or securitization of these loans, and retain the associated MSRs (subject to sharing with PMT a portion of such MSRs or cash with respect to certain consumer direct originated loans that refinance loans for which the related MSRs or excess servicing spread (“ESS”) was held by PMT).

 

6


 

Table of Contents

Our loan production activity is summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Fair value of mortgage loans purchased and originated for sale:

 

 

                      

 

 

                      

 

 

                      

 

Government-insured or guaranteed loans acquired from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

$

16,431,338 

 

$

16,113,806 

 

$

8,864,264 

 

Consumer direct

 

 

1,952,505 

 

 

1,104,051 

 

 

539,160 

 

 

 

$

18,383,843 

 

$

17,217,857 

 

$

9,403,424 

 

Fair value of mortgage loans fulfilled for PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

$

11,858,198 

 

$

15,941,369 

 

$

13,473,916 

 

 

Loan Servicing

 

Our loan servicing segment performs loan administration, collection, and default management activities, including the collection and remittance of loan payments; response to customer inquiries; accounting for principal and interest; holding custodial (impounded) funds for the payment of property taxes and insurance premiums; counseling delinquent mortgagors; and supervising foreclosures and property dispositions. We service a diverse portfolio of mortgage loans both as the owner of MSRs and on behalf of other MSR or mortgage owners. We provide servicing for conventional and government-insured or guaranteed loans (“prime servicing”), as well as servicing for distressed loans that have been acquired as investments by our Advised Entities (“special servicing”). As of December 31, 2014, the portfolio of mortgage loans that we serviced or subserviced totaled approximately $ 106.0 billion in unpaid principal balance (“UPB”).

 

Investment Management

 

We are an investment manager through our subsidiary, PCM. PCM currently manages PMT and the Investment Funds. PMT and the Investment Funds had combined net assets of approximately $ 2.0  billion as of December 31, 2014. For these activities, we earn management fees as a percentage of net assets and incentive compensation based on investment performance.

 

U.S. Mortgage Market

 

The U.S. residential mortgage market is one of the largest financial markets in the world, with approximately $ 10 trillion of outstanding debt and average annual origination volume of $ 1.6 trillion for the five years ending December 31, 2014. Dislocations from the financial crisis have led many of the largest financial institutions , including banks which have traditionally held the majority of the market share in mortgage originations and servicing, to reduce their participation in the mortgage market through asset sales and by exiting businesses, and the industry remains in a period of significant transformation , creating opportunities for non-bank participants .

 

The residential mortgage industry is characterized by high barriers to entry, including the necessity for approvals required to sell loans to and service loans for the Agencies, state licensing requirements for non-banks without a federal charter, sophisticated infrastructure, technology, and processes required for successful operations, and financial capital requirements.

 

Our Growth Strategies

 

Since our establishment during the financial crisis, we have demonstrated our ability to apply our residential mortgage expertise and operating capabilities to multiple business opportunities. In the initial years of our operation, for example, we identified distressed investing as an attractive opportunity and we raised and deployed capital through a series of successful transactions. As the mortgage market presented opportunities in new loan production and servicing, we expanded our management and capabilities to profitably capitalize on these businesses as well.

 

7


 

Table of Contents

Our growth strategies include:

 

Grow ing our Servicing Portfolio Organically and through Opportunistic Acquisitions

 

We expect to grow our servicing portfolio on an organic basis, as our correspondent government ‑insured production and consumer direct   lending adds new prime servicing for owned MSRs, and correspondent conventional lending adds new subservicing. In 2014, our correspondent and consumer direct loan production totaled $17.6 billion in UPB . We plan to supplement our organic growth by adding new special servicing through continued distressed loan acquisitions by PMT and potentially other entities that we may manage in the future. We also plan to acquire MSRs from large servicers, which are selling MSRs due to continuing operational and regulatory pressures, higher regulatory capital requirements for banks, and a re-focus on core customers and business, and from independent mortgage banks, which are selling MSRs due to reduced origination volumes, operational losses, and a need for capital. During 2014, we completed acquisitions of MSRs with UPB totaling $11.9 billion. We effected these acquisitions through a co ‑investment with PMT by which we financed a portion of these purchases through the sale to PMT of ESS.

 

Growing Correspondent Production through Expanding Seller Relationships

 

We expect to grow our correspondent production business by expanding the number and types of sellers from which we purchase loans and increasing the volume of loans that we purchase from our existing sellers as we continue to add to the loan products that we offer and deepen our participation in certain geographic markets in the United States. Over the past few years, a number of large banks have exited or reduced the size of their correspondent production businesses, creating an opportunity for non ‑bank entities to gain market share. We believe that we are well positioned to take advantage of this opportunity based on our management expertise in the correspondent production business, our relationships with correspondent sellers, and our supporting systems and processes.

 

Growing Consumer Direct Lending through Portfolio Refinance and Non ‑Portfolio Originations

 

We expect to grow our consumer direct lending business by leveraging our growing servicing portfolio through refinance activities as well as increasing our non ‑portfolio originations. As our servicing portfolio grows, we will have a greater number of leads to pursue, which we believe will lead to greater refinancing activity through our consumer direct business. At the same time, we are making significant investments in technology, personnel and marketing to increase our non ‑portfolio originations. We believe that our national call center model and our technology will enable us to drive origination process efficiencies and best ‑in ‑class customer service.

 

Entering Commercial Real Estate Finance Focused on Small Balance Loans

 

We are entering the commercial real estate finance business by focusing on the production of small balance commercial loans (typically under $10 million in UPB).  We are investing in personnel, systems and marketing to build our commercial real estate finance platform, which we believe complements our existing business es in residential mortgages.  In addition to loan production, PLS is expected to provide special servicing for nonperforming and sub-performing commercial loans which may be acquired by PMT for investment purposes .

 

Compliance and Regulatory

 

Our business is subject to extensive federal, state and local regulation. Our loan production and loan servicing operations are primarily regulated at the state level by state licensing authorities and administrative agencies, with additional oversight from the CFPB. We, along with certain PennyMac employees who engage in regulated activities, must apply for licensing as a mortgage banker or lender, loan servicer and debt collector pursuant to applicable state law. These state licensing requirements typically require an application process, the payment of fees, background checks and administrative review. Our servicing operations are licensed (or exempt or otherwise not required to be licensed) to service mortgage loans in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Guam and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Our consumer direct lending business is licensed to originate loans in 49 states and the District of Columbia. From time to time, we receive requests from states and Agencies and various investors for records, documents and information regarding our policies, procedures and practices regarding our loan production and loan servicing business activities, and undergo periodic

8


 

Table of Contents

examinations by federal and state regulatory agencies. We incur significant ongoing costs to comply with these licensing and examination requirements.

 

While the U.S. federal government does not primarily regulate loan production, the federal Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act of 2008 (the “SAFE Act”) requires all states to enact laws that require all individuals acting in the United States as mortgage loan originators to be individually licensed or registered if they intend to offer mortgage loan products. These licensing requirements include enrollment in the Nationwide Mortgage Licensing System, application to state regulators for individual licenses, a minimum of 20 hours of pre ‑licensing education, an annual minimum of eight hours of continuing education and the successful completion of both national and state exams.

 

In addition to licensing requirements, we must comply with a number of federal consumer protection laws, including, among others:

·

the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, which provides, among other things, interest and foreclosure protections for service members on active duty;

·

the Gramm ‑Leach ‑Bliley Act and Regulation P thereunder, which require us to maintain privacy with respect to certain consumer data in our possession and to periodically communicate with consumers on privacy matters;

·

the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, which regulates the timing and content of debt collection communications;

·

the Truth in Lending Act (“ TILA ”) , and Regulation Z thereunder, which require certain disclosures to mortgagors regarding the terms of their mortgage loans , notices of sale, assignments or transfers of ownership of mortgage loans, new servicing rules involving payment processing, and adjustable rate mortgage change notices and periodic statements ;

·

the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (“RESPA”), and Regulation X thereunder, which require certain disclosures to mortgagors regarding the costs of mortgage loans, the administration of tax and insurance escrows, the transferring of servicing of mortgage loans, the response to consumer complaints, and payments between lenders and vendors of certain settlement services;

·

the Fair Credit Reporting Act and Regulation V thereunder, which regulate the use and reporting of information related to the credit history of consumers;

·

the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B thereunder, which prohibit discrimination on the basis of age, race and certain other characteristics, in the extension of credit;

·

the Homeowners Protection Act, which requires the cancellation of private mortgage insurance once certain equity levels are reached, sets disclosure and notification requirements, and requires the return of unearned premiums;

·

the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and Regulation C thereunder, which require financial institutions to report certain public loan data;

·

the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994, which provides for lenders to require from borrowers or to purchase flood insurance on behalf of borrower/owners of properties in special flood hazard areas; and

·

the Fair Housing Act, which prohibits discrimination in housing on the basis of race, sex, national origin, and certain other characteristics.

 

Many of these laws are further impacted by the SAFE Act and implementation of new rules by the CFPB under the Dodd ‑Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (“Dodd-Frank Act”).

 

We are committed to complying with all applicable laws, regulations and contractual agreements. We believe that compliance is best managed by integrating responsibility within each department’s activities to promote management and employee accountability. Accordingly, we have implemented a matrixed approach to the integration of

9


 

Table of Contents

our compliance program that utilizes expertise within the organization and defines clear responsibilities for the program; specifically, business units are responsible for defining and managing compliance performance through process ‑based controls, risk remediation and reporting. Centralized monitoring and independent review, control testing, validation and regulation interpretation is performed by our Quality Control, Corporate Compliance, Enterprise Risk Management, Internal Audit and Legal groups.

 

We have established a Mortgage Regulatory Compliance Committee (“MRCC”) to oversee the compliance program, engender a culture conducive to ethical conduct and compliance throughout the Company, proactively identify and respond to changes in our risk profile and regulatory environment, and establish compliance program standards, articulated in compliance policies. The MRCC has identified individuals throughout the organization to oversee specific areas of compliance. MRCC membership includes senior management from across the Company and meets monthly to remain updated on recurring and rotational topics.

 

We administer a compliance training program comprised of general training and role-centric training. Both are designed to promote a contemporary understanding of compliance issues and regulations affecting the mortgage industry.

 

During 2014, our loan origination and servicing operations were reviewed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae, FHA, the FDIC and by other state and federal regulators. There were no significant findings of violations of law from any of these reviews.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We hold registered trademarks with respect to the name PennyMac ® , the swirl design and rooftop design appearing in certain PennyMac drawings and logos and various additional designs and word marks relating to the PennyMac name. We do not otherwise rely on any copyright, patent or other form of registration to protect our rights in our intellectual property. Our other intellectual property includes proprietary know ‑how and technological innovations, such as our proprietary loan ‑level analytics “LENE SM ” (Loan Enhancement Normalization Engine) for distressed loan management, and other trade secrets that we have developed to maintain our competitive position.

 

Competition

 

Given the diverse and specialized nature of our businesses, we do not believe we have a direct competitor for the totality of our business. We compete with a number of nationally ‑focused companies in each of our businesses.

 

In our mortgage banking segment, we compete with large financial institutions and with other independent residential mortgage loan producers and servicers, such as Wells Fargo, JP Morgan Chase, Bank of America, Citigroup, U.S. Bank, Quicken Loans, Nationstar Mortgage, Ocwen Financial Corporation and Walter Investment Management Corp. In our correspondent production and consumer direct businesses, we compete on the basis of product offerings, technical knowledge, manufacturing quality, speed of execution, rate and fees. In our servicing business, we compete on the basis of experience in the residential loan servicing business, quality of high ‑touch special servicing and historical servicing performance, and quality of execution, especially in high ‑touch special servicing.

 

In our investment management segment, we compete for capital with both traditional and alternative investment managers. We compete on the basis of historical track record of risk ‑adjusted returns, experience of investment management team, the return profile of prospective investment opportunities and on the level of fees and expenses.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2014, we, through a subsidiary, had 1,816 employees, all of whom are based in the United States. None of our employees is represented by a labor union and we consider our employee relations to be good.

 

10


 

Table of Contents

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

 

In addition to the other information set forth in this report, you should carefully consider the following factors, which could materially affect our business, financial condition or results of operations in future periods. The risks described below are not the only risks that we face. Additional risks not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations in future periods.

 

Risks Related to Our Mortgage Banking Segment

 

Regulatory Risks

 

We operate in a highly regulated industry and the continually changing federal, state and local laws and regulations could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Due to the highly regulated nature of the mortgage industry, we are required to comply with a wide array of federal, state and local laws and regulations that regulate, among other things, the manner in which we conduct our loan production and servicing businesses and the fees that we may charge. These regulations directly impact our business and require constant compliance, monitoring and internal and external audits.  Federal, state and local governments have recently proposed or enacted numerous new laws, regulations and rules related to mortgage loans. Laws, regulations, rules and judicial and administrative decisions relating to mortgage loans include those pertaining to real estate settlement procedures, equal credit opportunity, fair lending, fair credit reporting, truth in lending, fair debt collection practices, service members protections, compliance with net worth and financial statement delivery requirements, compliance with federal and state disclosure and licensing requirements, the establishment of maximum interest rates, finance charges and other charges, qualified mortgages, licensing of loan officers, loan officer compensation, secured transactions, servicing transfers, payment processing, escrow, loss mitigation, collection, foreclosure, repossession and claims ‑handling procedures, and other trade practices and privacy regulations providing for the use and safeguarding of non ‑public personal financial information of borrowers. Service providers we use must also comply with these legal requirements, including outside foreclosure counsel retained to process foreclosures.

 

In particular, the Dodd ‑Frank Act represents a comprehensive overhaul of the financial services industry in the United States and includes, among other things (i) the creation of a Financial Stability Oversight Council to identify emerging systemic risks posed by financial firms, activities and practices, and to improve cooperation among federal agencies, (ii) the creation of the CFPB, authorized to promulgate and enforce consumer protection regulations relating to financial products and services, including residential mortgage lending and servicing, (iii) the establishment of strengthened capital and prudential standards for banks and bank holding companies, (iv) enhanced regulation of financial markets, including the derivatives and securitization markets, and (v) amendments to the TILA and RESPA, aimed at improving consumer protections with respect to residential mortgage originations, including disclosures, originator compensation, minimum repayment standards, prepayment considerations appraisals and servicing requirements.

 

Our failure to comply with any of these laws or regulations could subject us to lawsuits or governmental actions and damage our reputation, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our failure to comply with these laws, regulations and rules may result in reduced payments by borrowers, modification of the original terms of mortgage loans, permanent forgiveness of debt, delays in the foreclosure process, increased servicing advances, litigation, enforcement actions, and repurchase and indemnification obligations. Our failure to adequately supervise service providers, including outside foreclosure counsel, may also have these negative results.

 

The failure of the mortgage lenders from whom loans were acquired through our correspondent production program to comply with these laws, regulations and rules may also result in these adverse consequences. We have in place a due diligence program designed to assess areas of risk with respect to these acquired loans, including, without limitation, compliance with underwriting guidelines and applicable law. However, we may not detect every violation of law by these mortgage lenders. While we have contractual rights to seek indemnity or repurchase from these

11


 

Table of Contents

correspondent lenders, if any of these lenders are unable to fulfill their indemnity or repurchase obligations to us to a material extent, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, our repurchase agreements that provide us with capital to purchase loans for our correspondent production business require us to make representations that the loans sold under these agreements comply with applicable law. See “Market Risks—We leverage our assets, which may materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations” on page 52 for a discussion of risks related to breaches of such representations.

 

In addition, although they have not yet been enacted, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) proposed changes to mortgage servicing compensation structures in 2011 for servicing with the GSEs, including reducing servicing fees and channeling funds toward reserve accounts for delinquent loans. Also, there continue to be changes in legislation, rulemaking and licensing in an effort to simplify the consumer mortgage experience which requires technology changes and additional implementation costs for loan originators and servicers. We expect that legislative and regulatory changes will continue in the foreseeable future, which may increase our operating expenses.

 

Any of these or other changes in laws or regulations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The CFPB continues to be more active in its monitoring of the residential mortgage origination and servicing sectors. New rules and regulations and/or more stringent enforcement of existing rules and regulations by the CFPB could result in enforcement actions, fines, penalties and the inherent reputational risk that results from such actions.

 

The CFPB officially began operation on July 21, 2011. The CFPB is charged, in part, with enforcing laws involving consumer financial products and services and is empowered with examination, enforcement and rulemaking authority. T he CFPB has taken a very active role. For example, the CFPB issued a Supervision and Examination Manual and other guidelines indicating that it would send examiners to banks and other institutions that service and/or originate mortgages to assess whether consumers’ interests are protected.

 

Final regulations under the Dodd-Frank Act regarding “ability to repay” and other standards and practices were adopted by the CFPB and became effective in January 2014. Before originating a mortgage loan, a lender must determine, on the basis of certain information and according to specified criteria, that the prospective borrower has the ability to repay the loan. Lenders that issue loans meeting certain heightened underwriting requirements will be pre sumed to comply with the new rule with respect to these loans.

 

The CFPB issued final rules that took effect on January 1 0 , 201 4 amending Regulation X, which implements RESPA , and Regulation Z, which implements TILA . These final rules implement provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act regarding mortgage loan servicing including periodic billing statements, certain notices and acknowledgements, prompt crediting of borrowers’ accounts for payments received, additional notice, review and timing requirements with respect to delinquent borrowers, prompt investigation of complaints by borrowers and required additional steps to be taken before purchasing insurance to protect the lender’s interest in the property. On December 15, 2014, the CFPB proposed amendments to the servicing rules involving lender-placed insurance notices, delinquency and early intervention, loss mitigation, period statement requirements, and successors-in-interest to borrowers . Comments to the proposed rules must be received by March 16, 2015.

 

On August  1 9 , 201 4 , the CFPB issued guidance to mortgage servicers to address potential risks to customers that may arise in   connection with transfers of servicing. According to the CFPB, if a servicer is determined to have engaged   in any acts or practices that are unfair, deceptive, or abusive, or that otherwise violate federal consumer financial laws and regulations, the CFPB will take appropriate supervisory and enforcement actions to address violations and seek all appropriate corrective measures, including remediation of harm to consumers. In light of the significant amount of transfers that we have undertaken and seek to undertake, we may receive additional scrutiny from the CFPB and such scrutiny may result in some or all of the types of actions described above being imposed upon our business.

 

On December 15, 2014, the CFPB proposed further amendments to the Regulation X and Regulation Z servicing rules relating to force-placed insurance notices, delinquency and early intervention, loss mitigation, periodic statement requirements and successors-in-interest to borrowers.

 

12


 

Table of Contents

Regulations promulgated under the Dodd-Frank Act or by the CFPB and actions by the CFPB could materially and adversely affect the manner in which we or PLS conduct our or PLS’ business, result in heightened federal regulation and oversight of our or PLS’ business activities, and in increased costs and potential litigation associated with our or PLS’ business activities.

 

Our or PLS’ failure to comply with the laws, rules or regulations to which we are subject, whether actual or alleged, would expose us or PLS to fines, penalties or potential litigation liabilities, including costs, settlements and judgments, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our or PLS’ business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows and our ability to make

distributions to our shareholders.

 

We are highly dependent on U.S. government ‑sponsored entities, and any changes in these entities or their current roles could materially and adversely affect our business, liquidity, financial position and results of operations.

 

Our ability to generate revenues through mortgage loan sales depends to a significant degree on programs administered by GSEs, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, government agencies, including Ginnie Mae, and others that facilitate the issuance of mortgage ‑backed securities (“ MBS”), in the secondary market. These Agencies play a critical role in the mortgage industry and we have significant business relationships with many of them. Presently, almost all of the newly originated conforming loans that we originate directly with borrowers or assist PMT in acquiring from mortgage lenders through our correspondent production program qualify under existing standards for inclusion in mortgage securities backed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae. We also derive other material financial benefits from these relationships, including the assumption of credit risk by these Agencies on loans included in such mortgage securities in exchange for our payment of guarantee fees and the ability to avoid certain loan inventory finance costs through streamlined loan funding and sale procedures.

 

The conservatorship of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and related efforts, along with any changes in laws and regulations affecting the relationship between Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the U.S. federal government, could adversely affect our business and prospects. Their roles could be significantly reduced or eliminated and the nature of the guarantees could be considerably limited relative to historical measurements. Elimination of the traditional roles of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, or any changes to the nature or extent of the guarantees provided by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac or the fees, terms and guidelines that govern our selling and servicing relationships with them, such as continued increases in the guarantee fees we are required to pay, initiatives that increase the number of repurchase requests and/or the manner in which they are pursued, or possible limits on delivery volumes imposed upon us and other seller/servicers, could also materially and adversely affect our business, including our ability to sell and securitize loans in our correspondent production activities, and the performance, liquidity and market value of our investments.

 

Although the U.S. Treasury has committed capital to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, these actions may not be adequate for their needs. If Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are adversely affected by events such as ratings downgrades, their inability to obtain any necessary government funding and capital, their lack of success in resolving repurchase requests to their lenders, foreclosure problems and delays and problems with mortgage insurers, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac could suffer losses and could fail to honor their guarantees and other obligations. Any discontinuation of, or significant reduction in, the operation of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac or any significant adverse change in their financial condition, the level of their activity in the primary or secondary mortgage markets or in their underwriting criteria could materially and adversely affect our business, liquidity, financial position, results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.

 

Our ability to generate revenues from newly originated loans that we assist PMT in acquiring through its correspondent production program is highly dependent on the fact that the Agencies have not historically acquired such loans directly from mortgage lenders, but have instead relied on banks and non ‑bank aggregators such as us to acquire, aggregate and securitize or otherwise sell such loans to investors in the secondary market. Certain of the Agencies have begun approving new and smaller lenders that traditionally may not have qualified for such approvals. To the extent that these lenders choose to sell directly to the Agencies rather than through loan aggregators like us, the number of loans available for purchase by aggregators is reduced, which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. Similarly, to the extent the Agencies increase the number of purchases and sales for their own accounts, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

13


 

Table of Contents

 

Changes in Agency guidelines or guarantees could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are required to follow specific guidelines that impact the way that we service and originate Agency loans, including guidelines with respect to:

·

credit standards for mortgage loans;

·

our staffing levels and other servicing practices;

·

the servicing and ancillary fees that we may charge;

·

our modification standards and procedures; and

·

the amount of non ‑reimbursable advances.

 

In particular, the FHFA has directed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to align their guidelines for servicing delinquent mortgages that they own or that back securities which they guarantee, which can result in monetary incentives for servicers that perform well and penalties for those that do not. In addition, the FHFA has directed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to assess compensatory penalties against servicers in connection with the failure to meet specified timelines relating to delinquent loans and foreclosure proceedings, and other breaches of servicing obligations.

 

We generally cannot negotiate these terms with the Agencies and they are subject to change at any time. A significant change in these guidelines that has the effect of decreasing the fees we charge or requires us to expend additional resources in providing mortgage services could decrease our revenues or increase our costs, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition, changes in the nature or extent of the guarantees provided by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac or the insurance provided by the FHA could also have broad adverse market implications. The guarantee fees that we are required to pay to the Agencies for these guarantees have increased significantly over time and any future increases in these fees or the premiums we are required to pay the FHA for insurance would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our inability to meet certain net worth and liquidity requirements imposed by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operation.

 

On October 2014, Ginnie Mae announced several new issuer requirement changes, as well as a new issuer scorecard as part of an overall effort to ensure that Ginnie Mae’s MBS guarantee program continues to be flexible and available to as many entities as possible.  The issuer scorecard will enable issuers to better understand and comply with Ginnie Mae expectations and provide issuers with a framework and methodology from which they can gauge their effectiveness against a pre-determined set of Ginnie Mae metrics as well as how they rank against their peers.  The new Ginnie Mae financial requirements include net worth and liquid asset criteria for single-family issuers, as well as issuers participating in more than one MBS program.  Issuers approved on or before December 31, 2014 will be required to meet the new requirements beginning December 31, 2015. In order for an MSR bulk transfer to be approved by Ginnie Mae after January 1, 2015, the acquiring issuer will have to meet the new requirements. In order for an MSR flow transfer arrangement to be approved by Ginnie Mae, the acquiring issuer also will have to meet the new requirements.

 

On January 30, 2015, FHFA proposed new minimum financial eligibility requirements for GSE seller/servicers.  These newly proposed eligibility requirements align the minimum financial requirements for mortgage seller/servicers to do business with the GSEs.  Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, at the direction of and in consultation with FHFA, undertook an extensive review of financial risks that the GSEs face from doing business with their sellers and servicers.  Based on this analysis, FHFA has proposed minimum financial requirements, including net worth, capital ratio and liquidity criteria, in order to set a minimum level of capital needed to adequately absorb potential losses and a minimum amount of liquidity needed to service GSE loans to cover the financial risks.  FHFA has released the proposed criteria to provide greater transparency, clarity and consistency to industry participants and other stakeholders.  FHFA anticipates that the

14


 

Table of Contents

proposed minimum financial requirements will be finalized in the second quarter of 2015, and will be effective six months after they are finalized. 

 

If these new net worth and liquidity requirements are more restrictive than we anticipate, our ability to enter into certain transactions might be impaired which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Changes to government mortgage modification and refinance programs could adversely affect our future revenues and costs.

 

Under HAMP and similar government programs, a participating servicer may be entitled to receive financial incentives in connection with any modification plans that it enters into with eligible borrowers and subsequent success fees to the extent that a borrower remains current in any agreed upon loan modification. While we participate in and dedicate numerous resources to HAMP, changes in legislation or regulation regarding HAMP or any other government mortgage modification program or changes in the requirements necessary to qualify for modifications refinancing mortgage loans may impact the extent to which we participate in and receive financial benefits from such programs, or may increase our operating costs and the expense of our participation in such programs.

 

On October 24, 2011, the FHFA announced changes to the existing Home Affordable Refinance Program (“HARP”) for certain loans sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac prior to May 31, 2009. The changes to HARP are designed to increase the number of mortgage loans eligible for refinancing under the program and have meaningfully increased industry ‑wide loan production volumes. These changes and any additional changes that may be enacted to increase refinancing eligibility under this program will likely increase mortgage loan prepayment speeds, which would have an unfavorable impact on the valuation of our MSRs. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”

 

HAMP and HARP are currently scheduled to expire on December 31, 2015. If HAMP or HARP is not extended, this could decrease our revenues, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

HARP allows us to refinance loans with an LTV greater than 100%. This program, and the FHA’s short refinance program, allow us to refinance loans to existing borrowers who have little or negative equity in their homes. The FHA’s short refinance program is scheduled to expire on December 31, 2016, and the expiration of that program or changes in legislation or regulations regarding that program or the Making Home Affordable Program (“MHA”) could reduce our volume of refinancing originations to borrowers with little or negative equity in their homes.

 

Changes to HAMP, HARP, the MHA and other similar programs could adversely affect our future revenues and costs.

 

Unlike competitors that are federally chartered banks, we are subject to the licensing and operational requirements of states and other jurisdictions that result in substantial compliance costs, and our business would be adversely affected if we lose our licenses.

 

Because we are not a federally chartered depository institution, we do not benefit from exemptions to state mortgage banking, loan servicing or debt collection licensing and regulatory requirements. We must comply with state licensing requirements and varying compliance requirements in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Guam and the U.S. Virgin Islands, and regulatory changes may increase our costs through stricter licensing laws, disclosure laws or increased fees or may impose conditions to licensing that we or our personnel are unable to meet.

 

In most states in which we operate, a regulatory agency or agencies regulate and enforce laws relating to mortgage servicers and mortgage originators. These rules and regulations generally provide for licensing as a mortgage servicer, mortgage originator, loan modification processor/underwriter, or third ‑party debt default specialist (or a combination thereof), requirements as to the form and content of contracts and other documentation, licensing of our employees and independent contractors with whom we contract, and employee hiring background checks. They also set

15


 

Table of Contents

forth restrictions on advertising and collection practices and disclosure and record ‑keeping requirements, and they establish a variety of borrowers’ rights. Future state legislation and changes in existing regulation may significantly increase our compliance costs or reduce the amount of ancillary fees, including late fees, that we may charge to borrowers. This could make our business cost ‑prohibitive in the affected state or states and could materially affect our business.

 

We may not be able to maintain all currently requisite licenses and permits. In addition, the states that currently do not provide extensive regulation of our business may later choose to do so, and if such states so act, we may not be able to obtain or maintain all requisite licenses and permits. The failure to satisfy those and other regulatory requirements could result in a default under our servicing agreements and credit facilities and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Government inquiries into foreclosure and bankruptcy practices and the associated delays could result in additional compliance costs on our servicing business, and may adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and business.

 

In connection with allegations of irregularities in foreclosure and bankruptcy processes, including so-called “robo-signing” by mortgage loan servicers, certain state Attorneys General, court administrators and government agencies, as well as federal and state government representatives, have issued letters of inquiry about policies and procedures and requested suspension of foreclosure and bankruptcy proceedings against certain mortgage servicers, especially with respect to notarization, affidavit and notice procedures.  Most recently, on March 3, 2015, a U.S. Bankruptcy Court in Michigan entered an order approving a settlement between the United States Trustee Program and a major bank  in which the bank agreed to pay over $50 million as a result of, among other things, filing payment change notices with bankruptcy courts by employees who had not verified the accuracy of the notices.  If similar administrative, judicial or legislative actions are taken by federal or state regulators, court administrators or government entities against us, we may be subjected to fines and other sanctions, including foreclosure or bankruptcy moratoria, suspensions or delays .  

 

Also, on February 9, 2012, federal and state agencies announced a $25 billion settlement with the five largest banks that resulted from investigations of foreclosure practices, which is referred to as the National Mortgage Settlement (the “Settlement ). As part of the Settlement, the banks agreed to comply with various servicing standards relating to foreclosure and bankruptcy proceedings, documentation of borrowers’ account balances, chain of title, and evaluation of borrowers for loan modifications and short sales as well as servicing fees and the use of force-placed insurance .

 

Although we are not a party to the Settlement, we are required to comply with certain material requirements and terms where, among other things, (i) we subservice loans in certain circumstances for the mortgage servicers that are parties to the Settlement, (ii) the agencies begin to enforce the Settlement by looking downstream to our arrangement with certain mortgage servicers, (iii) the MSR owners for whom we subservice loans or the mortgage loan sellers from whom we or our Advised Entities purchase loans request that we comply with ce rtain aspects of the Settlement , or (iv) we otherwise find it prudent to comply with certain aspects of the Settlement. In addition, the practices set forth in the Settlement may be adopted by the industry as a whole, forcing us to comply with them in order to follow standard industry practices, or may become required by our servicing agreements. While we have made and continue to make changes to our operating policies and procedures in light of the Settlement, further changes could be required and changes to our servicing practices may increase compliance and operating costs for our servicing business, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations .  

 

We may be subject to liability for potential violations of various lending laws, which could adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and business.

 

Mortgage loan originators and servicers operate in a highly regulated industry and are required to comply with various federal, state and local laws and regulations, including anti ‑predatory lending laws and laws and regulations imposing certain restrictions and requirements on “high cost” loans. To the extent these originators or servicers fail to comply with applicable law and any of their mortgage loans become part of our assets, it could subject us, as an assignee or purchaser of the related mortgage loans, to monetary penalties or other losses and could result in the borrowers

16


 

Table of Contents

rescinding the affected mortgage loans. Further, if any of our loans are found to have been originated, serviced or owned by us or a third party in violation of applicable law, we could be subject to lawsuits or governmental actions, or we could be fined or incur losses, any of which could adversely impact our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

 

We may be subject to certain banking regulations that may limit our business activities.

 

As of December 31, 2014, PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., or PNC, owned approximately 21% of the outstanding voting common shares of BlackRock Inc. Based on PNC’s interests in and relationships with BlackRock, Inc., BlackRock, Inc. is deemed to be a non ‑bank subsidiary of PNC. BlackRock, Inc. is an affiliate of BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC, or BlackRock, which is one of our largest equity holders. Due to these relationships, we are deemed to be a non ‑bank subsidiary of PNC, which is regulated as a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. As a non ‑bank subsidiary of PNC, we may be subject to certain banking regulations, including the supervision and regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). Such banking regulations could limit the activities and the types of businesses that we may conduct. The Federal Reserve has broad enforcement authority over financial holding companies and their subsidiaries. The Federal Reserve could exercise its power to restrict PNC from having a non ‑bank subsidiary that is engaged in any activity that, in the Federal Reserve’s opinion, is unauthorized or constitutes an unsafe or unsound business practice, and could exercise its power to restrict us from engaging in any such activity. The Federal Reserve may also impose substantial fines and other penalties for violations that we may commit. To the extent that we are subject to banking regulation, we could be at a competitive disadvantage because some of our competitors are not subject to these limitations.

 

In addition, provisions of the Dodd ‑Frank Act referred to as the “Volcker Rule” restrict bank holding companies and their affiliates from sponsoring, investing in and conducting certain transactions with certain investment funds, including hedge funds and private equity funds (collectively “covered funds”). The Volcker Rule also restricts proprietary trading, which affects certain hedging activities. The Volcker Rule applies to us by virtue of our affiliation with PNC through BlackRock. On December 10, 2013, the regulatory agencies responsible for enforcing the Volcker Rule issued implementing regulations that became effective April 1, 2014, but there is a conformance period, currently set to end on July 21, 2015, during which banking entities subject to the Volcker Rule may conform their investments and activities to the requirements of the Volcker Rule. The Volcker Rule limits our ability to sponsor or manage covered funds and to make and retain investments in covered funds, and limits investments in certain covered funds by our employees, among other restrictions. We believe that none of the funds that we currently manage, including the Investment Funds or PMT, are “covered funds.” However, if the Investment Funds or PMT were to be “covered funds” as defined, then, among other consequences, certain transactions between us and the Advised Entities could be limited or required to be restructured. These limitations and restrictions could disadvantage us against those competitors that are not subject to the Volcker Rule in the ability to manage covered funds and to retain employees.

 

Our future originations and investments in commercial mortgage loans and other commercial real estate-related loans are dependent upon the success of the multifamily and commercial real estate sectors and may be affected by conditions that could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

We expect to originate loans and acquire real estate assets secured by multifamily and commercial properties. The profitability of these business activities will be closely tied to the overall success of the multifamily and commercial real estate market. Various changes in real estate conditions may impact the multifamily and commercial real estate sectors. Any negative trends in such real estate conditions may reduce demand for our products and services and, as a result, adversely affect our results of operations. These conditions include:

·

oversupply of, or a reduction in demand for, multifamily housing and commercial properties;

 

·

a favorable single-family real estate or interest rate environment that may result in a significant number of potential residents of multifamily properties deciding to purchase homes instead of renting;

 

·

rent control or stabilization laws, or other laws regulating multifamily housing, which could affect the profitability of multifamily developments;

 

17


 

Table of Contents

·

the inability of residents or tenants to pay rent;

 

·

increased competition in the multifamily and commercial real estate sectors based on considerations such as the attractiveness, location, rental rates, amenities and safety record of various properties; and

 

·

increased operating costs, including increased real property taxes, maintenance, insurance and utilities costs.

 

Moreover, other factors may adversely affect the multifamily and commercial real estate sectors, including changes in government regulations and other laws, rules and regulations governing real estate, zoning or taxes, changes in interest rate levels, the potential liability under environmental and other laws, delinquency, foreclosure and other unforeseen events. Any or all of these factors could negatively impact the multifamily and commercial real estate sectors and, as a result, reduce the demand for our products and services. Any such reduction could materially and adversely affect us.

 

Liability relating to environmental matters may impact the value of properties that we may acquire or the properties underlying our investments.

 

Under various U.S. federal, state and local laws, an owner or operator of real property may become liable for the costs of removal of certain hazardous substances released on its property. These laws often impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator was responsible for, or aware of, the release of such hazardous substances. The presence of hazardous substances may also adversely affect an owner’s ability to sell real estate, borrow using real estate as collateral or make debt payments to us. In addition, if we take title to a property, the presence of hazardous substances may adversely affect our ability to sell the property, and we may become liable to a governmental entity or to third parties for various fines, damages or remediation costs. Any of these liabilities or events may materially and adversely affect the value of the relevant asset and/or our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

 

Market Risks

 

Our mortgage banking revenues are highly dependent on macroeconomic and United States real estate market conditions.

 

Continuing concerns over factors including inflation, deflation, unemployment, personal and business income taxes, healthcare, energy costs, geopolitical issues and the availability and cost of credit have contributed to increased volatility and unclear expectations for the economy in general and the real estate and mortgage markets in particular going forward. Since 2006, United States residential housing values have declined by approximately 14% according to the seasonally adjusted S&P/Case ‑Shiller 20-City Home Price Index, and the volume of newly originated mortgages has decreased by approximately 58%. While national housing values have increased in the last 12 months, these conditions may not have stabilized or they may worsen. A destabilization of the real estate and mortgage markets or deterioration in these markets may reduce our loan production volume, reduce the profitability of servicing mortgages or adversely affect our ability to sell mortgage loans that we originate or acquire, either at a profit or at all. Any of the foregoing could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may not be able to continue to grow our loan production volume, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our loan production operations consist of our consumer direct originations program, in which we originate mortgage loans directly with borrowers through telephone call centers or the Internet, and our correspondent production program, in which we facilitate the acquisition by PMT from correspondent sellers of newly originated mortgage loans that have been underwritten to our standards and, in the case of government loans, acquire such loans from PMT.

 

Our correspondent production program is relationship driven. As of December 31, 2014, we worked with 344 approved mortgage lenders, but these lenders are not contractually obligated to do business with us or PMT, and our competitors also have relationships with these lenders and actively compete with us in our efforts to expand PMT’s network of approved mortgage lenders. In order to increase our loan production volume, we will need to not only

18


 

maintain PMT’s existing relationships, but also develop PMT’s relationships with additional mortgage lenders. To date, we have grown our loan production volumes with mortgage lenders on the basis of our product offerings, technical knowledge, manufacturing quality, speed of execution, rate and fees. If we are not able to consistently maintain these qualities of execution, our reputation and existing relationships with mortgage lenders could be damaged. We may not be able to maintain PMT’s existing relationships or develop new relationships with mortgage lenders or our new mortgage products may not gain widespread acceptance.

 

Our current volume of consumer direct originations, which is based in large part on the refinancing of existing mortgage loans that we service, is highly dependent on interest rates and government mortgage modification programs and may decline if interest rates increase or these programs are terminated. Our non-servicing portfolio consumer direct originations platform may not succeed because of the referral ‑driven nature of our industry. For example, the origination of purchase money mortgage loans is greatly influenced by traditional business clients in the home buying process such as real estate agents and builders. As a result, our ability to secure relationships with such traditional business clients will influence our ability to grow our purchase money mortgage loan volume and, thus, our consumer direct originations business. We may not be successful in establishing such relationships. In addition, to grow our consumer direct originations business, we will need to convert leads regarding prospective borrowers into funded loans, the success of which depends on the pricing we offer relative to the pricing of our competitors and our operational ability to process, underwrite and close loans. Institutions that compete with us in this regard may have significantly greater access to capital or resources than we do, which may give them the benefit of a lower cost of operations.

 

Our correspondent production and consumer direct origination businesses are also subject to overall market factors that can impact our ability to grow our loan production volume. For example, increased competition from new and existing market participants, reductions in the overall level of refinancing activity or slow growth in the level of new home purchase activity can impact our ability to continue to grow our loan production volume, and we may be forced to accept lower margins in our respective businesses in order to continue to compete and keep our volume of activity consistent with past or projected levels. We believe that changes in supply and demand within the marketplace have been driving lower margins in recent periods, which is reflected in our results of operations and in our gains on mortgage loans held for sale. If we are unable to grow our loan production volumes or if our margins become compressed, then our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

The industry in which we operate is highly competitive, and is likely to become more competitive, and decreased margins resulting from increased competition or our inability to compete successfully could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We operate in a highly competitive industry that could become even more competitive as a result of economic, legislative, regulatory and technological changes. With respect to mortgage loan production, we face competition in such areas as mortgage loan offerings, rates, fees and customer service. With respect to servicing, we face competition in areas such as fees, performance in reducing delinquencies and entering into successful modifications.

 

Competition in servicing mortgage loans and in originating or acquiring newly originated mortgage loans comes from large commercial banks and savings institutions and other independent mortgage servicers and originators. Many of these institutions have significantly greater resources and access to capital than we do, which may give them the benefit of a lower cost of funds. Additionally, our existing and potential competitors may decide to modify their business models to compete more directly with our loan production and servicing models. For example, other non ‑bank loan servicers may try to leverage their servicing relationships and expertise to develop or expand a loan origination business. Since the withdrawal of a number of large participants from these markets following the financial crisis in 2008, there have been relatively few large non ‑bank participants. As more non ‑bank entities enter these markets, our mortgage banking businesses may generate lower margins in order to effectively compete.

 

In addition, technological advances and heightened e ‑commerce activities have increased consumers’ accessibility to products and services. This has intensified competition among banks and non ‑banks in offering mortgage loans. We may be unable to compete successfully in our industries and this could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

19


 

Our earnings may decrease because of changes in prevailing interest rates.

 

Our profitability is directly affected by changes in prevailing interest rates. The following are the material risks we face related to increases in prevailing interest rates:

·

an increase in prevailing interest rates could adversely affect our loan production volume because refinancing an existing loan would be less attractive for homeowners and qualifying for a loan may be more difficult for consumers;

·

an increase in prevailing interest rates would increase the cost of servicing our outstanding debt, including debt related to servicing advances and loan production; and

·

an increase in prevailing interest rates could increase payments for servicing customers with adjustable rate mortgages and generate an increase in delinquency, default and foreclosure rates, resulting in an increase in our loan servicing expenses.

 

The following are the material risks we face related to decreases in prevailing interest rates:

·

a decrease in prevailing interest rates may cause more borrowers to refinance existing loans that we service or may cause the expected volume of refinancings to increase, which would require us to record decreases in fair value and a higher level of amortization, impairment or both on our MSRs; and

·

a decrease in prevailing interest rates could reduce our earnings from our custodial deposit accounts.

 

An event of default, a negative ratings action by a rating agency, the perception of financial weakness, an adverse action by a regulatory authority, a lengthening of foreclosure timelines or a general deterioration in the economy that constricts the availability of credit may increase our cost of funds and make it difficult for us to refinance existing debt and borrow additional funds. In addition, we may not be able to adjust our operational capacity in a timely fashion, or at all, in response to increases or decreases in mortgage production volume resulting from changes in prevailing interest rates.

 

Any of the increases or decreases discussed above could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

We may be unable to obtain sufficient capital and liquidity to meet the financing requirements of our business.

 

We will require new and continued debt financing to facilitate our anticipated growth. Accordingly, our ability to finance our operations and repay maturing obligations rests in large part on our ability to borrow money. We are generally required to renew our financing arrangements each year, which exposes us to refinancing and interest rate risks. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” Our ability to refinance existing debt and borrow additional funds is affected by a variety of factors including:

·

limitations imposed on us under our financing agreements that contain restrictive covenants and borrowing conditions, which may limit our ability to raise additional debt;

·

liquidity in the credit markets;

·

prevailing interest rates;

·

the strength of the lenders from which we borrow, and the regulatory environment in which they operate, including proposed capital strengthening requirements;

·

limitations on borrowings on credit facilities imposed by the amount of eligible collateral pledged, which may be less than the borrowing capacity of the credit facility; and

·

accounting changes that may impact calculations of covenants in our debt agreements.

 

20


 

If we are unable to obtain sufficient capital to meet our financing requirements of our business, our financial condition and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.

 

We leverage our assets, which may materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We currently leverage and, to the extent available, we intend to continue to leverage our consumer direct lending operations and our acquisitions of government ‑insured loans from PMT through borrowings under repurchase agreements. When we enter into repurchase agreements, we sell mortgage loans to lenders, which are the repurchase agreement counterparties, and receive cash from the lenders. The lenders are obligated to resell the same assets back to us at the end of the term of the transaction. The cash that we receive from a lender when we initially sell the assets to that lender is less than the fair value of those assets (this difference is referred to as the haircut), so if the lender defaults on its obligation to resell the same assets back to us we could incur a loss on the transaction equal to the amount of the haircut (assuming that there was no change in the fair value of the assets). In addition, repurchase agreements generally allow the counterparties, to varying degrees, to determine a new fair value of the collateral to reflect current market conditions. If a counterparty lender determines that the fair value of the collateral has decreased, it may initiate a margin call and require us to either post additional collateral to cover such decrease or repay a portion of the outstanding borrowing. Should this occur, in order to obtain cash to satisfy a margin call, we may be required to liquidate assets at a disadvantageous time, which could cause us to incur further losses. If we are unable to satisfy a margin call, our counterparty may sell the collateral, which may result in significant losses to us.

 

Unlike banks, we are not subject to regulatory restrictions on the amount of our leverage. Our total borrowings are only restricted by covenants in our repurchase and other borrowing agreements, minimum capital requirements mandated by the Agencies pursuant to seller/servicer arrangements, and market conditions.  Incurring substantial debt subjects us to the risk that our cash flow from operations may be insufficient to repurchase the assets that we have sold to the lenders under our repurchase agreements.

 

Our existing repurchase agreements also impose financial and non ‑financial covenants and restrictions on us that limit the amount of indebtedness that we may incur, impact our liquidity through minimum cash reserve requirements, and impact our flexibility to determine our operating policies and investment strategies. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.” In our repurchase and other borrowing agreements, we agree to certain covenants and restrictions and we make representations about the loans sold under these agreements, including that the loans were originated in compliance with applicable law. If we default on our obligations under a repurchase agreement or breach our representations and are unable to cure , the lender may be able to terminate the transaction or its commitments, accelerate any amounts outstanding, require us to post additional collateral or repurchase the loans, and cease entering into any other repurchase transactions with us. Because our repurchase agreements typically contain cross ‑default provisions, a default that occurs under any one agreement could allow the lenders under our other agreements to also declare a default, thereby exposing us to a variety of lender remedies, such as those described above, and potential losses arising therefrom. Any losses that we incur on our repurchase agreements could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Hedging against interest rate exposure may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.

 

We pursue hedging strategies to reduce our exposure to adverse changes in interest rates. Our hedging activity will vary in scope based on the risks hedged, the level of interest rates, the type of investments held, and other changing market conditions. Hedging instruments involve risk because they often are not traded on regulated exchanges, guaranteed by an exchange or its clearing house, or regulated by any U.S. or foreign governmental authorities, and our interest rate hedging may fail to protect or could adversely affect us because, among other things:

·

interest rate hedging can be expensive, particularly during periods of rising and volatile interest rates;

·

available interest rate hedging may not correspond directly with the interest rate risk for which protection is sought;

·

the duration of the hedge may not match the duration of the related liability or asset;

21


 

·

the credit quality of the hedging counterparty owing money on the hedge may be downgraded to such an extent that it impairs our ability to sell or assign our side of the hedging transaction; and

·

the hedging counterparty owing the money in the hedging transaction may default on its obligation to pay.

 

In addition, we may fail to recalculate, re ‑adjust and execute hedges in an efficient manner. Any hedging activity, which is intended to limit losses, may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. Therefore, while we may enter into such transactions seeking to reduce interest rate risk, unanticipated changes in interest rates may result in worse overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. A liquid secondary market may not exist for a hedging instrument purchased or sold, and we may be required to maintain a position until exercise or expiration, which could result in significant losses. In addition, the degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in hedging strategies and price movements in the portfolio positions or liabilities being hedged may vary materially. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we may not establish an effective correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio positions or liabilities being hedged. Any such ineffective correlation may prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss. Numerous regulations currently apply to hedging and any new regulations or changes in existing regulations may significantly increase our administrative or compliance costs. Our derivative agreements generally provide for the daily mark to market of our hedge exposures. If a hedge counterparty determines that its exposure to us exceeds its exposure threshold, it may initiate a margin call and require us to post collateral. If we are unable to satisfy a margin call, we would be in default of our agreement, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We use estimates in determining the fair value of our MSRs, which are highly volatile assets with continually changing values. If our estimates of their value prove to be inaccurate, we may be required to write down the values of the MSRs which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The value of our MSRs is based on the cash flows projected to result from the servicing of the related mortgage loans and continually fluctuates due to a number of factors. These factors include prepayment speeds, changes in interest rates and other market conditions, which affect the number of loans that are repaid or refinanced and thus no longer result in cash flows, and the number of loans that become delinquent.

 

We use internal financial models that utilize our understanding of inputs and assumptions used by market participants to value our MSRs for purposes of financial reporting and for purposes of determining the price that we pay for portfolios of MSRs and to acquire loans for which we will retain MSRs. These models are complex and use asset ‑specific collateral data and market inputs for interest and discount rates. In addition, the modeling requirements of MSRs are complex because of the high number of variables that drive cash flows associated with MSRs. Even if the general accuracy of our valuation models is validated, valuations are highly dependent upon the reasonableness of our inputs and the results of the models.

 

If loan delinquencies or prepayment speeds are higher than anticipated or other factors perform worse than modeled, the recorded value of certain of our MSRs may decrease, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Increases in delinquencies and defaults may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Falling home prices across the United States may result in higher loan ‑to ‑value ratios (“LTVs”), lower recoveries in foreclosure and an increase in loss severities above those that would have been realized had property values remained the same or continued to increase. Many borrowers do not have sufficient equity in their homes to permit them to refinance their existing loans, which may reduce the volume or growth of our loan production business. This may also provide borrowers with an incentive to default on their mortgage loans even if they have the ability to make principal and interest payments. Further, despite recent increases, interest rates have remained near historical lows for an extended period of time. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans must make larger monthly payments when the interest rates on those mortgage loans adjust upward from their initial fixed rates or low introductory rates to the rates computed

22


 

in accordance with the applicable index and margin. Increases in monthly payments may increase the delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures on a significant number of the loans that we service.

 

Increased mortgage delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures may result in lower revenue for loans that we service for the Agencies because we only collect servicing fees from the Agencies for performing loans. Additionally, while increased delinquencies generate higher ancillary fees, including late fees, these fees are not likely to be recoverable in the event that the related loan is liquidated. In addition, an increase in delinquencies lowers the interest income that we receive on cash held in collection and other accounts because there is less cash in those accounts. Also, increased mortgage defaults may ultimately reduce the number of mortgages that we service.

 

Increased mortgage delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures will also result in a higher cost to service those loans due to the increased time and effort required to collect payments from delinquent borrowers and to acquire and liquidate the properties securing the loans or otherwise resolve loan defaults if payment collection is unsuccessful, and only a portion of these increased costs are recoverable under our servicing agreements. Increased mortgage delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures may also result in an increase in our interest expense and affect our liquidity as a result of borrowing under our credit facilities to fund an increase in the advances we are obligated to make to fulfill our obligations to MBS holders and to protect our investors’ interests in the properties securing the delinquent mortgage loans.

 

A disruption in the MBS market could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Certain loans that we produce are pooled into Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae MBS. Disruptions in the general MBS market have occurred in the past. Any significant disruption or period of illiquidity in the general MBS market would directly affect our own liquidity and the liquidity of PMT because no existing alternative secondary market would likely be able to accommodate on a timely basis the volume of loans that we typically sell in any given period. Accordingly, if the MBS market experiences a period of illiquidity, we might be prevented from selling the loans that we produce into the secondary market in a timely manner or at favorable prices, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The geographic concentration of our servicing portfolio may decrease the value of our MSRs and adversely affect our consumer direct business, which would adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

As of December 31, 2014, approximately 32% of the aggregate outstanding loan balance in our servicing portfolio was secured by properties located in California.  To the extent that California or other states in which we have greater concentrations of business in the future experience weaker economic conditions or greater rates of decline in real estate values than the United States generally, such concentration may decrease the value of our MSRs and adversely affect our consumer direct business. The impact of property value declines may increase in magnitude and it may continue for a long period of time. Additionally, if states in which we have greater concentrations of business were to change their licensing or other regulatory requirements to make our business cost ‑prohibitive, we may be required to stop doing business in those states or may be subject to higher cost of doing business in those states, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Related Party Risks

 

We rely on PMT as a significant source of financing for, and revenue related to, our mortgage banking business, and the termination of, or material adverse change in, the terms of this relationship, or a material adverse change to PMT or its operations, would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

PMT is the counterparty that currently acquires all of the newly originated mortgage loans in connection with our correspondent production businesses. A significant portion of our income is derived from a fulfillment fee earned in connection with PMT’s acquisition of conventional loans. We are able to conduct our correspondent production business without having to incur the significant additional debt financing that would be required for us to purchase those loans from the originating lender. In the case of government ‑insured loans, we purchase them from PMT at PMT’s cost plus a

23


 

sourcing fee and fulfill them for our own account, typically by pooling the federally insured or guaranteed loans together into an MBS which Ginnie Mae guarantees. We earn interest income and gains or losses during the holding period and upon the sale of these securities, and we retain the MSRs with respect to the loans. If this relationship with PMT was terminated by PMT or PMT reduced the volume of these loans that it acquires for any reason, we would have to acquire these loans from the correspondent sellers for our own account, something that we may be unable to do, or enter into another similar counterparty arrangement with a third party, which we may not be able to enter into on terms that are as favorable to us, or at all. Also, the management agreement, the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement and certain of the other agreements that we have entered into with PMT contain cross ‑termination provisions that allow PMT to terminate one or more of those agreements under certain circumstances where another one of such agreements is terminated. Accordingly, the termination of this relationship with PMT, or a material change in the terms thereof that is adverse to us, would likely have a material adverse effect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We expect that PMT will continue to qualify as a REIT for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, it is possible that PMT may not meet the requirements for qualification as a REIT. If PMT were to lose its REIT status, corporate-level income taxes, including alternative minimum taxes, would apply to all of PMT's taxable income at federal and state tax rates, thereby potentially impairing PMT’s financial position and its ability to raise capital, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

A significant portion of our loan servicing operations are conducted pursuant to subservicing contracts with PMT, and any termination by PMT of these contracts, or a material change in the terms thereof that is adverse to us, would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

PMT, as the owner of a substantial number of all of the MSRs or whole loans that we subservice, may, under certain circumstances, terminate our subservicing contract with or without cause, in some instances with little notice and little to no compensation. Upon any such termination, it would be difficult to replace such a large volume of subservicing in a short period of time, or perhaps at all. Accordingly, we may not generate as much revenue from subservicing for other third parties. If we were to have our subservicing terminated by PMT, or if there was a change in the terms under which we perform subservicing for PMT that was material and adverse to us, this would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

PMT has an exclusive right to acquire the loans that are produced through our correspondent production program, which may limit the revenues that we could otherwise earn in respect of those loans.

 

Our mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement with PMT requires PLS to provide fulfillment services for correspondent production activities exclusively to PMT as long as PMT has the legal and financial capacity to purchase correspondent loans. As a result, unless PMT sells some of these loans back to us, the revenue that we earn with respect to these loans will be limited to the fulfillment fees that we earn in connection with the production of these loans, which may be less than the revenues that we might otherwise be able to realize by acquiring these loans ourselves and selling them in the secondary loan market.

 

Our sale of excess servicing spread exposes us to significant risks.

 

We also sell to PMT or its subsidiaries, from time to time, the right to receive certain ESS arising from MSRs that we own or acquire. The ESS represents the difference between our contractual servicing fee with the applicable Agency and the base servicing fee that we retain as compensation for servicing the related mortgage loans upon our sale of the ESS.

 

As a condition of our sale of the ESS, PMT was required to subordinate its interests in the ESS to those of the applicable Agency. With respect to our Ginnie Mae MSRs, our interest is also subordinated to the rights of Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC (“Credit Suisse”) under a loan and security agreement, pursuant to which Credit Suisse has a blanket lien on all of our Ginnie Mae MSRs (including the ESS we sell to PMT and record as a financing). Credit Suisse also required PMT to enter into a security and subordination agreement with respect to the acquired ESS, pursuant to which it acknowledges Credit Suisse’s blanket lien. The security and subordination agreement contains certain trigger events applicable to PMT, including breaches of its representations, warranties or covenants and defaults

24


 

under other of its credit facilities that would require us to either (i) repay in full the outstanding loan amount under our loan and security agreement or (ii) repurchase the ESS from PMT at fair market value. To the extent we are unable to repay the loan under our loan and security agreement or repurchase the ESS, an event of default would exist under the loan and security agreement, thereby entitling Credit Suisse to liquidate the ESS and the related MSRs. As a result, a default by PMT under its security and subordination agreement that requires us to repay our loan and security agreement or repurchase the ESS, or that results in a loss of our Ginnie Mae MSRs, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Credit Suisse may also liquidate the ESS along with our related Ginnie Mae MSRs to the extent there exists an event of default under our loan and security agreement. In the event PMT’s ESS is liquidated as a result of certain of our actions or inactions, we generally would be required to indemnify PMT under the applicable spread acquisition agreement. A claim by PMT for the loss of its ESS as a result of our actions or inactions would likely be significant in size and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Other Risks

 

We may be required to indemnify the purchasers of loans that we originate, acquire or assist in the fulfillment of, or repurchase those loans, if those loans fail to meet certain criteria or characteristics or under other circumstances.

 

Our contracts with purchasers of newly originated loans that we fund through our consumer direct program or acquire from PMT contain provisions that require us to indemnify the purchaser of the related loans or repurchase those loans under certain circumstances. Our contracts contain provisions that generally require us to indemnify or repurchase these loans if:

·

our representations and warranties concerning loan quality and loan characteristics are inaccurate; or

·

the loans fail to comply with underwriting or regulatory requirements in the current dynamic regulatory environment.

 

We believe that, as a result of the current market environment, many purchasers of mortgage loans, including the Agencies, are particularly aware of the conditions under which loan originators or sellers must indemnify them against losses related to purchased loans, or repurchase those loans, and would benefit from enforcing any repurchase remedies they may have. Our loan sale agreements with purchasers, including the Agencies, include provisions permitting purchasers to demand that we indemnify them for losses suffered in connection with loans sold that were originated in violation of applicable law or with other defects or demand repurchase of such loans. Repurchased loans typically can only be financed at a steep discount to their repurchase price, if at all. They are also typically sold at a significant discount to the UPB. In certain cases, we would have contractual rights to recover from the mortgage lenders from whom loans were acquired through our correspondent production program some or all of the amount paid by us in connection with this indemnification, or contractual rights to cause these mortgage lenders to repurchase these loans from us. Depending on the volume of repurchase and indemnification requests, some of these mortgage lenders may not be able to financially fulfill their obligation to indemnify us or repurchase loans from us. If a material amount of recovery cannot be obtained from these mortgage lenders, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. Although this exposure cannot be quantified with certainty, to recognize these potential indemnification and repurchase losses, we have recorded a liability of $13.3 million as of December 31, 2014. Because of the increase in our loan production since 2010, we expect that indemnification and repurchase requests are likely to increase. Should home values decrease, our realized loan losses from loan indemnifications and repurchases may increase as well. As such, our indemnification and repurchase costs may increase beyond our current expectations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Net Gains on Mortgage Loans Held for Sale at Fair Value.”

 

In addition, our mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement with PMT requires us to indemnify it with respect to loans for which we provide fulfillment services in certain instances. If we are required to indemnify PMT, or other purchasers against loans, or repurchase loans, that result in losses that exceed our reserve, this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

25


 

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about borrowers and counterparties and any misrepresented information could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In deciding whether to approve loans or to enter into other transactions with borrowers and counterparties in our consumer direct and correspondent production activities, we may rely on information furnished to us by or on behalf of borrowers and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We also may rely on representations of borrowers and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. If any of this information is intentionally or negligently misrepresented and such misrepresentation is not detected prior to loan funding, the value of the loan may be significantly lower than expected. Whether a misrepresentation is made by the loan applicant, another third party or one of our employees, we generally bear the risk of loss associated with the misrepresentation. Our controls and processes may not have detected or may not detect all misrepresented information in our loan originations or from our business clients. Any such misrepresented information could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are required to make servicing advances that can be subject to delays in recovery or may not be recoverable in certain circumstances, which could adversely affect our liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

During any period in which a borrower is not making payments, we are required under most of our servicing agreements in respect of our MSRs to advance our own funds to meet contractual principal and interest remittance requirements for investors, pay property taxes and insurance premiums, legal expenses and other protective advances. We also advance funds under these agreements to maintain, repair and market real estate properties on behalf of investors. As home values change, we may have to reconsider certain of the assumptions underlying our decisions to make advances and, in certain situations, our contractual obligations may require us to make advances for which we may not be reimbursed. In addition, if a mortgage loan serviced by us is in default or becomes delinquent, the repayment to us of the advance may be delayed until the mortgage loan is repaid or refinanced or a liquidation occurs. If we receive requests for advances in excess of amounts that we are able to secure from our advance credit facility or, in the case of loans that we subservice, from the owner of the MSRs and loans, we may not be able to fund these advance requests, which could materially and adversely affect our loan servicing business. A delay in our ability to collect advances may adversely affect our liquidity, and our inability to be reimbursed for advances could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our counterparties may terminate our servicing rights, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The owners of the loans that we service may terminate our MSRs if we fail to comply with applicable servicing guidelines. As is standard in the industry, under the terms of our master servicing agreements with the Agencies in respect of MSRs that we retain in connection with our loan production, the Agencies have the right to terminate us as servicer of the loans we service on their behalf at any time (and, in certain instances, without the payment of any termination fee) and also have the right to cause us to sell the MSRs to a third party. In addition, the failure to comply with servicing standards could result in termination of our agreements with the Agencies with little or no notice and without any compensation. If the servicing rights were terminated on a material portion of our servicing portfolio, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

Our failure to deal appropriately with various issues that may give rise to reputational risk, including conflicts of interest, legal and regulatory requirements, and negative publicity involving certain of our officers, could cause harm to our business and adversely affect our earnings.

 

Maintaining our reputation is critical to attracting and retaining clients, customers, trading counterparties, investors and employees.  If we fail to deal with, or appear to fail to deal with various issues that may give rise to reputational risk, we could significantly harm our business prospects and earnings.  Such issues include, but are not limited to, conflicts of interest, legal and regulatory requirements, negative public opinion involving certain of our officers, and any of the other risks discussed in this Item 1A. 

26


 

 

Certain of our officers also serve as officers of PMT. As we expand the scope of our businesses, we increasingly confront potential conflicts of interest relating to investment activities that we manage for our clients.  In addition, investors may perceive conflicts of interest regarding investment decisions for funds in which certain of our officers have made and may continue to make personal investments. Similarly, conflicts of interest may exist regarding decisions about the allocation of specific investment opportunities between funds in which we receive an allocation of profits as the general partner and funds in which we do not.

 

The SEC and certain regulators have increased their scrutiny of potential conflicts of interest, and as we experience growth in our businesses, we must continue to monitor and mitigate or otherwise address any conflicts between our interests and those of our clients. We have implemented procedures and controls to be followed when real or potential conflicts of interest arise, but it is possible that potential or perceived conflicts could give rise to the dissatisfaction of, or litigation by, investors in our Advised Entities or regulatory enforcement actions. Appropriately dealing with conflicts of interest is complex and difficult and our reputation could be damaged if we fail, or appear to fail, to deal appropriately with one or more potential or actual conflicts of interest. Reputational risk incurred in connection with conflicts of interest could negatively affect our business, strain our working relationships with regulators and government agencies, expose us to litigation and regulatory action, impact our ability to attract and retain clients, customers, trading counterparties, investors and employees and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Certain of our executive officers are former executive officers and senior managers of Countrywide Financial Corporation, which has been the subject of various investigations and lawsuits and ongoing negative publicity. Any existing or future investigations, litigation or negative publicity involving Countrywide, or our officers as a result of their former association with that entity, may generate negative publicity or media attention for us or adversely impact our business.

 

Reputational risk, or the risk to our business, earnings and capital from negative public opinion, is inherent in our business and can result from a number of factors. Negative public opinion can result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending and debt collection practices, corporate governance, and actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative public opinion can also result from media coverage, whether accurate or not. These factors can tarnish or otherwise strain our working relationships with regulators and government agencies, expose us to litigation and regulatory action, negatively affect our ability to attract and retain customers, trading counterparties and employees and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Challenges to the MERS ® System could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

MERSCORP, Inc. is a privately held company that maintains an electronic registry, referred to as the MERS System, that tracks servicing rights and ownership of loans in the United States. Mortgage Electronic Registration Systems, Inc., or MERS, a wholly ‑owned subsidiary of MERSCORP, Inc., can serve as a nominee for the owner of a mortgage loan and in that role initiate foreclosures or become the mortgagee of record for the loan in local land records. We may choose under certain circumstances to use MERS as a nominee. The MERS System is widely used by participants in the mortgage finance industry.

 

Several legal challenges in the courts and by governmental authorities have been made disputing MERS’s legal standing to act as nominee for lenders in mortgages and deeds of trust recorded in local land records. These challenges have focused public attention on MERS and on how loans are recorded in local land records. Although most legal decisions have accepted MERS as mortgagee, these challenges could result in delays and additional costs in commencing, prosecuting and completing foreclosure proceedings, conducting foreclosure sales of mortgaged properties, and submitting proofs of claim in borrower bankruptcy cases.

 

27


 

We may not realize all of the anticipated benefits of potential future acquisitions of MSRs, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our ability to realize the anticipated benefits of potential future acquisitions of servicing portfolios will depend, in part, on our ability to appropriately service any such assets. The process of acquiring these assets may disrupt our business and may not result in the full benefits expected. The risks associated with these acquisitions include, among others, unanticipated issues in integrating information regarding the new loans to be serviced into our information technology systems, and the diversion of management’s attention from other ongoing business concerns. We have also recently seen increased scrutiny by the Agencies and regulators with respect to large servicing acquisitions, the effect of which could reduce the willingness of selling institutions to pursue MSR sales and/or impede our ability to complete MSR acquisitions. Moreover, if we inappropriately value the assets that we acquire or the fair value of the assets that we acquire declines after we acquire them, the resulting charges may negatively affect the carrying value of the assets on our balance sheet and our earnings. See “ We use estimates in determining the fair value of our MSRs, which are highly volatile assets with continually changing values. If our estimates of their value prove to be inaccurate, we may be required to write down the values of the MSRs which could adversely affect our financial cond ition and results of operations.” Furthermore, if we incur additional indebtedness to finance an acquisition, the acquired servicing portfolio may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to service that additional indebtedness. Unsuitable or unsuccessful acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our prime servicing portfolio, which consists primarily of recently originated loans, has a limited performance history, which makes our future results of operations more difficult to predict.

 

The likelihood of mortgage delinquencies and defaults, and the associated risks to our business, including higher costs to service such loans and a greater risk that we may incur losses due to repurchase or indemnification demands, change as loans season, or increase with age. Newly originated loans typically exhibit low delinquency and default rates as the changes in economic conditions, individual financial circumstances and other factors that drive borrower delinquency often do not appear for months or years. Highly seasoned loan portfolios, in which borrowers have demonstrated years of performance on their mortgage payments, also tend to exhibit low delinquency and default rates. Most of the loans in our prime servicing portfolio were originated in the years 2010 through 2014. As a result, we expect the delinquency rate and defaults in the prime servicing portfolio to increase in future periods as the portfolio seasons, but we cannot predict the magnitude of this impact on our results of operations. In addition, because most of the loans in our portfolios were originated after the recent financial crisis, it may be difficult to compare our business to our competitors and others that have weathered the economic difficulties in our industry over the last several years.

 

Risks Related to our Investment Management Segment

 

Market conditions could reduce the fair value of the assets that we manage, which would reduce our management and incentive fees.

 

Volatile market conditions could adversely affect our investment management segment in many ways, including by reducing the fair value of our assets under management, which could materially reduce our management fee and incentive fee revenues and adversely affect our financial condition. A significant portion of the fees that we earn under our investment management agreements with clients are based on the fair value of the assets that we manage. The fair values of the securities and other assets held in the portfolios that we manage and, therefore, our assets under management may decline due to any number of factors beyond our control, including, among others, a declining housing, changes to interest rates, stock or bond market, a general economic downturn, political uncertainty or acts of terrorism. The economic outlook cannot be predicted with certainty and we continue to operate in a challenging business environment. If market conditions cause a decline in the fair value of the assets that we manage, that decline in fair value could result in lower management fees and potentially lower incentive fees resulting from reduced performance under our management contracts with our Advised Entities. If our revenues decline without a commensurate reduction in our expenses, our net income will be reduced and our business will be negatively affected.

 

28


 

The historical returns on the assets that we select and manage for our clients, and our resulting management and incentive fees, may not be indicative of future results.

 

The historical returns of the assets that we manage should not be considered indicative of the future returns on those assets or future returns on other assets that we may select for investment by our Advised Entities. The investment performance that is achieved for the assets that we manage varies over time and the variance can be significant. Accordingly, the management and incentive fees that we have earned in the past based on those returns should not be considered indicative of the management or incentive fees that we may earn in the future from managing those same assets or from managing other assets for our Advised Entities. A decline in the investment performance of our managed assets will also adversely affect our ability to attract and retain clients.

 

We currently, and in the future may, manage assets for a small number of clients, the loss of any one of which could significantly reduce our management and incentive fees and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

We currently manage the assets of the Advised Entities, and the majority of our management and incentive fees result from our management of PMT. The management contract that we have entered into with PMT cannot be terminated without cause (other than pursuant to cross ‑termination provisions contained in other agreements that we have entered into with PMT) prior to February 1, 2017 without the payment of a termination fee. However, the termination of such contract and the loss of PMT as a client would significantly affect our investment management segment and negatively impact our management fees, and could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Also, because the management agreements we have entered into with the Investment Funds and PMT were negotiated between related parties without the benefit of the type of negotiations normally conducted with unaffiliated third parties, the terms of these agreements, including the fees payable to us, may prove to be more favorable to us than they would be if these agreements had been negotiated with unaffiliated third parties. Accordingly, we may not generate as much revenue from management agreements that we enter into with other third parties. In addition, the Investment Funds are limited ‑life funds that were established in 2008 with commitment periods that ended in 2011 and terms that end in December 2016 with the possibility of three one ‑year extensions. Accordingly, base fees generated by the Investment Funds will continue to decline as the assets under management run off.

 

Our failure to obtain consent of the Advised Entities in connection with certain dispositions by BlackRock and Highfields may cause us to breach agreements and lose management and incentive fees earned from such Advised Entities.

 

Because PCM is registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), the management agreements between us and the Advised Entities would be terminated upon an “assignment” of these agreements without consent, which assignment may be deemed to occur in the event that PCM was to experience a direct or indirect change of control. Because BlackRock and Highfields may be deemed to control us, a significant disposition by either of them of their interest in us could trigger an “assignment.” We cannot be certain that consents required to assignments of our investment management agreements will be obtained if a change of control occurs. “Assignment” of these agreements without consent could cause us to lose the management and incentive fees we earn from such Advised Entities.

 

Our failure to comply with the extensive amount of regulation applicable to our investment management segment could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our investment management segment is subject to extensive regulation in the United States, primarily at the federal level, including regulation of PCM by the SEC under the Advisers Act and regulation of PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund LLC and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LP under the Investment Company Act. The requirements imposed by our regulators are designed primarily to ensure the integrity of the financial markets and to protect investors in our Advised Entities and are not designed to protect our stockholders. Consequently, these regulations often serve to limit our activities.

 

29


 

These requirements relate to, among other things, fiduciary duties to clients, maintaining an effective compliance program, solicitation agreements, conflicts of interest, recordkeeping and reporting requirements, disclosure requirements, limitations on agency cross and principal transactions between an adviser and advisory clients and general anti ‑fraud prohibitions. Similar requirements apply to registered investment companies and to PCM’s management of those companies under the Investment Company Act which, among other things, regulates the relationship between a registered investment company and its investment adviser and prohibits or severely restricts principal transactions and joint transactions. Registered investment advisers and registered investment companies are also subject to routine periodic examinations by the staff of the SEC.

 

We also regularly rely on exemptions from various requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the Investment Company Act and ERISA. These exemptions are sometimes highly complex and may in certain circumstances depend on compliance by third parties and service providers whom we do not control. If for any reason these exemptions were to be revoked or challenged or otherwise become unavailable to us, we could be subject to regulatory action or third ‑party claims, and our business could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Our business combines the production and servicing of loans and investment management, which presents particular compliance challenges. For example, regulations applicable to our investment management business that are easily applied to traditional investments, such as stocks and bonds, may be more difficult to apply to a portfolio of loans, and the regulations applicable to our investment management business can require procedures that are uncommon, impractical or difficult in our loan production and servicing business.

 

The failure by us to comply with applicable laws or regulations could result in fines, suspensions of individual employees or other sanctions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if an investigation or proceeding did not result in a fine or sanction or the fine or sanction imposed against us or our employees by a regulator were small in monetary amount, the adverse publicity relating to an investigation, proceeding or imposition of these fines or sanctions could harm our reputation and cause us to lose existing clients.

 

Changes in regulations applicable to our investment management segment could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The legislative and regulatory environment in which we operate has undergone significant changes in the recent past. We believe that significant regulatory changes in the investment management industry are likely to continue, which is likely to subject industry participants to additional, more costly and generally more detailed regulation. New laws or regulations, or changes in the enforcement of existing laws or regulations, applicable to us and our clients may adversely affect our business. Our ability to function in this environment will depend on our ability to monitor and promptly react to legislative and regulatory changes.

 

Certain provisions of the Dodd ‑Frank Act will, and other provisions may, increase regulatory burdens and reporting and related compliance costs on our investment management segment. The scope of many provisions of the Dodd ‑Frank Act is being determined by implementing regulations, some of which will require lengthy proposal and promulgation periods. The SEC requires investment advisers such as us that are registered with the SEC and advise one or more private funds to provide certain information about their funds and assets under management, including the amount of borrowings, concentration of ownership and other performance information. These filings have required, and will continue to require, significant investments in people and systems to ensure timely and accurate reporting. The Dodd ‑Frank Act will affect a broad range of market participants with whom we interact or may interact, including banks, non ‑bank financial institutions, rating agencies, mortgage brokers, credit unions, insurance companies and broker ‑dealers, and may cause us to become subject to further regulation by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Regulatory changes that will affect other market participants are likely to change the way in which we conduct business with our counterparties. The uncertainty regarding the continued implementation of the Dodd ‑Frank Act and its impact on the investment management industry and us cannot be predicted at this time but will continue to be a risk for our business.

 

30


 

We may be adversely affected as a result of new or revised legislation or regulations imposed by the SEC, other U.S. or non ‑U.S. governmental regulatory authorities or self ‑regulatory organizations that supervise the financial markets. We also may be adversely affected by changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules by these governmental authorities and self ‑regulatory organizations, as well as by U.S. and non ‑U.S. courts. It is impossible to determine the extent of the impact of any new laws, regulations or initiatives that may be proposed on us or the markets in which we trade, or whether any of the proposals will become law. Compliance with any new laws or regulations could add to our compliance burden and costs and adversely affect the manner in which we conduct business, as well as our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may encounter conflicts of interest in trying to appropriately allocate our time and services between our own activities and the accounts that we manage, or in trying to appropriately allocate investment opportunities among ourselves and the accounts that we manage.

 

Pursuant to our management agreements with PMT and the Investment Funds, we are obligated to provide PMT and the Investment Funds with the services of our senior management team, and the members of that team are required to devote such time to us as is necessary and appropriate, commensurate with the level of activity of PMT and the Investment Funds. The members of our senior management team may have conflicts in allocating their time and services between our operations and the activities of PMT, the Investment Funds and other entities or accounts managed by us now or in the future.

 

Certain of the funds that we currently advise have, and certain of the funds that we may in the future advise may have, overlapping investment objectives, including funds which have different fee structures, and potential conflicts may arise with respect to our decisions regarding how to allocate investment opportunities among those funds. In addition, we and the other entities or accounts that we manage or will manage may participate in some of PMT’s investments now or in the future, which may not be the result of arm’s length negotiations and may involve or later result in potential conflicts between our interests in the investments and those of PMT or such other entities.

 

Our failure to deal appropriately with conflicts of interest could damage our reputation and adversely affect our business.

 

As we have expanded the scope of our businesses, we increasingly confront potential conflicts of interest relating to the investment activities that we manage for our clients. In addition, investors in our clients may perceive conflicts of interest regarding investment decisions for funds in which our executive officers, who have made and may continue to make personal investments, are personally invested. Similarly, conflicts of interest may exist regarding decisions about the allocation of specific investment opportunities between funds in which we receive an allocation of profits as the general partner and funds in which we do not.

 

The SEC and certain regulators have increased their scrutiny of potential conflicts of interest, and as we expand the scope of our business and our client base, we must continue to monitor and address any conflicts between our interests and those of our clients. We have implemented procedures and controls to be followed when real or potential conflicts of interest arise, but it is possible that potential or perceived conflicts could give rise to the dissatisfaction of, or litigation by, investors in our client entities or regulatory enforcement actions. Appropriately dealing with conflicts of interest is complex and difficult and our reputation could be damaged if we fail, or appear to fail, to deal appropriately with one or more potential or actual conflicts of interest. Regulatory scrutiny, litigation or reputational risk incurred in connection with conflicts of interest could adversely affect our business in a number of ways, including a reluctance of counterparties to do business with us, and may adversely affect our results of operations.

 

The investment management industry is intensely competitive.

 

The investment management industry is intensely competitive, with competition based on a variety of factors, including investment performance, management fee rates, continuity of the management team and client relationships, reputation and the continuity of buying and selling arrangements with intermediaries. A number of factors, including the following, serve to increase our competitive risks:

31


 

·

a number of our competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources, more comprehensive name recognition and more personnel than we do;

·

potential competitors have a relatively low cost of entering the investment management industry;

·

some investors may prefer to invest with a manager that is not publicly traded based on the perception that a publicly traded investment manager may focus on the manager’s own growth to the detriment of asset performance for clients;

·

other industry participants, hedge funds and alternative investment managers may seek to recruit our investment professionals; and

·

some competitors charge lower fees for their investment services than we do.

 

If we are unable to compete effectively, our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity may be materially and adversely affected.

 

We are subject to third ‑party litigation risk, which could result in significant liabilities and reputational harm to us.

 

In general, we may be exposed to the risk of litigation by investors in our client funds if our management of or advice to any Advised Entity is alleged to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct. Investors could sue us to recover amounts lost by those entities due to our alleged misconduct, up to the entire amount of loss. Further, we may be subject to litigation arising from investor dissatisfaction with the performance of entities that we manage or from allegations that we improperly exercised control or influence over those entities. In addition, we are exposed to risks of litigation or investigation relating to transactions which presented conflicts of interest that were not properly addressed. In such actions we would be obligated to bear legal, settlement and other costs (which may be in excess of available insurance coverage). In addition, although we are generally indemnified by the entities that we manage, our rights to indemnification may be challenged. If we are required to incur all or a portion of the costs arising out of litigation or investigations as a result of inadequate insurance proceeds or failure to obtain indemnification from the entities that we manage, our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity would be materially and adversely affected.

 

Risks Related to Our Business in General

 

We have experienced rapid growth, which may be difficult to sustain and which may place significant demands on our administrative, operational and financial resources.

 

Our rapid growth has caused, and if it continues will continue to cause, significant demands on our legal, accounting and operational infrastructure, and increased expenses. In addition, we are required to continuously develop our systems and infrastructure in response to the increasing sophistication of the investment management and mortgage lending markets and legal, accounting and regulatory developments relating to all of our business activities. Our future growth will depend, among other things, on our ability to maintain an operating platform and management system sufficient to address our growth and will require us to incur significant additional expenses and to commit additional senior management and operational resources. As a result, we face significant challenges in:

·

maintaining adequate financial and business controls;

·

implementing new or updated information and financial systems and procedures; and

·

training, managing and appropriately sizing our work force and other components of our business on a timely and cost ‑effective basis.

 

We may not be able to manage our expanding operations effectively and we may not be able to continue to grow, and any failure to do so could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue and control our expenses.

 

32


 

We depend on counterparties and vendors to provide services that are critical to our business, which subjects us to a variety of risks.

 

We have a number of counterparties and vendors that, among other things, provide us with financial, technology and other services to support our businesses. If our current counterparties and vendors were to stop providing services to us on acceptable terms, we may be unable to procure alternative services from other counterparties or vendors in a timely and efficient manner and on acceptable terms, or at all. With respect to vendors engaged to perform certain servicing activities, we are required to assess their compliance with various regulations and establish procedures to provide reasonable assurance that the vendor’s activities comply in all material respects with such regulations. In the event that a vendor’s activities are not in compliance, it could negatively impact our business and operations. Further, we may incur significant costs to resolve any such disruptions in service which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our risk management efforts may not be effective.

 

We could incur substantial losses and our business operations could be disrupted if we are unable to effectively identify, manage, monitor, and mitigate financial risks, such as credit risk, interest rate risk, prepayment risk, liquidity risk, and other market-related risks, as well as operational risks related to our business, assets, and liabilities. Our risk management policies, procedures, and techniques may not be sufficient to identify all of the risks to which we are exposed, mitigate the risks we have identified, or identify additional risks to which we may become subject in the future. Expansion of our business activities may also result in our being exposed to risks to which we have not previously been exposed or may increase our exposure to certain types of risks, and we may not effectively identify, manage, monitor, and mitigate these risks as our business activities change or increase.

 

Initiating new business activities or significantly expanding existing business activities may expose us to new risks and will increase our cost of doing business.

 

Initiating new business activities or significantly expanding existing business activities are two ways to grow our business and respond to changing circumstances in our industry; however, they may expose us to new risks and regulatory compliance requirements. We cannot be certain that we will be able to manage these risks and compliance requirements effectively. Furthermore, our efforts may not succeed, and any revenues we earn from any new or expanded business initiative may not be sufficient to offset the initial and ongoing costs of that initiative, which would result in a loss with respect to that initiative.

 

Accounting rules for certain of our transactions are highly complex and involve significant judgment and assumptions. Changes in accounting interpretations or assumptions could impact our financial statements.

 

Accounting rules for mortgage loan sales and securitizations, valuations of financial instruments and MSRs, investment consolidations and other aspects of our operations are highly complex and involve significant judgment and assumptions. These complexities could lead to a delay in preparation of financial information and the delivery of this information to our stockholders and also increase the risk of errors and restatements, as well as the cost of compliance. Changes in accounting interpretations or assumptions could impact our financial statements and our ability to timely prepare our financial statements. Although we are an emerging growth company, we are electing to comply with new public company accounting standards. Our inability to timely prepare our financial statements in the future would likely adversely affect our share price significantly.

 

We could be harmed by misconduct or fraud that is difficult to detect.

 

We are exposed to risks relating to misconduct by our employees, contractors we use, or other third parties with whom we have relationships. For example, our employees could execute unauthorized transactions, use our assets improperly or without authorization, perform improper activities, use confidential information for improper purposes, or misrecord or otherwise try to hide improper activities from us. This type of misconduct could also relate to assets we manage for others through our investment advisory subsidiary, and can be difficult to detect. If not prevented or

33


 

detected, misconduct by employees, contractors, or others could result in claims or enforcement actions against us, losses, or could seriously harm our reputation. Our controls may not be effective in detecting this type of activity.

 

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately determine our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, our stockholders could lose confidence in our financial results, which could harm our business and the market value of our common stock.

 

Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud. We may in the future discover areas of our internal controls that need improvement. Section 404 of the Sarbanes ‑Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes ‑Oxley Act”), will require us to evaluate and report on our internal controls over financial reporting. We cannot be certain that we will be successful in continuing to maintain adequate control over our financial reporting and financial processes. Furthermore, as we rapidly grow our business, our internal controls will become more complex, and we will require significantly more resources to ensure our internal controls remain effective. If we or our independent auditors discover a material weakness, the disclosure of that fact, even if quickly remedied, could result in a breach under one of our lending arrangements and/or reduce the market value of shares of our Class A common stock. Additionally, the existence of any material weakness or significant deficiency would require management to devote significant time and incur significant expense to remediate any such material weakness or significant deficiency and management may not be able to remediate any such material weakness or significant deficiency in a timely manner.

 

The loss of the services of our senior managers could adversely affect our business.

 

The experience of our senior managers is a valuable asset to us. Our management team has significant experience in the mortgage loan production and servicing industry and the investment management industry. We do not maintain key life insurance policies relating to our senior managers. The loss of the services of our senior managers for any reason could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Our business could suffer if we fail to attract and retain a highly skilled workforce.

 

Our future success will depend on our ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified personnel for all areas of our organization, in particular skilled managers, loan officers, underwriters, loan servicers and debt default specialists. Trained and experienced personnel are in high demand and may be in short supply in some areas. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced employees have greater resources than we have and may be able to offer more attractive terms of employment. In addition, we invest significant time and expense in training our employees, which increases their value to competitors who may seek to recruit them. We may not be able to attract, develop and maintain an adequate skilled workforce necessary to operate our businesses and labor expenses may increase as a result of a shortage in the supply of qualified personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain such personnel, we may not be able to take advantage of acquisitions and other growth opportunities that may be presented to us and this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The success and growth of our business will depend upon our ability to adapt to and implement technological changes.

 

Our mortgage loan production business is dependent upon our ability to effectively interface with our borrowers, mortgage lenders and other third parties and to efficiently process loan applications and closings. The consumer direct and correspondent production processes are becoming more dependent upon technological advancement, such as our continued ability to process applications over the Internet, accept electronic signatures, provide process status updates instantly and other borrower ‑ or counterparty ‑expected conveniences. Maintaining and improving this new technology and becoming proficient with it may also require significant capital expenditures. As these requirements increase in the future, we will have to fully develop these technological capabilities to remain competitive and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

34


 

Technology failures could damage our business operations and increase our costs, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The financial services industry as a whole is characterized by rapidly changing technologies, and system disruptions and failures caused by fire, power loss, telecommunications failures, unauthorized intrusion, computer viruses and disabling devices, natural disasters and other similar events may interrupt or delay our ability to provide services to our customers. Security breaches, acts of vandalism and developments in computer capabilities could result in a compromise or breach of the technology that we use to protect our customers’ personal information and transaction data. Despite our efforts to ensure the integrity of our systems, it is possible that we may not be able to anticipate or implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches, especially because the methods of attack change frequently or are not recognized until launched, and because security attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources, including third parties such as persons involved with organized crime or associated with external service providers. Our own employees, customers or other users of our systems also may, or may be induced to, disclose sensitive information for their own financial gain or in order to permit access to our data or that of our customers or clients. These risks may increase in the future as we continue to increase our reliance on the Internet and use of web ‑based product offerings.

 

A successful penetration or circumvention of the security of our systems or a defect in the integrity of our systems or cybersecurity could cause serious negative consequences for our business, including significant disruption of our operations, misappropriation of our confidential information or that of our customers, or damage to our computers or operating systems and to those of our customers and counterparties. Any of the foregoing events could result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws, financial loss to us or to our customers, loss of confidence in our security measures, customer dissatisfaction, significant litigation exposure and harm to our reputation, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents may adversely affect our business by causing a disruption to our operations, a compromise or corruption of our confidential information, and/or damage to our business relationships, all of which could negatively impact our financial results.

 

A cyber incident is considered to be any adverse event that threatens the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our information resources. These incidents may be an intentional attack or an unintentional event and could involve gaining unauthorized access to our information systems for purposes of misappropriating assets, stealing confidential information, corrupting data or causing operational disruption. The result of these incidents may include disrupted operations, misstated or unreliable financial data, liability for stolen assets or information, increased cybersecurity protection and insurance costs, litigation and damage to our investor relationships. As our reliance on technology has increased, so have the risks posed to its information systems, both internal and those provided by us and third-party service providers.  While we have implemented policies and procedures designed to help mitigate cybersecurity risks and cyber intrusions, there can be no assurance that any such cyber intrusions will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any cyber intrusions or failures, interruptions and security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war may affect the real estate industry generally and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war may cause disruptions in the U.S. financial markets, including the real estate capital markets, and negatively impact the U.S. economy in general. Any future terrorist attacks, the anticipation of any such attacks, the consequences of any military or other response by the United States and its allies, and other armed conflicts could cause consumer confidence and spending to decrease or result in increased volatility in the United States and worldwide financial markets and economy. The economic impact of these events could also adversely affect the credit quality of some of our loans and investments and the properties underlying our interests.

 

35


 

We may suffer losses as a result of the adverse impact of any future attacks and these losses may adversely impact our performance and may cause the market value of our common stock to decline or be more volatile. A prolonged economic slowdown, recession or declining real estate values could impair the performance of our investments and harm our financial condition and results of operations, increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. We cannot predict the severity of the effect that potential future armed conflicts and terrorist attacks would have on us. Losses resulting from these types of events may not be fully insurable.

 

Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure

 

We will be required to pay the owners of PennyMac other than us for certain tax benefits that we may claim, and the amounts we may pay could be significant.

 

As described in “Organizational Structure,” we have entered into a tax receivable agreement with the owners of PennyMac other than us that provides for the payment by us to those owners of 85% of the tax benefits, if any, that we are deemed to realize under certain circumstances as a result of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of Class A units of PennyMac and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

We expect that the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement will be substantial. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding tax receivable agreement payments. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, the payments under the tax receivable agreement exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement or distributions to us by PennyMac are not sufficient to permit us to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid taxes. Furthermore, our obligations to make payments under the tax receivable agreement could make us a less attractive target for an acquisition, particularly in the case of an acquirer that cannot use some or all of the tax benefits that are deemed realized under the tax receivable agreement. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon the continued ownership of us by owners of PennyMac.

 

Our only material asset is our interest in PennyMac and its subsidiaries, and we are accordingly dependent upon distributions from PennyMac and its subsidiaries to pay taxes, make payments under the tax receivable agreement or pay dividends.

 

We are a holding company and have no material assets other than our ownership of Class A units of PennyMac. We have no independent means of generating revenue. We are required to pay tax on our allocable share of the taxable income of PennyMac and payments under the tax receivable agreement without regard to whether PennyMac distributes to us any cash or other property. To the extent that we need funds, and PennyMac is restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of financing arrangements, or is otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

 

In certain cases, payments under the tax receivable agreement to owners of PennyMac other than us may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.

 

The tax receivable agreement provides that upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, or if, at any time, we elect an early termination of the tax receivable agreement, our (or our successor’s) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired Class A units of PennyMac (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would be based on certain assumptions, including that we would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement. As a result, we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that differ from the percentage specified in the tax receivable agreement of the actual benefits that we realize in respect of the tax attributes that are subject to the tax receivable agreement. Also, if

36


 

we elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, we would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits, which upfront payment may be made years in advance of the actual realization of such future benefits (if any). In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity, as well as our attractiveness as a target for an acquisition. In addition, we may not be able to finance our obligations under the tax receivable agreement.

 

Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, to challenge a tax basis increase, we will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of the benefits that we actually realize in respect of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of Class A units of PennyMac and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement.

 

Owners of PennyMac other than us will initially be able to significantly influence the outcome of votes of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock, and their interests may differ from those of our public stockholders.

 

Pursuant to separate stockholder agreements with BlackRock and Highfields, each of BlackRock and Highfields has the right to nominate one or two individuals for election to our board of directors, depending on the percentage of the voting power of our outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock that it holds, and we are obligated to use our best efforts to cause the election of those nominees. In addition, these stockholder agreements require that we obtain the consent of BlackRock and Highfields with respect to amendments to our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, and the limited liability company agreement of PennyMac requires the consent of BlackRock and Highfields for us to conduct certain activities. As a result, each of BlackRock and Highfields may be able to significantly influence our management and affairs. In addition, as a result of the size of their individual equity holding they will initially be able to significantly influence the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, including mergers and other material transactions, and may be able to cause or prevent a change in the composition of our board of directors or a change in control of our Company that could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their Class A common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

 

In addition, because they hold their ownership interest in our business through PennyMac, rather than through the public company, these owners may have conflicting interests with holders of shares of our Class A common stock. For example, other owners of PennyMac may have different tax positions from us which could influence their decisions regarding whether and when to dispose of assets, whether and when to incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, especially in light of the existence of the tax receivable agreement that we entered into in connection with the initial public offering of our Class A common stock, and whether and when we should terminate the tax receivable agreement and accelerate its obligations thereunder. Further, the structuring of future transactions may take into consideration these owners’ tax or other considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

We may not pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

 

We are entitled to receive a pro rata portion of the tax distributions made by PennyMac. The cash received from such distributions will first be used to satisfy any of our tax liabilities and then to make any payments under the tax receivable agreement with the owners of PennyMac other than us. The declaration, amount and payment of any dividends on shares of Class A common stock with respect to any remaining excess cash will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors. Our board of directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant. We may also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that restrict or limit our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock. Accordingly, we may not pay any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

 

37


 

Our certificate of incorporation contains provisions renouncing our interest and expectancy in certain corporate opportunities identified by or presented to BlackRock and Highfields.

 

BlackRock, Highfields and their respective affiliates are in the business of providing capital to growing companies, and may acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business. Our certificate of incorporation provides that neither BlackRock nor Highfields nor their respective affiliates has any duty to refrain from (i) engaging, directly or indirectly, in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we now engage or propose to engage, or (ii) doing business with any of our clients, customers or vendors. In the event that either of BlackRock or Highfields or their respective affiliates acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or its affiliates and for us or our affiliates other than in the capacity as one of our officers or directors, then neither BlackRock nor Highfields has any duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us and may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Neither BlackRock nor Highfields nor any officer, director or employee thereof, shall be liable to us or to any of our stockholders (or any affiliates thereof) for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by engaging in any such activity and we waive and renounce any claim based on such activity. This provision applies even if the business opportunity is one that we might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. Our separate stockholder agreements with BlackRock and Highfields provide that any amendment or repeal of the provisions related to corporate opportunities described above requires the consent of each of BlackRock and Highfields as long as it, or any of its affiliates, holds any equity interest in us. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects if attractive corporate opportunities are allocated by BlackRock or Highfields to themselves or their other affiliates instead of to us.

 

Anti ‑takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult without the approval of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions:

·

authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of Class A common stock;

·

prohibit stockholder action by written consent unless the matter as to which action is being taken has been approved by our board of directors, which requires all stockholder actions regarding matters not approved by our board of directors to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

·

provide that our board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, or repeal our bylaws (provided that, if that action adversely affects BlackRock or Highfields when that entity, together with its affiliates, holds at least 5% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock, our stockholder agreements provide that such action must be approved by that entity);

·

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings; and

·

prevent us from selling substantially all of our assets or completing a merger or other business combination that constitutes a change of control without the approval of a majority of those of our directors who are not also our officers.

 

These anti ‑takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company, including actions that our stockholders may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our Class A common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire.

 

38


 

Our bylaws include an exclusive forum provision that could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a judicial forum viewed by the stockholders as more favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees.

 

Our bylaws provide that the state or federal court located within the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This exclusive forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other associates, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the exclusive forum provision contained in our bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

 

Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock

 

We are an “emerging growth company” and as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes ‑Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the initial public offering of our Class A common stock, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A common stock that is held by non ‑affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non ‑convertible debt during the prior three ‑year period.

 

Under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

The market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock may be volatile, which could result in rapid and substantial losses for our stockholders.

 

The market price of our Class A common stock has fluctuated significantly in the past and may be highly volatile in the future and could be subject to wide fluctuations. In addition, the trading volume in our Class A common stock may fluctuate and cause significant price variations to occur. If the market price of our Class A common stock declines significantly, you may be unable to resell your shares at or above your purchase price, if at all. The market price of our Class A common stock may decline significantly in the future. Some of the factors that could negatively affect our share price or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our Class A common stock include:

·

variations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

·

changes in our earnings estimates (if provided) or differences between our actual financial and operating results and those expected by investors and analysts;

39


 

·

the contents of published research reports about us or our industry or the failure of securities analysts to cover our Class A common stock;

·

additions or departures of key management personnel;

·

any increased indebtedness we may incur in the future;

·

announcements by us or others and developments affecting us;

·

actions by institutional stockholders;

·

litigation and governmental investigations;

·

changes in market valuations of similar companies;

·

speculation or reports by the press or investment community with respect to us or our industry in general;

·

increases in market interest rates that may lead purchasers of our shares to demand a higher yield;

·

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments; and

·

general market, political and economic conditions, including any such conditions and local conditions in the markets in which our customers are located.

 

These broad market and industry factors may decrease the market price of our Class A common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. The stock market in general has from time to time experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations, including in recent months. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

 

Future offerings of debt or equity securities by us may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

 

In the future, we may attempt to obtain financing or to further increase our capital resources by issuing additional shares of our Class A common stock or offering debt or other equity securities, including commercial paper, medium ‑term notes, senior or subordinated notes, debt securities convertible into equity or shares of preferred stock. In particular, we intend to seek opportunities to acquire MSR portfolios. Future acquisitions could require substantial additional capital in excess of cash from operations. We would expect to obtain the capital required for acquisitions through a combination of additional issuances of equity, corporate indebtedness, asset ‑backed acquisition financing and/or cash from operations.

 

Issuing additional shares of our Class A common stock or other equity securities or securities convertible into equity may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our Class A common stock or both. Upon liquidation, holders of such debt securities and preferred shares, if issued, and lenders with respect to other borrowings would receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of our Class A common stock. Debt securities convertible into equity could be subject to adjustments in the conversion ratio pursuant to which certain events may increase the number of equity securities issuable upon conversion. Preferred shares, if issued, could have a preference with respect to liquidating distributions or a preference with respect to dividend payments that could limit our ability to pay dividends to the holders of our Class A common stock. Our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, which may adversely affect the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. In addition, the limited liability company agreement of PennyMac provides that new classes of units or other equity interests of PennyMac may be issued to third parties other than us only with the approval of BlackRock and Highfields as long as they, or any of their affiliates, hold any Class A units of PennyMac. Any such issuance will dilute the ownership of holders of our Class A common stock in substantially all of our operating assets. Thus, holders of our Class A common stock bear the risk that our future offerings, including any future offerings by PennyMac, may reduce the market price of our Class A common stock and dilute their stockholdings in us.

40


 

 

The market price of our Class A common stock could be negatively affected by sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public markets.

 

Sales of substantial numbers of shares of our Class A common stock, including shares issued upon the exchange of Class A Units of PennyMac, in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities or equity ‑related securities.

 

As of December 31, 2014, we have a total of 21,577,686 shares of Class A common stock outstanding. The issuance and sale (or resale) of up to 55,076,111 additional shares of our Class A common stock have been registered under the Securities Act so those shares, upon issuance, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act.

 

A decline in the price of our Class A common stock might impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional Class A common stock or other equity securities.

 

The future issuance of additional Class A common stock in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise will dilute all other stockholdings.

 

As of December 31, 2014, we have an aggregate of 21,166,481 shares of Class A common stock authorized and remaining available for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan or upon the exchange of Class A Units of PennyMac. We may issue all of these shares of Class A common stock without any action or approval by our stockholders, subject to certain exceptions. We also intend to continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities and may issue Class A common stock in connection with these acquisitions. Any Class A common stock issued in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions, the exercise of outstanding stock options or otherwise would dilute the percentage ownership held by investors who purchase Class A common stock.

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

 

None.

 

Item 2.     Properties

 

Our corporate offices are located at 6101 Condor Drive, Moorpark, California 93021, in a 142,000 square foot leased facility. This location, along with an adjacent property located at 5898 Condor Drive, Moorpark, California 93021, house our primary mortgage banking and investment management operations as well as our administrative offices.

 

We lease eleven additional locations throughout the country generally housing loan production and servicing activities. Our consumer direct lending business occupies 3 6 ,000 square feet in Pasadena, CA. Our call center operations and loan processing occupies 116 ,000 square feet in Fort Worth, TX, and 30,000 square feet in Sacramento, CA . We have six branches located in Eagan, MN, Henderson, NV, Honolulu, HI, Kansas City, MO, Seattle, WA and Alpharetta, GA devoted to loan production. Our new commercial real estate finance business is housed in a leased facility in Irvine, CA, and we lease 20,000 square feet in Tampa, FL devoted to our correspondent production business.

 

The financial commitments of our leases are immaterial to the scope of our operations.

 

Item 3.     Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time, we may be involved in various legal proceedings, claims and actions arising in the ordinary course of business. As of December 31, 2014, we were not involved in any such legal proceedings, claims or actions that management believes would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on us.

 

41


 

Table of Contents

Item 4.     Mine Safety Disclosures

 

Not applicable.

 

42


 

Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5.     Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Our shares of common stock began trading publicly on May 9, 2013 and are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (Symbol: PFSI). As of March 9, 2015, our shares of common stock were held by 2,010 holders of record. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices (as reported by the New York Stock Exchange) for our shares of common stock:

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

                    

 

 

                    

 

Cash

 

 

Stock price

 

dividends

Period Ended

    

High

    

Low

    

declared

March 31, 2014

 

$

18.68 

 

$

15.91 

 

$

 —

June 30, 2014

 

$

17.80 

 

$

15.03 

 

$

 —

September 30, 2014

 

$

15.69 

 

$

14.54 

 

$

 —

December 31, 2014

 

$

17.48 

 

$

14.18 

 

$

 —

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

                    

 

 

                    

 

Cash

 

 

Stock price

 

dividends

Period Ended

    

High

    

Low

    

declared

June 30, 2013

 

$

23.33 

 

$

18.15 

 

$

 —

September 30, 2013

 

$

21.35 

 

$

15.79 

 

$

 —

December 31, 2013

 

$

18.86 

 

$

15.75 

 

$

 —

 

We have not established a minimum dividend payment level and our ability to pay dividends may be adversely affected for the reasons described in Item 1A of this Report in the section entitled Risk Factors . All distributions are made at the discretion of our board of directors and depend on our earnings, our financial condition and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant from time to time.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

We have adopted an equity incentive plan, the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which provides for the grant of incentive stock option and nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and stock unit awards, performance units, stock grants and qualified performance ‑based awards, which we collectively refer to as “awards.” Directors, officers and other employees of the Company and our subsidiaries, as well as others performing consulting or advisory services for us, are eligible for grants under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. The plan administrator of the equity incentive plan is the compensation committee of the board of directors. The board of directors itself may also exercise any of the powers and responsibilities under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, the plan administrator will select the recipients of awards and determine, among other things, the:

·

number of shares of common stock covered by the awards and the dates upon which such awards become exercisable or any restrictions lapse, as applicable;

·

type of award and the exercise or purchase price and method of payment for each such award;

·

vesting period for awards, risks of forfeiture and any potential acceleration of vesting or lapses in risks of forfeiture; and

·

duration of awards.

 

43


 

Table of Contents

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2014 concerning our shares of common stock authorized for issuance under our equity incentive plan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

 

(b)

 

(c)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of securities 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

remaining available for 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

future issuance under 

 

 

 

Number of securities to

 

 

Weighted average

 

equity compensation 

 

 

 

be issued upon exercise of 

 

 

exercise price of 

 

plans (excluding 

 

 

 

outstanding options,

 

 

outstanding options, 

 

securities reflected in 

 

Plan category

    

warrants and rights

    

 

warrants and rights (3) 

    

column (a)) (4)

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1)

 

2,627,018 

 

$

18.23 

 

21,166,481 

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (2)

 

 —

 

$

 —

 

 —

 

Total

 

2,627,018 

 

$

18.23 

 

21,166,481 

 


(1)

Represents our 2013 E quity I ncentive P lan.

(2)

We do not have any equity plans that have not been approved by our stockholders.

(3)

The weighted   average exercise price set forth in this column relates only to 1,167,181 stock options outstanding under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. The remaining securities included in column (a) of this table are performance ‑based RSUs and time ‑based RSUs, for which no exercise price applies.

(4)

This number includes a specific pool of 18,597,661 shares of common stock authorized for issuance upon the future exchange of outstanding Class A units of PennyMac that were originally issued pursuant to compensatory arrangements. It also includes a general pool of 2,554,007 shares of common stock authorized for future awards (excluding securities reflected in column (a)). This general pool initially consisted of 3,906,433 shares of common stock authorized under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan for future awards ,   and has been, and will continue to be , increased pursuant to the terms of the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan on January 1 st   of each calendar year by an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1.75% of our outstanding common stock on a fully diluted basis as of the end of our immediately preceding fiscal year, (ii) 1,322,024 shares, and (iii) any lower amount determined by our board of directors. The annual increase to this general pool on January 1, 2014 pursuant to the foregoing formula was 1,322,024.

 

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

 

The following financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” The table below presents, as of and for the dates indicated, selected historical financial information for us (in thousands, except for earnings per share amounts). Note that the condensed consolidated statements of income data for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and the condensed consolidated balance sheets data at December 31, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Report. The condensed consolidated statements of income data and other data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the

44


 

Table of Contents

condensed consolidated balance sheets data at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 have been derived from the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this Report.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

    

2011

    

2010

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

                    

 

 

                    

 

 

                    

 

 

                    

 

 

                    

 

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale

 

$

167,024 

 

$

138,013 

 

$

118,170 

 

$

13,029 

 

$

2,008 

 

Loan origination fees

 

 

41,576 

 

 

23,575 

 

 

9,634 

 

 

669 

 

 

734 

 

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

48,719 

 

 

79,712 

 

 

62,906 

 

 

1,747 

 

 

 —

 

Net servicing fees

 

 

216,919 

 

 

90,010 

 

 

40,105 

 

 

28,667 

 

 

26,001 

 

Management fees and Carried Interest

 

 

42,508 

 

 

53,749 

 

 

32,272 

 

 

29,279 

 

 

39,475 

 

Net interest expense

 

 

(9,486)

 

 

(1,041)

 

 

(1,525)

 

 

(343)

 

 

(595)

 

Other

 

 

11,017 

 

 

2,541 

 

 

3,524 

 

 

1,736 

 

 

816 

 

Total net revenue

 

 

518,277 

 

 

386,559 

 

 

265,086 

 

 

74,784 

 

 

68,439 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation

 

 

190,707 

 

 

148,576 

 

 

124,014 

 

 

47,479 

 

 

25,412 

 

Servicing

 

 

48,430 

 

 

7,028 

 

 

3,642 

 

 

2,344 

 

 

2,167 

 

Other

 

 

56,107 

 

 

48,829 

 

 

19,107 

 

 

10,262 

 

 

7,818 

 

Total expenses

 

 

295,244 

 

 

204,433 

 

 

146,763 

 

 

60,085 

 

 

35,397 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

223,033 

 

 

182,126 

 

 

118,323 

 

 

14,699 

 

 

33,042 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

26,722 

 

 

9,961 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Net income

 

 

196,311 

 

 

172,165 

 

$

118,323 

 

$

14,699 

 

$

33,042 

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

159,469 

 

 

157,765 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. common stockholders

 

$

36,842 

 

$

14,400 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

 

$

1,147,884 

 

$

531,004 

 

$

448,384 

 

$

89,857 

 

$

14,720 

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 

730,828 

 

 

483,664 

 

 

108,975 

 

 

32,124 

 

 

31,957 

 

Carried Interest due from Investment Funds

 

 

67,298 

 

 

61,142 

 

 

47,723 

 

 

37,250 

 

 

24,654 

 

Servicing advances

 

 

228,630 

 

 

154,328 

 

 

93,152 

 

 

63,565 

 

 

22,811 

 

Other assets

 

 

332,485 

 

 

354,337 

 

 

133,929 

 

 

66,485 

 

 

34,260 

 

Total assets

 

$

2,507,125 

 

$

1,584,475 

 

$

832,163 

 

$

289,281 

 

$

128,402 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets sold under agreements to repurchase

 

$

822,621 

 

$

471,592 

 

$

393,534 

 

$

77,700 

 

$

13,289 

 

Note payable

 

 

146,855 

 

 

52,154 

 

 

53,013 

 

 

18,602 

 

 

3,499 

 

Excess servicing spread financing at fair value payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

191,166 

 

 

138,723 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Other liabilities

 

 

539,217 

 

 

292,802 

 

 

123,866 

 

 

69,064 

 

 

21,645 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

1,699,859 

 

 

955,271 

 

 

570,413 

 

 

165,366 

 

 

38,433 

 

Stockholders' equity

 

 

807,266 

 

 

629,204 

 

 

261,750 

 

 

123,915 

 

 

89,969 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$

2,507,125 

 

$

1,584,475 

 

$

832,163 

 

$

289,281 

 

$

128,402 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings Per Share of Common Stock (1):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

1.73 

 

$

0.83 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

$

1.73 

 

$

0.82 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share price at year end

 

$

17.30 

 

$

17.55 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)

After the Company completed its IPO on May 14, 2013, the e arnings per share of common stock calculation became applicable .

 

Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Observations on Current Market Conditions

 

Our business is affected by macroeconomic conditions in the United States, including economic growth, unemployment rates, the residential housing market and interest rate levels and expectations. The U.S. economy continues its pattern of steady growth as reflected in recent economic data. During 2014, real U.S. gross domestic

45


 

Table of Contents

product expanded at an annual rate of 2.4% compared to a revised 2.2% annual rate for 2013. The national unemployment rate was 5.6 % at December 31, 2014 compared to 6.7% at December 31, 2013 and 7.9% at December 31, 2012, respectively. Delinquency rates on residential real estate loans remain elevated compared to historical rates, but have been steadily declining. As reported by the Federal Reserve Bank, during the third quarter of 2014, the delinquency rate on residential real estate loans held by commercial banks was 6.6%, a reduction from 8.3% during the third quarter of 2013.

 

Residential real estate activity appears to be stabilizing. The seasonally adjusted annual rate of existing home sales for December 2014 was 3.1% lower than for December 2013, and the national median existing home price for all housing types was $208,500, a 5.8% increase from December 2013. On a national level, foreclosure filings during 2014 decreased by 18% as compared to 2013. Foreclosure activity across the country decreased in 2014; however, it is expected to remain above historical average levels through 2015 and beyond.

 

Changes in fixed - rate residential mortgage loan interest rates generally follow changes in long-term U.S. Treasury yields. Thirty-year   fixed mortgage interest rates ranged from a low of 3.86% to a high of 4.43% during 2014 while during 2013, thirty-year fixed mortgage interest   rates ranged from a low of 3.41% to a high of 4 .49% (Source: the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation’s Weekly Primary Mortgage   Market Survey).

 

Mortgage lenders originated an estimated $1.2 trillion of home loans during 2014, down 34 % from 2013. Mortgage originations   are forecast to remain relatively flat, with current industry estimates for 2015 totaling $1.2 trillion (Source: Average of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac   and Mortgage Bankers Association forecasts). We expect efforts to expand GSE product offerings (including 97% loan-to-value loans) and a recent   reduction in FHA mortgage insurance premiums to make mortgage credit more affordable.

 

In recent periods, we have seen increased competition from new and existing market participants in the correspondent production business, as well as reductions in the overall level of refinancing activity. We believe that this change in supply and demand within the marketplace has been driving lower production margins in recent periods, which is reflected in our results of operations in our net gains on mortgage loans held for sale.

 

We believe there is significant long-term market opportunity in non- A gency jumbo mortgage loans, however current investor demand   from institutional investors and large banks is limited, as evidenced by weak pricing for securitizations issued during 2014. The pace of prime   jumbo MBS issuances slowed during 2014, with securitizations totaling $8.3 billion in UPB as compared with $12.9   billion in 2013. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we produced approximately $377.9 million in UPB of jumbo loans compared to   $203.6 million in UPB of jumbo loans produced and $392 million in UPB of jumbo loans acquired, on a bulk basis, during the year ended   December 31, 2013.

 

In our capacity as an investment manager, we continue to see a robust market for distressed residential mortgage loans (sales of loan pools that consist of either non-performing loans, troubled but performing loans or a combination thereof) offered for sale. During 2014, the pool of sellers expanded to include programmatic sellers, such as HUD and Freddie Mac. During 2014, we reviewed 128 mortgage loan pools with UPB totaling approximately $34.7 billion. This compares to our review of 118 mortgage loan pools with UPB totaling approximately $35 billion during 2013. We acquired for PMT distressed loans with fair values totaling $560.5 million, $1.3 billion and $543 million during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. While we expect to see a continued supply of distressed whole loans, we believe the pricing for recent transactions has been less attractive for buyers. We remain patient and selective for PMT in making new investments in distressed whole loans and we continue to monitor the market to assess best execution opportunities for distressed portfolio investments held by the Advised Entities.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Preparation of financial statements in compliance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Certain of these estimates significantly influence the portrayal of our financial condition and

46


 

Table of Contents

results, and they require us to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments. Our critical accounting policies primarily relate to our fair value estimates.

 

We group financial statement items measured at or based on fair value in three levels based on the markets in which the assets are traded and the observability of the inputs used to determine fair value. These levels are:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Carrying value of

 

% of

 

Level/Description

 

assets measured (1)

 

total assets

 

 

   

(in thousands)

    

 

 

Level 1: Prices determined using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

$

26,324 

 

%

Level 2: Prices determined using other significant observable inputs. Observable inputs are inputs that other market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of us. These may include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, interest rates, prepayment speeds, credit risk and others.

 

 

947,832 

 

38 

%

Level 3: Prices determined using significant unobservable inputs. In situations where observable inputs are unavailable (for example, when there is little or no market activity for an investment at the end of the period), unobservable inputs may be used. Unobservable inputs reflect our assumptions about the factors that market participants use in pricing an asset or liability, and are based on the best information available in the circumstances.

 

 

974,089 

 

39 

%

Total assets measured at or based on fair value

 

$

1,948,245 

 

78 

%

Total assets

 

$

2,507,125 

 

 

 


(1)

Includes assets measured on both a recurring and nonrecurring basis based on the accounting principles applicable to the specific asset or liability and whether we have elected to carry the item at its fair value.

 

As shown above, our consolidated balance sheet is substantially comprised of assets and liabilities that are measured at or based on their fair values. At December 31, 2014, $1.5 billion or 61% of our total assets were carried at fair value and $405.5 million or 16% were carried based on their fair values (primarily certain of our MSRs which are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value). Of these assets carried at or based on fair value, $974.1 million or 39% of total assets are measured using “Level 3” inputs – significant inputs that are difficult to observe due to illiquidity of the markets in which the assets are traded. Changes in inputs to measurement of these financial statement items can have a significant effect on the amounts reported for these items including their reported balances and their effects on our results of operations.

 

As a result of the difficulty in observing certain significant valuation inputs affecting “Level 3” financial statement items, we are required to make judgments regarding these items’ fair values. Different persons in possession of the same facts may reasonably arrive at different conclusions as to the inputs to be applied in valuing these financial statement items and their fair values. Likewise, due to the general illiquidity of some of these financial statement items, subsequent transactions may be at values significantly different from those reported.

 

Because the fair value of “Level 3” financial instruments is difficult to estimate, our process includes performance of these items’ fair value estimation by a specialized staff and significant executive management oversight. We have assigned the responsibility for estimating the fair values of “Level 3” financial statement items to our Financial Analysis and Valuation group (the “FAV group”), which is responsible for valuing and monitoring our investment portfolios and maintenance of our valuation policies and procedures. The FAV group submits the results of its valuations to our valuation committee, which oversees and approves the valuations before such valuations are included in our periodic financial statements. Our valuation committee includes our chief executive, financial, operating, credit, and asset/liability management officers.

 

47


 

Table of Contents

Following is a discussion of our approach to measuring the balance sheet items that are most affected by “Level 3” fair value estimates.

 

Mortgage Loans

 

We carry mortgage loans at their fair values. We recognize changes in the fair value of mortgage loans in current period income as a component of  Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value . We estimate the fair value of mortgage loans based on whether the mortgage loans are saleable into active markets with transparent pricing.

·

We categorize mortgage loans that are saleable into active markets as “Level 2” fair value financial statement items. We estimate such loans’ fair values using inputs other than quoted prices within “Level 1” that are observable for the mortgage loans, either directly or indirectly.

·

The Company may purchase certain delinquent government guaranteed or insured mortgage loans from Ginnie Mae guaranteed pools in its servicing portfolio. The Company’s right to purchase such loans arises as the result of the borrower’s failure to make payments for three consecutive months preceding the month of repurchase by the Company and provides an alternative to the Company’s obligation to continue advancing principal and interest at the coupon rate of the related Ginnie Mae security. To the extent such loans (“early buyout loans”) have not become sal e able into another Ginnie Mae guaranteed security by becoming current either through the borrower’s reperformance or through completion of a modification of the loan’s terms, the Company measures such loans using “Level 3” inputs. Certain of the Company’s mortgage loans may become non - sal e able into active markets due to one or more identified defect s . Because such mortgage loans are generally not sal e able into active mortgage markets, they are classified as “Level 3” financial statement items.  

·

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s “Level 3” mortgage loans held for sale at fair value are discount rates, home price projections, voluntary prepayment speeds and default speeds. Significant changes in any of those inputs in isolation could result in a significant change to the loans’ fair value measurement. Increases in home price projections are generally accompanied by an increase in voluntary prepayment speeds.

 

Interest Rate Lock Commitments

 

Our net gains on mortgage loans held for sale includes our estimates of gains or losses we expect to realize upon the sale of loans we have committed to fund or purchase but have not yet funded, purchased or sold. We recognize a substantial portion of our net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value before we fund or purchase the loan. In the course of our consumer direct and correspondent production activities, we make contractual commitments to prospective borrowers and correspondent lenders to purchase loans at specified terms. We call these commitments interest rate lock commitments, or IRLCs. We recognize the fair value of IRLCs at the time we make the commitment to the correspondent lender and adjust the fair value of such IRLCs as the loan approaches the point of purchase or the transaction is canceled.

 

We carry IRLCs as either derivative assets or derivative liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet. The fair value of IRLCs is transferred to the fair value of mortgage loans held for sale at fair value when the mortgage loan is funded.

 

An active, observable market for IRLCs does not exist. Therefore, we measure the fair value of IRLCs using methods and assumptions we believe that market participants use in pricing IRLCs. We estimate the fair value of an IRLC based on observable Agency MBS prices, our estimates of the fair value of the MSRs we expect to receive in the sale of the loans and the probability that the mortgage loan will be purchased or funded as a percentage of the commitment we have made (the “pull-through rate”).

 

Pull-through rates and MSR fair values are based on our estimates as these inputs are difficult to observe in the mortgage marketplace. Changes in our estimate of the probability that a mortgage loan will be fund ed and changes in interest rates are updated as the mortgage loans move through the funding process and may result in significant changes in the estimates of the fair value of the IRLCs. Such changes are reflected in the change in fair value of IRLCs which is a

48


 

Table of Contents

component of our net gain s on mortgage loans held for sale in the period of the change. The financial effects of changes in these assumptions are generally inversely correlated. Increasing interest rates have a positive effect on the fair value of the MSR component of IRLC value but increase the pull-through rate for loans that decrease in fair value.

 

A shift in our assessment of an input to the valuation of interest rate lock commitments can have a significant effect on the amount of net gains on sale of mortgage loans held for sale for the period. We believe that the most significant “Level 3” input to the valuation of IRLCs is the pull-through rate.

 

Following is a quantitative summary of the effect of changes in pull-through inputs on the fair value of IRLCs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shift in input

   

Pull-through rate
sensitivity

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

%

 

$

1,895 

 

10 

%

 

$

3,789 

 

20 

%

 

$

5,490 

 

(5)

%

 

$

(1,895)

 

(10)

%

 

$

(3,789)

 

(20)

%

 

$

(7,578)

 

 

Amortization, Impairment and Change in Fair Value of Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

MSRs represent the value of a contract that obligates us to service the mortgage loans on behalf of the owner of the loan in exchange for servicing fees and the right to collect certain ancillary income from the borrower. We recognize MSRs at our estimate of the fair value of the contract to service the loans.

 

As economic fundamentals influencing the underlying mortgage loans change, our estimate of the fair value of the related MSR we retain will also change. As a result, we will record changes in fair value as a component of net servicing fees for the MSRs we carry at fair value, and we may recognize changes in fair value relating to our MSRs carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value depending on the relationship of the MSR’s fair value to its carrying value at the measurement date.  See “Note 8—Fair Value” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for key assumptions used in determining the fair value of MSRs at the time of the initial recognition and at the period end for the periods covered by our financial statements.

 

After the initial recognition of MSRs, we account for such assets based on the class of MSRs: originated MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5%; and originated MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5%. Originated MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5% are accounted for using the amortization method. Originated MSRs backed by loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% are accounted for at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in current period income.

 

We also evaluate MSRs accounted for using the amortization method for impairment with reference to the MSR’s fair value at the measurement date. Impairment occurs when the current fair value of the MSR falls below the its carrying value (carrying value is the amortized cost reduced by any related valuation allowance). If MSRs are impaired, the impairment is recognized in current period income and the carrying value of the MSRs is adjusted through a valuation allowance. If the value of impaired MSRs subsequently increases, we recognize the increase in value in current period income and, through a reduction in the valuation allowance, adjust the carrying value of the MSRs to a level not in excess of amortized cost.

 

When evaluating MSRs for impairment, we stratify the assets by predominant risk characteristic including loan type (fixed ‑rate or adjustable ‑rate) and note interest rate. We stratify fixed ‑rate loans into note interest rate pools of 50 basis points for note interest rates between 3.0% and 4.5% and a single pool for note interest rates below 3%. We evaluate adjustable ‑rate mortgage loans with initial interest rates of 4.5% or less in a single pool.

 

49


 

Table of Contents

We periodically review the various impairment strata to determine whether the value of the impaired MSRs in a given stratum is likely to recover. When we conclude that recovery of the value is unlikely in the foreseeable future, a write ‑down of the cost of the MSRs for that stratum to its estimated recoverable value is charged to the valuation allowance.

 

Amortization and impairment of MSRs accounted for using the amortization method are included in current period income as a component of net servicing fees.

 

MSRs Accounted for Using the Amortization Method

 

We amortize MSRs accounted for using the amortization method. MSR amortization is determined by applying the ratio of the net MSR cash flows projected for the current period to the estimated total remaining net MSR cash flows. The estimated total net MSR cash flows are determined at the beginning of each month using prepayment assumptions applicable at that time.

 

MSRs Accounted for at Fair Value

 

We include changes in fair value of MSRs accounted for at fair value in current period income as a component of  Net servicing fees .  

 

A shift in the market for MSRs or a change in our assessment of an input to the valuation of MSRs can have a significant effect on the fair value of MSRs and in our income for the period. We believe the most significant “Level 3” inputs to the valuation of MSRs are the pricing spread (discount rate), prepayment speed and annual per-loan cost of servicing.

 

Following is a summary of the effect on fair value (which totaled $742.1 million at December 31, 2014) of various changes to these key inputs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect on fair value of MSRs of a change in input value

 

Shift in input

   

Pricing spread

   

Prepayment speed

   

Servicing cost

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

%

 

$

(14,260)

 

$

(14,411)

 

$

(5,902)

 

10 

%

 

$

(27,991)

 

$

(28,329)

 

$

(11,802)

 

20 

%

 

$

(53,974)

 

$

(54,786)

 

$

(23,605)

 

(5)

%

 

$

14,819 

 

$

14,930 

 

$

5,902 

 

(10)

%

 

$

30,228 

 

$

30,408 

 

$

11,802 

 

(20)

%

 

$

62,962 

 

$

63,136 

 

$

23,605 

 

 

The preceding analyses hold constant all of the inputs other than the input that is being changed to show an estimate of the effect on fair value of a change in a specific input. We expect that in a market shock event, multiple inputs would be affected and the effects of these changes may compound or counteract each other. Furthermore, certain of our MSRs are accounted for using the amortization method and are carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. Such assets’ carrying value may not be immediately affected as a result of a change in input values depending on the carrying value of the MSR asset before the change in input occurs and whether the input change causes our estimate of fair value to decrease below the carrying value of those MSRs. Therefore the preceding analyses are not projections of the effects of a shock event or a change in management’s estimate of an input and should not be relied upon as earnings projections.

 

Excess Servicing Spread

 

We finance a portion of the cost of Agency MSRs that we purchase from non-affiliate sellers through the sale to PMT of the servicing spread in excess of the level specified in the acquisition agreement. We carry our excess servicing

50


 

Table of Contents

spread financing (“ESS”) at fair value. We record changes in the fair value of excess servicing spread in Amortization, Impairment and Change in Fair Value of Mortgage Servicing Rights .

 

Because the ESS is a claim to a portion of the cash flows from MSRs, the valuation of the ESS is similar to that of MSRs. We use the same discounted cash flow approach to measure the ESS and the related MSRs except that certain inputs relating to the cost to service the mortgage loans underlying the MSRs and certain ancillary income are not included in the ESS valuation as these cash flows do not accrue to the holder of the ESS.

 

A shift in the market for ESS or a change in our assessment of an input to the valuation of ESS can have a significant effect on the fair value of ESS and in our income for the period. However, we believe that this change will be offset to a great extent by a change in the value of the MSRs that the ESS is financing. We believe that the most significant “Level 3” inputs to the valuation of ESS are the pricing spread (discount rate) and prepayment speed.

 

Following is a summary of the effect on fair value (which totaled $191.2 million at December 31, 2014) of various changes to these inputs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect on excess servicing spread of a change in input value

Shift in input

 

Pricing spread

 

Prepayment speed

 

 

 

(in thousands)

%

 

$

(2,189)

 

$

(4,385)
10 

%

 

$

(4,329)

 

$

(8,597)
20 

%

 

$

(8,464)

 

$

(16,535)
(5)

%

 

$

2,241 

 

$

4,570 
(10)

%

 

$

4,536 

 

$

9,337 
(20)

%

 

$

9,295 

 

$

19,509 

 

Liability for Losses Under Representations and Warranties

 

We record a provision for losses relating to our representations and warranties as part of our loan sale transactions. The method we use to estimate the liability for representations and warranties is a function of the representations and warranties given and considers a combination of factors, including, but not limited to, estimated future default and mortgage loan repurchase rates and the potential severity of loss in the event of default and the probability of reimbursement by the correspondent loan seller. We establish a liability at the time loans are sold and periodically update our liability estimate.

 

The level of the liability for losses under representations and warranties is difficult to estimate and requires considerable management judgment. The level of mortgage loan repurchase losses is dependent on economic factors, investor loss mitigation strategies, and other external conditions that may change over the lives of the underlying loans.  Our estimate of the liability for representations and warranties is developed by our credit administration staff. The liability estimate is reviewed and approved by our senior management credit committee which includes PFSI’s chief executive, operating, credit and enterprise risk, mortgage fulfillment, institutional mortgage banking and shared services officers.

 

As economic fundamentals change, as investor and Agency evaluation of their loss mitigation strategies (including claims under representations and warranties) change and as the mortgage market and general economic conditions affect our correspondent lenders, the level of repurchase activity and ensuing losses will change. As a result of these changes, we may be required to adjust the estimate of our liability for representations and warranties. Such an adjustment may be material to our financial condition and results of operations.

 

51


 

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

 

Our results of operations are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

 

$

167,024 

 

$

138,013 

 

$

118,170 

 

Loan origination fees

 

 

41,576 

 

 

23,575 

 

 

9,634 

 

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

48,719 

 

 

79,712 

 

 

62,906 

 

Net loan servicing fees

 

 

216,919 

 

 

90,010 

 

 

40,105 

 

Management fees

 

 

42,508 

 

 

40,330 

 

 

21,799 

 

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

 

 

6,156 

 

 

13,419 

 

 

10,473 

 

Net interest expense

 

 

(9,486)

 

 

(1,041)

 

 

(1,525)

 

Change in fair value of investment in and dividends received from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

(6)

 

 

41 

 

 

817 

 

Other

 

 

4,867 

 

 

2,500 

 

 

2,707 

 

Total net revenue

 

 

518,277 

 

 

386,559 

 

 

265,086 

 

Total expenses

 

 

295,244 

 

 

204,433 

 

 

146,763 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

26,722 

 

 

9,961 

 

 

 —

 

Net income

 

$

196,311 

 

$

172,165 

 

$

118,323 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes by segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage banking:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Production

 

$

135,619 

 

$

126,020 

 

 

 

 

Servicing

 

 

65,925 

 

 

20,048 

 

 

 

 

Total mortgage banking

 

 

201,544 

 

 

146,068 

 

$

93,178 

 

Investment management

 

 

20,111 

 

 

36,058 

 

 

25,145 

 

Non-segment activities (1)

 

 

1,378 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

223,033 

 

$

182,126 

 

$

118,323 

 

During the year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net of cancellations

 

$

19,589,704 

 

$

15,805,416 

 

$

10,116,188 

 

Fair value of mortgage loans purchased and originated for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Government-insured or guaranteed loans acquired from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

$

16,431,338 

 

$

16,113,806 

 

$

8,864,264 

 

Consumer direct

 

 

1,952,505 

 

 

1,104,051 

 

 

539,160 

 

 

 

$

18,383,843 

 

$

17,217,857 

 

$

9,403,424 

 

Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans fulfilled for PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

$

11,476,448 

 

$

15,225,153 

 

$

13,028,375 

 

At year end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loan servicing portfolio:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

$

64,690,613 

 

$

45,938,820 

 

$

11,254,705 

 

Mortgage servicing liabilities

 

 

478,581 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

1,100,910 

 

 

506,540 

 

 

417,742 

 

 

 

 

66,270,104 

 

 

46,445,360 

 

 

11,672,447 

 

Subserviced

 

 

39,709,945 

 

 

31,722,079 

 

 

16,480,102 

 

 

 

$

105,980,049 

 

$

78,167,439 

 

$

28,152,549 

 

Net assets of Advised Entities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

$

1,578,172 

 

$

1,467,114 

 

$

1,201,336 

 

Investment Funds

 

 

424,182 

 

 

557,956 

 

 

591,154 

 

 

 

$

2,002,354 

 

$

2,025,070 

 

$

1,792,490 

 


(1)

Represents repricing of Payable to exchanged Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC unitholders under tax receivable agreement.

 

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded net income of $196.3 million. Our net income in 2014 reflects net loan servicing fees of $216.9 million, an increase of $126.9 million, or 141%, from 2013 resulting from the growth in our mortgage servicing operations. As of December 31, 2014, our loan servicing portfolio stood at $106.0 billion in UPB, an increase of approximately $27.8 billion, or 36%, from December 31, 2013. This growth was

52


 

supplemented by increased net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value and loan origination fees resulting from the growth in volume of mortgage loans we purchased and originated and subsequently sold during the year. These revenue increases were partially offset by a decrease in management fees and Carried Interest of $5.1 million and to increased expenses incurred to accommodate the growth of our mortgage banking segments.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded net income of $172.2 million. Our net income in 2013 reflects net loan servicing fees of $90.0 million and net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value of $138.0 million, increases of $49.9 million and $19.8 million, respectively, from 2012 resulting from the growth in our mortgage servicing and consumer direct lending operations. As of December 31, 2013, the UPB of our loan servicing portfolio was $78.2 billion, an increase of approximately $50.0 billion, or 178%, from December 31, 2012. Our mortgage loan production volume increased $7.8 billion in 2013 compared to 2012. This growth was supplemented by increased management fees and Carried Interest resulting from incentive fee income in our investment management activities. These revenue increases were partially offset by increases in expenses incurred to accommodate our growth.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded net income of $118.3 million. Our net income in 2012 reflects net loan servicing fees of $40.0 million, an increase of $11.4 million, or 40%, from 2011 resulting from the growth in our mortgage servicing operations. As of December 31, 2012, our loan servicing portfolio grew to $28.2 billion, an increase of approximately $20.4 billion, or 264%, from December 31, 2011. This growth was supplemented by increased net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value resulting from growth in our loan production. Mortgage loan purchases and originations increased $8.7 billion during 2012 compared to 2011. These revenue increases were partially offset by increases in expenses incurred to accommodate our growth.

 

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, we recognized net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value totaling $167.0 million, compared to $138.0 million and $118.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

The increase in net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value in 2014 was due to improvement in production margins along with growth in the volume of mortgage loans that we purchased and originated and subsequently sold compared to 2013. The increase in net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value in 2013 was due to the growth in the volume of interest rate lock commitments partially offset by increasing price competition in the mortgage market, which had a negative effect on our production margins compared to 2012. The net gain for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 included $ 207.9 million, $205. 1 million and $90.5 million, respectively, in fair value of MSRs received as part of proceeds on sales , net of mortgage servicing liabilities incurred .

 

We have been able to sustain our margins through growth in our consumer direct mortgage loan activities, which generally produce higher margins than correspondent activities. T he margins on correspondent government-insured or guaranteed mortgage loans have not been adversely affected over recent periods as much as conventional correspondent production. Government-insured or guaranteed mortgage lending is not as competitive as conventional conforming mortgage lending due to the added complexity involved in the origination and servicing of government-insured or guaranteed mortgage loans.

 

Our net gains on mortgage loans held for sale include both cash and non-cash elements. We receive proceeds on sale that include both cash and MSRs. We also recognize a liability for our estimate of the losses we expect to incur in the future as a result of claims against us in connection with the representations and warranties that we made in the loan sales transactions .

 

53


 

Our gains on mortgage loans held for sale are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Cash (loss) gain:

 

 

                       

 

 

                       

 

 

                       

 

Sales proceeds

 

$

43,665 

 

$

(150,589)

 

$

78,671 

 

Hedging activities

 

 

(90,507)

 

 

98,707 

 

 

(70,916)

 

 

 

 

(46,842)

 

 

(51,882)

 

 

7,755 

 

Non-cash gain:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights resulting from mortgage loan sales

 

 

209,850 

 

 

205,105 

 

 

90,472 

 

Mortgage servicing liabilities resulting from mortgage loan sales

 

 

(1,965)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Mortgage servicing rights recapture payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

(7,837)

 

 

(709)

 

 

 —

 

Provision for losses relating to representations and warranties on loans sold

 

 

(5,291)

 

 

(4,675)

 

 

(3,055)

 

Change in fair value relating to mortgage loans and hedging derivatives held at year end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate lock commitments

 

 

25,640 

 

 

(17,179)

 

 

16,035 

 

Mortgage loans

 

 

12,733 

 

 

(4,207)

 

 

4,030 

 

Hedging derivatives

 

 

(19,264)

 

 

11,560 

 

 

2,933 

 

 

 

$

167,024 

 

$

138,013 

 

$

118,170 

 

During the year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans sold

 

$

17,928,780 

 

$

16,401,282 

 

$

8,545,915 

 

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net of cancellations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conventional mortgage loans

 

$

1,341,492 

 

$

989,350 

 

$

702,387 

 

Government-insured or guaranteed loans

 

 

18,248,212 

 

 

14,816,066 

 

 

9,413,801 

 

 

 

$

19,589,704 

 

$

15,805,416 

 

$

10,116,188 

 

Year end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

 

$

1,147,884 

 

$

531,004 

 

$

448,384 

 

Commitments to fund and purchase mortgage loans

 

$

1,765,597 

 

$

971,783 

 

$

1,576,174 

 

 

Provision for Losses Under Representations and Warranties

 

We record our estimate of the losses that we expect to incur in the future as a result of claims against us in connection with the representations and warranties provided to the purchasers of the loans we sold in our Net g ain s on sale of mortgage loans held for sale at fair value . Our agreements with the Agencies include representations and warranties related to the loans we sell to the Agencies. The representations and warranties require adherence to Agency origination and underwriting guidelines, including but not limited to the validity of the lien securing the loan, property eligibility, borrower credit, income and asset requirements, and compliance with applicable federal, state and local law.

 

In the event of a breach of our representations and warranties, we may be required to either repurchase the mortgage loans with the identified defects or indemnify the investor or insurer. In such cases, we bear any subsequent credit loss on the mortgage loans. Our credit loss may be reduced by any recourse we have to correspondent lenders that sold such mortgage loans and breached similar or other representations and warranties. In such event, we have the right to seek a recovery of related repurchase losses from that correspondent lender.

 

The method used to estimate our losses on representations and warranties is a function of our estimate of future defaults, loan repurchase rates, the severity of loss in the event of defaults and the probability of reimbursement by the correspondent loan seller. We establish a liability at the time loans are sold and review our liability estimate on a periodic basis.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, we recorded provisions for losses under representations and warranties totaling $5.3 million, $4.7 million and $3.1 million, respectively. The increase in 2014

54


 

was primarily due to an increase in the volume of loan sales activity during the year and an increase in the aggregate loan sales over time.

 

Following is a summary of mortgage loan repurchase activity and the unpaid balance of mortgage loans subject to representations and warranties:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

During the year:

 

 

                       

 

 

                       

 

 

                       

 

Indemnification activity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Indemnified mortgage loans at beginning of year

 

$

80 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

New indemnifications

 

 

1,441 

 

 

80 

 

 

 —

 

Indemnified mortgage loans repurchased

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Indemnified mortgage loans repaid or refinanced

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Indemnified mortgage loans at end of year

 

$

1,521 

 

$

80 

 

$

 —

 

Repurchase activity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans repurchased

 

$

2,742 

 

$

4,880 

 

$

738 

 

Less: Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans repurchased by correspondent lenders

 

 

2,451 

 

 

3,114 

 

 

505 

 

Less: Mortgage loans repaid by borrowers

 

 

138 

 

 

303 

 

 

 —

 

Mortgage loans with losses chargeable to liability for representations and warranties

 

$

153 

 

$

1,463 

 

$

233 

 

Losses charged to liability for representations and warranties

 

$

155 

 

$

56 

 

$

 —

 

Year end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans subject to representations and warranties

 

$

37,014,687 

 

$

23,637,202 

 

$

8,856,044 

 

Liability for representations and warranties

 

$

13,259 

 

$

8,123 

 

$

3,504 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, we repurchased mortgage loans with unpaid principal balances totaling $ 2.7 million and charged $155,000 in incurred losses relating to these repurchases against our liability for representations and warranties . As the outstanding balance of loans we purchase and sell subject to representations and warranties increases and the loans sold continue to season, we expect the level of repurchase activity to increase.

 

We did not record any adjustments to previously recorded liabilities for representations and warranties during any of the periods presented.

 

Other Loan Production-Related Revenues

 

Loan origination fees increased $18.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to increases in certain fees we charge in our loan production activities.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, loan origination fees increased $13.9 million and $9.0 million, respectively, due to growth in the volume of loans produced.

 

55


 

Loan fulfillment fees from PMT represent fees we collect for services we perform on behalf of PMT in connection with its acquisition, packaging and sale of mortgage loans. The loan fulfillment fees are calculated as a percentage of the UPB of the mortgage loans we fulfill for PMT. Fulfillment fees decreased $31.0 million in 2014 compared to 2013, due to reductions in the volume of Agency-eligible mortgage loans we fulfilled on behalf of PMT and a combination of contractual and discretionary reductions in the fulfillment fee rate charged to PMT. Summarized below are our fulfillment fees:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Fulfillment fee revenue

 

$

48,719 

 

$

79,712 

 

$

62,906 

 

Unpaid principal balance of loans fulfilled

 

$

11,476,448 

 

$

15,225,153 

 

$

13,028,375 

 

Average fulfillment fee rate (in basis points)

 

 

42 

 

 

52 

 

 

48 

 

 

Net loan servicing fees

 

Our net loan servicing fees are summarized below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Net servicing fees:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan servicing fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From non-affiliates

 

$

173,005 

 

$

61,523 

 

$

20,673 

 

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

52,522 

 

 

39,413 

 

 

18,608 

 

From Investment Funds

 

 

6,425 

 

 

7,099 

 

 

10,831 

 

Ancillary and other fees

 

 

26,469 

 

 

11,426 

 

 

2,245 

 

 

 

 

258,421 

 

 

119,461 

 

 

52,357 

 

Amortization, impairment and change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights

 

 

(41,502)

 

 

(29,451)

 

 

(12,252)

 

Net servicing fees

 

$

216,919 

 

$

90,010 

 

$

40,105 

 

Average servicing portfolio

 

$

91,887,504 

 

$

46,505,057 

 

$

14,554,116 

 

 

56


 

Following is a summary of our mortgage loan servicing portfolio:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Mortgage loans serviced at period end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prime servicing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Originated

 

$

36,564,434 

 

$

22,499,847 

 

Acquired

 

 

28,126,179 

 

 

22,469,179 

 

 

 

 

64,690,613 

 

 

44,969,026 

 

Mortgage servicing liabilities

 

 

478,581 

 

 

 —

 

Mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

1,100,910 

 

 

506,540 

 

 

 

 

66,270,104 

 

 

45,475,566 

 

Subserviced for Advised Entities

 

 

35,416,466 

 

 

26,788,479 

 

Total prime servicing

 

 

101,686,570 

 

 

72,264,045 

 

Special servicing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subserviced for Advised Entities

 

 

4,293,479 

 

 

4,844,239 

 

Subserviced for non-affiliates

 

 

 —

 

 

89,361 

 

 

 

 

4,293,479 

 

 

4,933,600 

 

Owned mortgage servicing rights—Acquired

 

 

 —

 

 

969,794 

 

Total special servicing

 

 

4,293,479 

 

 

5,903,394 

 

Total mortgage loans serviced

 

$

105,980,049 

 

$

78,167,439 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, loan servicing fees increased $139.0 million, or 116%, when compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase during the year was due to:

·

an increase of $111.5 million in loan servicing fees from non-affiliates resulting from growth in our portfolio of loans serviced due to purchases of MSRs supplemented with the ongoing sales of mortgage loans with servicing rights retained, partially offset by the sale of MSRs relating to a portfolio backed by distressed mortgage loans;

·

an increase of $12.4 million in loan servicing fees from our Advised Entities primarily due to activity-based fees, relating to their sale of reperforming mortgage loans along with continuing growth in PMT’s MSR portfolio which we subservice; and

·

an increase of $15.0 million in ancillary fees due to growth in the portfolios of mortgage loans serviced.

 

The increase in servicing fees during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was similarly due to growth in our and PMT’s servicing portfolios.

 

57


 

Amortization, impairment and change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Amortization and realization of cash flows

 

$

(72,660)

 

$

(24,752)

 

$

(9,163)

 

Change in fair value and reversal of (provision for) impairment of mortgage servicing rights carried at lower of amortized cost or fair value

 

 

(24,345)

 

 

(985)

 

 

(4,458)

 

 

 

 

(97,005)

 

 

(25,737)

 

 

(13,621)

 

Change in fair value of excess servicing spread

 

 

28,663 

 

 

(2,423)

 

 

 —

 

Hedging gains (losses)

 

 

26,840 

 

 

(1,291)

 

 

1,369 

 

Total amortization, impairment and change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights

 

$

(41,502)

 

$

(29,451)

 

$

(12,252)

 

Ending mortgage servicing rights:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At lower of amortized cost or fair value

 

$

405,445 

 

$

258,751 

 

$

89,177 

 

At fair value

 

 

325,383 

 

 

224,913 

 

 

19,798 

 

 

 

$

730,828 

 

$

483,664 

 

$

108,975 

 

Average MSR balances:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At lower of amortized cost or fair value

 

$

321,049 

 

$

176,138 

 

$

39,681 

 

At fair value

 

 

277,313 

 

 

46,384 

 

 

22,835 

 

 

 

$

598,362 

 

$

222,522 

 

$

62,516 

 

 

Amortization, impairment and change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights increased $ 12.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in Amortization, impairment and change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights was primarily due to growth in our investment in MSRs, which caused an increase in amortization of the asset, and to impairment, reflecting expectations for higher prepayment speeds as a result of lower interest rates throughout most of 2014; partially offset with an increase in fair value of ESS financing and hedging gains.

 

Management fees and Carried Interest

 

Management fees and Carried Interest are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Management fees:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base management fee

    

$

23,330 

    

$

19,644 

    

$

12,436 

 

Performance incentive fee

 

 

11,705 

 

 

12,766 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

35,035 

 

 

32,410 

 

 

12,436 

 

Investment Funds

 

 

7,473 

 

 

7,920 

 

 

9,363 

 

Total management fees

 

 

42,508 

 

 

40,330 

 

 

21,799 

 

Carried Interest

 

 

6,156 

 

 

13,419 

 

 

10,473 

 

Total management fees and Carried Interest

 

$

48,664 

 

$

53,749 

 

$

32,272 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net assets of Advised Entities at year end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

$

1,578,172 

 

$

1,467,114 

 

$

1,201,336 

 

Investment Funds

 

 

424,182 

 

 

557,956 

 

 

591,154 

 

 

 

$

2,002,354 

 

$

2,025,070 

 

$

1,792,490 

 

 

58


 

Management fees from PMT increased $ 2.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was due primarily to:

·

an increase in base management fees of $ 3.7 million due to an increase in PMT’s shareholders’ equity upon which its management fee is based; and

·

a decrease in performance incentive fees of $ 1.1 million because of PMT’s decrease in net income and increase in its shareholders’ equity.

Our incentive fee is based on how much PMT’s return on shareholders’ equity exceeds certain thresholds. Therefore, the increase in equity and decrease in earnings combined to reduce PMT’s return on equity and by extension the performance incentive fee we earned in 2014 as compared to 2013.

We began to recognize performance incentive fees as a result of the amendment to our management agreement with PMT effective February 1, 2013, which changed the basis on which profitability is measured for incentive fee purposes. Under the amended agreement, profitability is primarily based on net income for a rolling four-quarter period determined in compliance with U.S. GAAP. Previously, the agreement based profitability on U.S. GAAP net income generally excluding non-cash gains and losses.

 

Management fees from the Investment Funds decreased $ 447,000 in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease was due to decreases in the Investment Funds’ net asset values as a result of continued distributions to the Investment Funds’ investors following the end of the Investment Funds’ commitment periods at December 31, 2011, which reduced the investment base on which the management fees are computed.

 

Carried Interest from Investment Funds decreased $ 7.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. Observed market demand for distressed loans, changes in the fair value of the loans as they proceed through the resolution process and continuing increases in collateral valuations for the properties underlying the Funds’ mortgage loans in 2013 resulted in valuation gains. This was not repeated in the same magnitude and the Funds’ investment portfolios are substantially smaller in 2014 compared to 2013.

 

Other revenues

 

Net interest expense increased $ 8.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 due to growth in our investments in non-interest earning assets — primarily MSRs which are financed in part with ESS sales.

 

The results of our holdings of common shares of PMT, which is included in Changes in fair value of investment in, and dividends received from PMT are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Dividends

 

$

134 

 

$

216 

 

$

167 

 

Change in fair value

 

 

(140)

 

 

(175)

 

 

650 

 

 

 

$

(6)

 

$

41 

 

$

817 

 

Fair value of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust shares at year end

 

$

1,582 

 

$

1,722 

 

$

1,897 

 

 

Change in fair value of investment in and dividends received from PMT decreased $ 47,000   during the year ended December 31, 2014 when compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 primarily due to a decrease in the fair value of our investment in common shares of PMT. We held 75,000 common shares of PMT during each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

 

59


 

Expenses

 

Our compensation expense is summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Salaries and wages

 

$

118,428 

 

$

101,064 

 

$

61,300 

 

Incentive compensation

 

 

38,464 

 

 

24,929 

 

 

30,607 

 

Taxes and benefits

 

 

20,011 

 

 

16,125 

 

 

9,025 

 

Stock and unit-based compensation

 

 

13,804 

 

 

6,458 

 

 

23,082 

 

 

 

$

190,707 

 

$

148,576 

 

$

124,014 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average headcount

 

 

1,581 

 

 

1,331 

 

 

732 

 

Year end headcount

 

 

1,816 

 

 

1,373 

 

 

1,028 

 

 

Compensation expense increased $42.1 million, or 28%, during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in compensation expense was primarily due to the development of and growth in our loan servicing segment.  Incentive compensation increased due to additions to staff made to facilitate increases in net income and incentive compensation-eligible staff. The increase in compensation for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 includes increased stock-based compensation expense as a result of employee and director equity awards granted late in the second quarter of 2013, partially offset by $1.6 million of a cumulative expense reversal of certain performance condition RSU awards for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

Servicing expense increased $41.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was due to growth in our purchased mortgage servicing portfolio, which includes large purchases of seasoned government-insured guaranteed loans that are subject to nonreimbursable servicing advance losses, and the initiation of an early buyout (“EBO”) program to purchase defaulted loans out of legacy Ginnie Mae pools.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, we purchased $1.0 billion in UPB of EBOs, producing current period expense as accumulated non-reimbursable interest advances, net of interest receivable from the loans’ insurer or guarantor at the debenture rate of interest applicable to the respective loans, are charged to servicing expense when the loans are purchased from the Ginnie Mae pools.  The financial benefit of the EBO program is to reduce future servicing costs by purchasing and either selling the defaulted loans or otherwise financing them with debt at interest rates below the Ginnie Mae MBS pass-through rates rather than advancing principal and interest on such defaulted loans at the Ginnie Mae MBS pass-through rate until liquidation.

 

Technology expense increased $6.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was due to growth in loan servicing operations and continued investment in loan production and servicing infrastructure.

60


 

Expenses Allocated to PMT

 

PMT reimburses us for other expenses, including common overhead expenses incurred on its behalf by us, in accordance with the terms of our management agreement with PMT.  The expense amounts presented in our income statement are net of these allocations.  Expense amounts allocated to PMT during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Technology

 

$

4,346 

 

$

3,876 

 

$

1,158 

 

Occupancy

 

 

2,149 

 

 

2,174 

 

 

1,374 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

2,066 

 

 

1,393 

 

 

590 

 

Other

 

 

1,916 

 

 

2,980 

 

 

1,067 

 

Total expenses

 

$

10,477 

 

$

10,423 

 

$

4,189 

 

 

The amount of total expenses that we allocated to PMT during the year ended December 31, 2014 remained generally consistent compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. The amount of total expenses that we allocated to PMT during the year ended December 31, 2013 increased $6.2 million from $4.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 due to growth in our overhead expenses as well as growth in PMT’s balance sheet, resulting in an increase in the proportion of our overhead expenses being allocated to PMT.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, our effective tax rates were 12.0% and 5.5% , respectively. The difference between our effective tax rate and the statutory rate is primarily due to the allocation of earnings to the noncontrolling interest unitholders. As the noncontrolling interest unitholders convert their ownership units into our shares, we expect an increase in allocated earnings that will be subject to corporate federal and state statutory tax rates, which will in turn increase our effective income tax rate.

 

61


 

Balance Sheet Analysis

 

Following is a summary of key balance sheet items as of the dates presented:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and short-term investments

 

$

97,943 

 

$

173,221 

 

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

 

 

1,147,884 

 

 

531,004 

 

Servicing advances, net

 

 

228,630 

 

 

154,328 

 

Receivable from affiliates

 

 

26,162 

 

 

21,551 

 

Carried Interest due from Investment Funds

 

 

67,298 

 

 

61,142 

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 

730,828 

 

 

483,664 

 

Other assets

 

 

208,380 

 

 

159,565 

 

Total assets

 

$

2,507,125 

 

$

1,584,475 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

$

1,113,114 

 

$

523,746 

 

Payable to affiliates

 

 

350,389 

 

 

256,834 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

236,356 

 

 

174,691 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

1,699,859 

 

 

955,271 

 

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

807,266 

 

 

629,204 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$

2,507,125 

 

$

1,584,475 

 

 

Total assets increased $ 922.7 million from $1.6 billion at December 31, 2013 to $ 2.5 billion at December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $ 616.9 million in mortgage loans held for sale at fair value, primarily related to the initiation of the EBO program resulting in mortgage loan purchases of $1.0 billion and an increase of $ 247.2 million in MSRs, resulting from growth in our mortgage banking operations and purchases of MSRs, partially offset by a decrease in short-term investments of $ 120.9 million as we deployed cash and proceeds from issuance of ESS to fund balance sheet growth.

 

Total liabilities increased by $ 744.6 million from $955.3 million as of December 31, 2013 to $ 1.7 billion as of December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase of $ 351.0 million and an increase in sales of mortgage loan participation certificates of $ 143.6 million, all to fund growth in our inventory of mortgage loans held for sale at fair value, an increase in note payable of $ 94.7 million, and an increase in liabilities relating to the sale of ESS to PMT of $ 52.4 million.

 

Cash Flows

 

Our cash flows resulted in a net increase in cash of $ 45.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was due to cash provided by our investing and financing activities exceeding cash used in our operating activities.

 

Operating activities

 

Cash used in operating activities totaled $ 579.0 million, $98.4 million and $308.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, primarily due to the growth of our inventory of mortgage loans held for sale as a result of the EBO program and our loan production exceeding mortgage loan sales.

 

Investing activities

 

Net cash provided by investing activities was $ 6.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. The net cash provided by investing activities was primarily a result of the decrease in short term investments.

62


 

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $284.8 million and $45.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, primarily due to an increase in our short-term investments and cash used to purchase MSRs. The cash used in the increase in our short-term investments in 2013 reflects the liquidity provided by the IPO.

 

Financing activities

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $ 617.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, primarily due to an increase in loans sold under agreements to repurchase and a mortgage loan participation agreement used to finance the growth in our inventory of mortgage loans held for sale. Cash provided by financing activities also reflects the proceeds received from sales of ESS of $95.9 million in 2014 and increased financing related to growth in our government MSRs.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $ 401.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to the IPO, which raised $212.8 million net of underwriting and offering costs. Cash provided by financing activities also reflects the proceeds received from sales of ESS of $139.0 million in 2013.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $ 349.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to an increase in loans sold under agreements to repurchase used to finance the growth in our inventory of mortgage loans held for sale.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Our liquidity reflects our ability to meet our current obligations (including our operating expenses and, when applicable, the retirement of, and margin calls relating to, our debt, and margin calls relating to hedges on our commitments to purchase or originate mortgage loans), fund new originations and purchases, and make investments as we identify them. We expect our primary sources of liquidity to be through cash flows from business activities, proceeds from bank borrowings, proceeds from and issuance of ESS and/or additional equity offerings. We believe that our liquidity is sufficient to meet our current liquidity needs.

 

Our current leverage strategy is to finance our assets where we believe such borrowing is prudent, appropriate and available. Our borrowing activities are in the form of sales of mortgage loans under agreements to repurchase, sales of mortgage loan participation certificates, ESS financing and a note payable secured by MSRs and loan servicing advances. All of our borrowings other than ESS have short-term maturities and provide for terms of approximately one year.

 

Our repurchase agreements represent the sales of mortgage loans together with agreements for us to buy back the mortgage loans at a later date. During, 2014, the average balance outstanding under agreements to repurchase mortgage loans totaled $ 529.8 million, and the maximum daily amount outstanding under such agreements totaled $ 1.1  billion. During 2013, the average balance outstanding under agreements to repurchase mortgage loans totaled $ 344.6  million, and the maximum daily amount outstanding under such agreements totaled $ 623.5  million. During 2012, the average balance outstanding under agreements to repurchase mortgage loans totaled $ 172.7  million, and the maximum daily amount outstanding under such agreements totaled $ 441.2  million. The difference between the maximum and average daily amounts outstanding is due to variations in levels of production, loan inventories and EBOs during the year and timing of receipt of cash from loan sales.

 

PLS’s debt financing agreements require it to comply with various financial covenants. The most significant financial covenants currently include the following:

·

positive net income during each calendar quarter;

·

a minimum in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of $20 million;

·

a minimum tangible net worth of $200 million;

·

a maximum ratio of total liabilities to tangible net worth of 10:1; and

63


 

·

at least one other warehouse or repurchase facility that finances amounts and assets similar to those being financed under our existing debt financing agreements.

 

Although these financial covenants limit the amount of indebtedness that we may incur and affect our liquidity through minimum cash reserve requirements, we believe that these covenants currently provide us with sufficient flexibility to successfully operate our business and obtain the financing necessary to achieve that purpose.

 

With respect to servicing performed for PMT, PLS is also subject to certain covenants under its debt agreements. Covenants in PMT’s debt agreements are equally, or sometimes less, restrictive than the covenants described above.

 

Our debt financing agreements also contain margin call provisions that, upon notice from the applicable lender at its option, require us to transfer cash or, in some instances, additional assets in an amount sufficient to eliminate any margin deficit. A margin deficit will generally result from any decline in the market value (as determined by the applicable lender) of the assets subject to the related financing agreement. Upon notice from the applicable lender, we will generally be required to satisfy the margin call on the day of such notice or within one business day thereafter, depending on the timing of the notice.

 

We have purchased portfolios of MSRs and have financed them in part through the sale to PMT of the right to receive ESS. The repayment of the ESS financing is based on amounts received on the underlying mortgage loans.

 

We continue to explore a variety of means of financing our continued growth, including debt financing through bank warehouse lines of credit, financing MSR purchases through bank lines of credit, additional repurchase agreements and corporate debt. However, there can be no assurance as to how much additional financing capacity such efforts will produce, what form the financing will take or whether such efforts will be successful.

Off ‑Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

 

Off ‑Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

As of December 31, 2014, we have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements or guarantees.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

As of December 31, 2014, we had on-balance sheet contractual obligations of $ 822.6 million to finance assets under agreements to repurchase and $ 143.6 million to finance assets under our mortgage loan participation and sale agreement. We also had a contractual obligation of $ 146.9  million relating to a note payable secured by MSRs. We also lease our primary office facilities under an agreement that expires on February 28, 2017 and we license certain software to support our loan servicing operations.

 

All agreements to repurchase assets and the mortgage loan participation and sale agreement that matured between December 31, 2014 and the date of this Report have been renewed, extended or repaid and are described in Note 16—Borrowings in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

64


 

Payment obligations under these agreements are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments due by period

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

 

1-3

 

3-5

 

More than

 

Contractual obligations

    

Total

    

1 year

    

years

    

years

    

5 years

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase

 

$

822,621 

 

$

822,621 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Mortgage loan participation and sale agreement

 

 

143,638 

 

 

143,638 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Note payable

 

 

146,855 

 

 

146,855 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Excess servicing spread financing at fair value payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust (1)

 

 

191,166 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

191,166 

 

Software licenses (2)

 

 

16,920 

 

 

8,460 

 

 

8,460 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Office leases

 

 

17,776 

 

 

5,069 

 

 

7,106 

 

 

3,014 

 

 

2,587 

 

Total

 

$

1,338,976 

 

$

1,126,643 

 

$

15,566 

 

$

3,014 

 

$

193,753 

 

 


(1)

The ESS financing obligation payable to PMT does not have a stated contractual maturity date and will pay down as the underlying MSRs receive the excess servicing fee rate due to PMT.

(2)

Software licenses include both volume and activity ‑based fees that are dependent on the number of loans serviced during each period and include a base fee of approximately $ 490,000 per year. Estimated payments for software licenses above are based on the number of loans currently serviced by us, which totaled approximately 513,000 at December 31, 2014. Future amounts due may significantly fluctuate based on changes in the number of loans serviced by us. For the year ended December 31, 2014, software license fees totaled $ 15.9 million. All figures contained in this footnote are in actual amounts and not in thousands (in contrast to the table above).

 

The amount at risk (the fair value of the assets pledged plus the related margin deposit, less the amount advanced by the counterparty and accrued interest) relating to our assets sold under agreements to repurchase is summarized by counterparty below as of December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maturity of 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

advances under 

 

 

 

Counterparty

    

 

Amount at risk

    

repurchase agreement

   

Facility Maturity

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

 

$

89,508 

 

June 12, 2015

 

October 30, 2015

 

Bank of America, N.A.

 

$

54,534 

 

January 21, 2015

 

January 30, 2015

 

Morgan Stanley

 

$

10,489 

 

February 18, 2015

 

June 29, 2015

 

Citibank, N.A.

 

$

31 

 

January 22, 2015

 

September 7, 2015

 

 

Debt Obligations

 

As described further above in “Liquidity and Capital Resources,” we currently finance certain of our assets through borrowings with major financial institution counterparties in the form of sales of mortgage loans under agreements to repurchase, a mortgage loan participation and sale agreement and a note payable secured by MSRs and loan servicing advances. The borrower under each of these facilities is PLS, and all obligations thereunder are guaranteed by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC.

 

Under the terms of these agreements, PLS is required to comply with certain financial covenants, as described further above in “Liquidity and Capital Resources,” and various non-financial covenants customary for transactions of this nature. As of December 31, 2014, we were in compliance in all material respects with these covenants.

 

65


 

The agreements also contain margin call provisions that, upon notice from the applicable lender, require us to transfer cash or, in some instances, additional assets in an amount sufficient to eliminate any margin deficit. Upon notice from the applicable lender, we will generally be required to satisfy the margin call on the day of such notice or within one business day thereafter, depending on the timing of the notice.

 

In addition, the agreements contain events of default (subject to certain materiality thresholds and grace periods), including payment defaults, breaches of covenants and/or certain representations and warranties, cross-defaults, guarantor defaults, servicer termination events and defaults, material adverse changes, bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings and other events of default customary for these types of transactions. The remedies for such events of default are also customary for these types of transactions and include the acceleration of the principal amount outstanding under the agreements and the liquidation by our lenders of the mortgage loans or other collateral then subject to the agreements.

 

All of PLS’s borrowings discussed above have short-term maturities that expire as follows as of December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

Facility

 

 

 

Counterparty (1)

    

Indebtedness (2)

    

Amount

    

Maturity Date (3)

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Bank of America, N.A.

 

$

236,771 

 

$

225,000 

 

January 30, 2015

 

Bank of America, N.A.

 

$

143,638 

 

$

150,000 

 

January 30, 2015

 

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

 

$

463,541 

 

$

500,000 

 

October 30, 2015

 

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

 

$

146,855 

 

$

257,000 

 

October 30, 2015

 

Morgan Stanley

 

$

122,031 

 

$

125,000 

 

June 29, 2015

 

Citibank, N.A.

 

$

278 

 

$

50,000 

 

September 7, 2015

 

 


(1)

The borrowings with Bank of America, N.A. (with a committed amount of $225 million), Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC (with a committed amount of $500 million), Morgan Stanley and Citibank, N.A. are in the form of sales of mortgage loans under agreements to repurchase. The borrowing with Bank of America, N.A. (with a committed amount of $150 million) is in the form of a mortgage loan participation and sale agreement. The borrowing with Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC (with a committed amount of $ 257 million) is in the form of a note payable secured by certain MSRs and loan servicing advances.

(2)

Represents outstanding indebtedness reduced by cash collateral as of December 31, 2014.

(3)

All agreements that matured between December 31, 2014 and the date of this Report have been renewed, extended or repaid and are described in Note 16—Borrowings in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Market risk is the exposure to loss resulting from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices, real estate values and other market ‑based risks. The primary market risks that we are exposed to are credit risk, interest rate risk, prepayment risk, inflation risk and market value risk.

 

Credit Risk

 

We are subject to credit risk in connection with our loan sales activities. Our loan sales are generally made with contractual representations and warranties, which, if breached, can require us to repurchase the mortgage loan or reimburse the investor for any losses incurred because of that breach. These breaches are generally evidenced when the borrower defaults on a loan. The amount of our liability for losses due to representations and warranties to the loans’ investors is not limited. However, we believe that the current UPB of loans sold by us to date represents the maximum exposure to repurchases related to representations and warranties. We include a provision for potential losses due to recourse as part of our recognition of loan sales, based initially on our estimate of the fair value of such obligation. We

66


 

review our loss experience relating to representations and warranties and adjust our liability estimate when necessary. We believe that residual loan credit quality is primarily determined by the borrowers’ credit profiles and loan characteristics.

 

In the event of developments affecting the credit performance of loans we have sold subject to representations and warranties, such as a significant increase in unemployment or a significant deterioration in real estate values in markets where properties securing mortgage loans we purchase are located, defaults could increase and result in credit losses arising from claims under our representations and warranties, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Interest rate risk is highly sensitive to many factors, including governmental monetary and tax policies, domestic and international economic and political considerations, and other factors beyond our control. Changes in interest rates affect both the fair value of, and interest income we earn from, our mortgage ‑related investments and our derivative financial instruments. This effect is most pronounced with fixed ‑rate mortgage assets. In general, rising interest rates negatively affect the fair value of our interest rate lock agreements and inventory of mortgage loans held for sale.

 

Our operating results will depend, in part, on differences between the income from our investments and our financing costs. Presently our debt financing is based on a floating rate of interest calculated on a fixed spread over the relevant index, as determined by the particular financing arrangement.

 

We engage in interest rate risk management activities in an effort to reduce the variability of income caused by changes in interest rates. To manage this price risk resulting from interest rate risk, we use derivative financial instruments acquired with the intention of moderating the risk that changes in market interest rates will result in unfavorable changes in the value of our interest rate lock commitments and inventory of mortgage loans held for sale. We do not use derivative financial instruments for purposes other than in support of our risk management activities.

 

Prepayment Risk

 

To the extent that the actual prepayment rate on the mortgage loans underlying our MSRs differs from what we projected when we initially recognized the MSRs and when we measured fair value as of the end of each reporting period, the carrying value of our investment in MSRs will be affected. In general, a decline in the principal balances of the loans underlying our MSRs or an increase in prepayment expectations will accelerate the amortization and may result in impairments of our MSRs accounted for using the amortization method and decrease our estimates of the fair value of both the MSRs accounted for using the amortization method and those accounted for using the fair value method, thereby reducing net servicing income.

 

Inflation Risk

 

A substantial portion of our assets and liabilities is interest rate sensitive in nature. As a result, interest rates and other factors will influence our performance more than inflation. Changes in interest rates do not necessarily correlate with inflation rates or changes in inflation rates. Furthermore, our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP and any distributions that PennyMac may make to its members will be determined by us as the managing member of PennyMac based primarily on our taxable income and, in each case, our activities and balance sheet are measured with reference to historical cost and/or fair value without considering inflation.

 

Market Value Risk

 

Our mortgage loans held for sale are reported at their estimated fair values. The fair value of these assets fluctuates primarily due to changes in interest rates.

 

67


 

The following sensitivity analyses are limited in that they were performed at a particular point in time; only contemplate the movements in the indicated variables; do not incorporate changes to other variables; are subject to the accuracy of various models and assumptions used; and do not incorporate other factors that would affect our overall financial performance in such scenarios, including operational adjustments made by management to account for changing circumstances. For these reasons, the following estimates should not be viewed as earnings forecasts.

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

The following tables summarize the estimated change in fair value of MSRs accounted for using the amortization method as of December 31, 2014, given several shifts in pricing spreads, prepayment speed and annual per-loan cost of servicing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pricing spread shift in %

    

-20%

    

-10%

    

-5%

    

+5%

    

+10%

    

+20%

 

 

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Fair value

 

$

454,636 

 

$

434,528 

 

$

425,085 

 

$

407,310 

 

$

398,937 

 

$

383,129 

 

Change in fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

38,616 

 

$

18,508 

 

$

9,066 

 

$

(8,710)

 

$

(17,083)

 

$

(32,890)

 

%

 

 

9.28 

%

 

4.45 

%

 

2.18 

%

 

(2.09)

%

 

(4.11)

%

 

(7.91)

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepayment speed shift in %

    

-20%

    

-10%

    

-5%

    

+5%

    

+10%

    

+20%

 

 

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Fair value

 

$

447,896 

 

$

431,448 

 

$

423,612 

 

$

408,661 

 

$

401,526 

 

$

387,887 

 

Change in fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

31,877 

 

$

15,428 

 

$

7,592 

 

$

(7,359)

 

$

(14,494)

 

$

(28,132)

 

%

 

 

7.66 

%

 

3.71 

%

 

1.82 

%

 

(1.77)

%

 

(3.48)

%

 

(6.76)

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per-loan servicing cost shift in %

    

-20%

    

-10%

    

-5%

    

+5%

    

+10%

    

+20%

 

 

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Fair value

 

$

427,987 

 

$

422,003 

 

$

419,012 

 

$

413,028 

 

$

410,036 

 

$

404,053 

 

Change in fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

11,967 

 

$

5,983 

 

$

2,992 

 

$

(2,992)

 

$

(5,983)

 

$

(11,967)

 

%

 

 

2.88 

%

 

1.44 

%

 

0.72 

 

 

(0.72)

%

 

(1.44)

%

 

(2.88)

%

 

The following tables summarize the estimated change in fair value of MSRs accounted for using the fair value method as of December 31, 2014, given several shifts in pricing spreads, prepayment speed and annual per ‑loan cost of servicing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pricing spread shift in %

    

-20%

    

-10%

    

-5%

    

+5%

    

+10%

    

+20%

 

 

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Fair value

 

$

346,972 

 

$

334,347 

 

$

328,379 

 

$

317,076 

 

$

311,718 

 

$

301,542 

 

Change in fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

24,346 

 

$

11,720 

 

$

5,753 

 

$

(5,550)

 

$

(10,908)

 

$

(21,084)

 

%

 

 

7.55 

%

 

3.63 

%

 

1.78 

%

 

(1.72)

%

 

(3.38)

%

 

(6.54)

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepayment speed shift in %

    

-20%

    

-10%

    

-5%

    

+5%

    

+10%

    

+20%

 

 

    

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Fair value

 

$

353,886 

 

$

337,606 

 

$

329,964 

 

$

315,574 

 

$

308,792 

 

$

295,972 

 

Change in fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

31,259 

 

$

14,980 

 

$

7,338 

 

$

(7,052)

 

$

(13,835)

 

$

(26,654)

 

%

 

 

9.69 

%

 

4.64 

%

 

2.27 

%

 

(2.19)

%

 

(4.29)

%

 

(8.26)

%

 

 

 

68


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per-loan servicing cost shift in %

    

-20%

    

-10%

    

-5%

    

+5%

    

+10%

    

+20%

 

 

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Fair value

 

$

334,265 

 

$

328,446 

 

$

325,536 

 

$

319,717 

 

$

316,807 

 

$

310,988 

 

Change in fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

11,638 

 

$

5,819 

 

$

2,910 

 

$

(2,910)

 

$

(5,819)

 

$

(11,638)

 

%

 

 

3.61 

%

 

1.80 

%

 

0.90 

%

 

(0.90)

%

 

(1.80)

%

 

(3.61)

%

 

Excess Servicing Spread Financing

 

The following tables summarize the estimated change in fair value of our excess servicing spread financing accounted for using the fair value method as of December 31, 2014, given several shifts in pricing spreads and prepayment speed (decrease in the liabilities’ values increases net income):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pricing spread shift in %

    

-20%

    

-10%

    

-5%

    

+5%

    

+10%

    

+20%

 

 

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Fair value

 

$

198,969 

 

$

194,211 

 

$

191,916 

 

$

187,485 

 

$

185,346 

 

$

181,211 

 

Change in fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

9,295 

 

$

4,536 

 

$

2,241 

 

$

(2,189)

 

$

(4,329)

 

$

(8,464)

 

%

 

 

4.90 

%

 

2.39 

%

 

1.18 

%

 

(1.15)

%

 

(2.28)

%

 

(4.46)

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepayment speed shift in %

    

-20%

    

-10%

    

-5%

    

+5%

    

+10%

    

+20%

    

 

 

(dollar amounts in thousands)

 

Fair value

 

$

209,184 

 

$

199,011 

 

$

194,245 

 

$

185,289 

 

$

181,078 

 

$

173,140 

 

Change in fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

19,509 

 

$

9,337 

 

$

4,570 

 

$

(4,385)

 

$

(8,597)

 

$

(16,535)

 

%

 

 

10.29 

%

 

4.92 

%

 

2.41 

%

 

(2.31)

%

 

(4.53)

%

 

(8.72)

%

 

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The information called for by this Item 8 is hereby incorporated by reference from our Financial Statements and Auditors’ Report in Part IV of this Report.

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. However, no matter how well a control system is designed and operated, it can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that it will detect or uncover failures within the Company to disclose material information otherwise required to be set forth in our periodic reports.

 

Our management has conducted an evaluation, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Report as required by paragraph (b) of Rule   13a-15 under the Exchange Act. Based on our evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were

69


 

Table of Contents

effective, as of the end of the period covered by this Report, to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the applicable rules and forms, and that it is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Management assessed the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) . Based on those criteria, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2014.

 

This Report does not include an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting.  Management’s report was not subject to attestation by our registered public accounting firm pursuant to the rules of the SEC that permit us to provide only management’s report in this Report .

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the year ended December 31, 2014, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.  Other Information

None.

70


 

Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

The information required by this Item 10 is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement, or will be contained in an amendment to this Report, in either case to be filed by April 30, 2015, which is within 120 days after the end of fiscal year 2014.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

 

The information required by this Item 11 is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement, or will be contained in an amendment to this Report, in either case to be filed by April 30, 2015, which is within 120 days after the end of fiscal year 2014.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

The information required by this Item 12 is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement, or will be contained in an amendment to this Report, in either case to be filed by April 30, 2015, which is within 120 days after the end of fiscal year 2014.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

The information required by this Item 13 is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement, or will be contained in an amendment to this Report, in either case to be filed by April 30, 2015, which is within 120 days after the end of fiscal year 2014.

Item 14.  Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

The information required by this Item 14 is hereby incorporated by reference from our definitive proxy statement, or will be contained in an amendment to this Report, in either case to be filed by April 30, 2015, which is within 120 days after the end of fiscal year 2014.

 

71


 

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

 

 

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Exhibit Description

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).

 

 

 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on August 19, 2013).

 

 

 

4.1

 

Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 4 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 29, 2013).

 

 

 

10.1

 

Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, dated as of May 8, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).

 

 

 

10.2

 

Exchange Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2013, between PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and the Company Unitholders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).

 

 

 

10.3

 

Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2013, between PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and each of the Members (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).

 

 

 

10.4

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2013, between PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and the Holders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).

 

 

 

10.5

 

Stockholder Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2013, between PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and BlackRock Mortgage Ventures, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).

 

 

 

10.6

 

Stockholder Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2013, between PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and HC Partners LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).

 

 

 

10.7†

 

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 14, 2013).

 

 

 

10.8†

 

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 16, 2013).

 

 

 

10.9†

 

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Executive Officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on June 17, 2013).

 

 

 

72


 

10.10†

 

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Other Eligible Participants (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on June 17, 2013).

 

 

 

10.11†

 

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Other Eligible Participants (2014) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014).

 

 

 

10.12†

 

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan Form of Stock Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on June 17, 2013).

 

 

 

10.13†

 

Form of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 5, 2013).

 

 

 

10.14†

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2013, by and among Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and Stanford L. Kurland (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013). 

 

 

 

10.15†

 

Employment Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2013, by and among Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and David A. Spector (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).

 

 

 

10.16

 

Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Services Agreement, effective as of February 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

 

 

10.17

 

Amendment No. 1 to Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Services Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services LLC and PennyMac Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on March 26, 2013).

 

 

 

10.18

 

Amendment No. 2 to Mortgage Banking and Warehouse Services Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on August 19, 2013).

 

 

 

10.19

 

Second Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on March 26, 2013).

 

 

 

10.20

 

Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2013, by and between PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on November 20, 2013).

 

 

 

73


 

10.21

 

Amendment No. 2 to Second Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2014, by and between PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014).

 

 

 

10.22

 

Amendment No. 3 to Second Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2014, by and between PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC.

 

 

 

10.23

 

MSR Recapture Agreement, effective as of February 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

 

 

10.24

 

Amendment No. 1 to MSR Recapture Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on October 1, 2013).

 

 

 

10.25

 

Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2013, by and among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

 

 

10.26

 

Amended and Restated Underwriting Fee Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2013, by and among PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

 

 

10.27

 

Master Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., dated as of February 1, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 of the Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

 

 

10.28

 

Amendment No. 1 to Master Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., dated as of September 30, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of the Registrant’s Form S-1/A Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on October 23, 2013).

 

 

 

10.29

 

Amendment No. 2 to Master Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013).

 

 

 

10.30

 

Amendment No. 3 to Master Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2014, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014).

 

 

 

74


 

10.31

 

Master Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Holdings, LLC dated as of December 30, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A as filed with the SEC on March 21, 2014).

 

 

 

10.32

 

Amendment No. 1 to Master Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement, dated as of June 1, 2014, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and PennyMac Holdings, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014).

 

 

 

10.33

 

Master Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2014, among PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P., and PennyMac Holdings, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.01 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on December 24, 2014).

 

 

 

10.34

 

Amended and Restated Confidentiality Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2013, by and between PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on March 26, 2013).

 

 

 

10.35

 

Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, by and between PNMAC Mortgage Co., LLC and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, dated August 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on March 26, 2013).

 

 

 

10.36

 

Second Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2008, as amended effective as of January 1, 2012, by and between PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

 

 

10.37

 

Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2010, by and between PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LP and PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on March 26, 2013).

 

 

 

10.38

 

Investment Management Agreement, as amended and restated May 26, 2011, by and between PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, L.P. and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

 

 

10.39

 

Investment Management Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2008, between PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC and PNMAC Capital Management, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

 

 

10.40

 

Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 17, 2011, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

 

 

75


 

10.41

 

Amendment No. 1 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 21, 2011, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10.19 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).

 

 

 

10.42

 

Amendment No. 2 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2012, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10.19 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).

 

 

 

10.43

 

Amendment No. 3 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2012, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10.19 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).

 

 

 

10.44

 

Amendment No. 4 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of January 3, 2013, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10.19 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).

 

 

 

10.45

 

Amendment No. 5 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2013, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibits 10.19 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).

 

 

 

10.46

 

Amendment No. 6 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2014, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on February 6, 2014).

 

 

 

10.47

 

Amendment No. 7 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2014, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014).

 

 

 

10.48

 

Amendment No. 8 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2014, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014).

 

 

 

10.49

 

Amendment No. 9 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2015, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC.

 

 

 

10.50

 

Guaranty, dated as of March 17, 2011, by Private National Mortgage Company, LLC in favor of Bank of America, N.A.

 

 

 

76


 

10.51

 

Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2012, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of the Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

 

 

10.52

 

Amendment Number One to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2012, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

 

 

10.53

 

Amendment Number Two to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated April 17, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 of the Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on October 1, 2013).

 

 

 

10.54

 

Amendment Number Three to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated June 25, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 of the Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on October 1, 2013).

 

 

 

10.55

 

Amendment Number Four to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated July 25, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 of the Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on October 1, 2013).

 

 

 

10.56

 

Amendment Number Five to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated February 5, 2014, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014).

 

 

 

10.57

 

Amendment Number Six to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated February 25, 2014, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014).

 

 

 

10.58

 

Amendment Number Seven to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated July 24, 2014, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014).

 

 

 

10.59

 

Amendment Number Eight to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated August 7, 2014, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.55 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014).

 

 

 

10.60

 

Amendment Number Nine to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated September 8, 2014, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Citibank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.58 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014).

 

 

 

10.61

 

Guaranty Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2012, by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC in favor of Citibank, N.A.

 

 

 

10.62

 

Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2012, among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of the Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on February 7, 2013).

 

 

 

77


 

10.63

 

Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated Loan Security Agreement, dated as of December 12, 2012, among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).

 

 

 

10.64

 

Amendment No. 2 to Second Amended and Restated Loan Security Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2013, among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 22, 2013).

 

 

 

10.65

 

Amendment No. 3 to Second Amended and Restated Loan Security Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2013, among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on January 3, 2014).

 

 

 

10.66

 

Amendment No. 4 to Second Amended and Restated Loan Security Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2014 among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC.

 

 

 

10.67

 

Amended and Restated Guaranty, dated as of March 27, 2012, by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC in favor of Credit Suisse AG, New York Branch.

 

 

 

10.68

 

Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2013, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 of the Registrant’s Amendment No. 5 to Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on May 7, 2013).

 

 

 

10.69

 

Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of September 5, 2013, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 of the Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on October 1, 2013).

 

 

 

10.70

 

Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of January 10, 2014, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.58 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014).

 

 

 

10.71

 

Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of March 13, 2014, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.59 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014).

 

 

 

10.72

 

Amendment No. 4 to Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2014, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on May 5, 2014).

 

 

 

78


 

10.73

 

Amendment No. 5 to Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of May 22, 2014, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.65 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014).

 

 

 

10.74

 

Amendment No. 6 to Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2014, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.66 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014).

 

 

 

10.75

 

Amendment No. 7 to Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2014, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC.

 

 

 

10.76

 

Amendment No. 8 to Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2014, by and among Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC.

 

 

 

10.77

 

Guaranty, dated as of August 14, 2009, by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC in favor of Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital, LLC.

 

 

 

10.78

 

Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on July 8, 2013).

 

 

 

10.79

 

Amendment Number One to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2013, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 of the Registrant’s Form S-1 Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on October 1, 2013).

 

 

 

10.80

 

Amendment Number Two to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2014, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014).

 

 

 

10.81

 

Amendment Number Three to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2014, by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.70 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014).

 

 

 

10.82

 

Guaranty Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2013, by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC in favor of Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.2 of the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K as filed with the SEC on July 8, 2013).

 

 

 

10.83

 

Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2014, by and among PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC and Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.72 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014).

 

 

 

79


 

10.84

 

Amendment No. 1 to Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2015, by and among Bank of America, N.A., PennyMac Loan Services, LLC and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC.

 

 

 

10.85

 

Amended and Restated Guaranty, dated as of August 13, 2014, by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC in favor of Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.73 of the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014).

 

 

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Stanford L. Kurland pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Anne D. McCallion pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

32.1*

 

Certification of Stanford L. Kurland pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

32.2*

 

Certification of Anne D. McCallion pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

101

 

Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014 and (v) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

*

 

The certifications attached hereto as Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2 are furnished to the SEC pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.

 

 

 

 

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrange ment.

 

 

 

80


 

Table of Contents

PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014

 

 

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

 

F- 2

Financial Statements:

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets  

 

F- 3

Consolidated Statements of Income  

 

F- 4

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity  

 

F- 5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  

 

F- 6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

 

F- 7

 

 

F- 1


 

Table of Contents

REPOR T OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.

6101 Condor Drive

Moorpark, CA 93021

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, on May 14, 2013, Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (“PNMAC”), a subsidiary of the Company, sold 12.8 million Class A Units to the Company, which represents recapitalization and reorganization of PNMAC. As a result of the recapitalization and reorganization, the accompanying consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 are PNMAC’s historical financial statements.

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Los Angeles, California

March 13, 2015

 

F- 2


 

Table of Contents

PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET S

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

December 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

(in thousands, except share data)

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

     

 $

76,256 

     

 $

30,639 

Short-term investments at fair value

 

 

21,687 

 

 

142,582 

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value (includes $976,772 and $512,350 pledged to secure mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase; and $148,133 and $- pledged to secure mortgage loan participation and sale agreement)

 

 

1,147,884 

 

 

531,004 

Derivative assets

 

 

38,457 

 

 

21,540 

Servicing advances, net (includes valuation allowance of $18,686 at December 31, 2014; and $5,564 pledged to secure note payable at December 31, 2013)

 

 

228,630 

 

 

154,328 

Carried Interest due from Investment Funds

 

 

67,298 

 

 

61,142 

Investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust at fair value

 

 

1,582 

 

 

1,722 

Mortgage servicing rights (includes $325,383 and $224,913 mortgage servicing rights at fair value; $392,254 and $258,241 pledged to secure note payable; and $191,166 and $138,723 subject to excess servicing spread financing)

 

 

730,828 

 

 

483,664 

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements, net

 

 

11,339 

 

 

9,837 

Capitalized software, net

 

 

567 

 

 

764 

Receivable from Investment Funds

 

 

2,291 

 

 

2,915 

Receivable from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

23,871 

 

 

18,636 

Deferred tax asset

 

 

46,038 

 

 

63,117 

Loans eligible for repurchase

 

 

72,539 

 

 

46,663 

Other 

 

 

37,858 

 

 

15,922 

Total assets

 

 $

2,507,125 

 

 $

1,584,475 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase 

 

 $

822,621 

 

 $

471,592 

Mortgage loan participation and sale agreement

 

 

143,638 

 

 

 —

Note payable

 

 

146,855 

 

 

52,154 

Excess servicing spread financing at fair value payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

191,166 

 

 

138,723 

Derivative liabilities

 

 

6,513 

 

 

2,462 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

62,715 

 

 

46,387 

Mortgage servicing liabilities at fair value

 

 

6,306 

 

 

 —

Payable to Investment Funds

 

 

35,908 

 

 

36,937 

Payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust 

 

 

123,315 

 

 

81,174 

Payable to exchanged Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC unitholders under tax receivable agreement

 

 

75,024 

 

 

71,056 

Liability for loans eligible for repurchase

 

 

72,539 

 

 

46,663 

Liability for losses under representations and warranties  

 

 

13,259 

 

 

8,123 

Total liabilities

 

 

1,699,859 

 

 

955,271 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A common stock—authorized 200,000,000 shares of $0.0001 par value; issued and outstanding, 21,577,686 and 20,812,777 shares, respectively

 

 

 

 

Class B common stock—authorized 1,000 shares of $0.0001 par value; 54 and 61 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

162,720 

 

 

153,000 

Retained earnings

 

 

51,242 

 

 

14,400 

Total stockholders' equity attributable to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. common stockholders

 

 

213,964 

 

 

167,402 

Noncontrolling interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC

 

 

593,302 

 

 

461,802 

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

807,266 

 

 

629,204 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

 $

2,507,125 

 

 $

1,584,475 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F- 3


 

Table of Contents

PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOM E

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

   

2014

   

2013

   

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From non-affiliates

     

$

174,861 

     

$

138,722 

     

$

118,170 

 

Recapture payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

(7,837)

 

 

(709)

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

167,024 

 

 

138,013 

 

 

118,170 

 

Loan origination fees

 

 

41,576 

 

 

23,575 

 

 

9,634 

 

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

48,719 

 

 

79,712 

 

 

62,906 

 

Net loan servicing fees:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan servicing fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From non-affiliates

 

 

173,005 

 

 

61,523 

 

 

20,673 

 

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

52,522 

 

 

39,413 

 

 

18,608 

 

From Investment Funds

 

 

6,425 

 

 

7,099 

 

 

10,831 

 

Ancillary and other fees

 

 

26,469 

 

 

11,426 

 

 

2,245 

 

 

 

 

258,421 

 

 

119,461 

 

 

52,357 

 

Amortization, impairment and change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Related to servicing for non-affiliates

 

 

(70,165)

 

 

(27,028)

 

 

(12,252)

 

Change in fair value of excess servicing spread payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

28,663 

 

 

(2,423)

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

(41,502)

 

 

(29,451)

 

 

(12,252)

 

Net loan servicing fees

 

 

216,919 

 

 

90,010 

 

 

40,105 

 

Management fees:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

From PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

35,035 

 

 

32,410 

 

 

12,436 

 

From Investment Funds

 

 

7,473 

 

 

7,920 

 

 

9,363 

 

 

 

 

42,508 

 

 

40,330 

 

 

21,799 

 

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

 

 

6,156 

 

 

13,419 

 

 

10,473 

 

Net interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

27,771 

 

 

15,632 

 

 

6,354 

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To non-affiliates

 

 

23,965 

 

 

15,582 

 

 

7,879 

 

To PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

13,292 

 

 

1,091 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

37,257 

 

 

16,673 

 

 

7,879 

 

Net interest expense

 

 

(9,486)

 

 

(1,041)

 

 

(1,525)

 

Change in fair value of investment in and dividends received from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

(6)

 

 

41 

 

 

817 

 

Other

 

 

4,867 

 

 

2,500 

 

 

2,707 

 

Total net revenue

 

 

518,277 

 

 

386,559 

 

 

265,086 

 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation

 

 

190,707 

 

 

148,576 

 

 

124,014 

 

Servicing

 

 

48,430 

 

 

7,028 

 

 

3,642 

 

Technology

 

 

15,439 

 

 

9,205 

 

 

4,455 

 

Professional services

 

 

11,108 

 

 

10,571 

 

 

5,568 

 

Loan origination

 

 

9,554 

 

 

9,943 

 

 

2,953 

 

Other

 

 

20,006 

 

 

19,110 

 

 

6,131 

 

Total expenses

 

 

295,244 

 

 

204,433 

 

 

146,763 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

223,033 

 

 

182,126 

 

 

118,323 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

26,722 

 

 

9,961 

 

 

 —

 

Net income

 

 

196,311 

 

 

172,165 

 

$

118,323 

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

159,469 

 

 

157,765 

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. common stockholders

 

$

36,842 

 

$

14,400 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

1.73 

 

$

0.83 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

$

1.73 

 

$

0.82 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

21,250 

 

 

17,311 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

 

75,955 

 

 

75,892 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 

F- 4


 

Table of Contents

PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUIT Y

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. Stockholders

 

Noncontrolling 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

interest in Private 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                          

 

                          

 

 

                          

 

 

                          

 

Additional

 

 

                          

 

National Mortgage

 

 

                          

 

 

 

Members'

 

Number of Shares

 

Common stock

 

paid-in

 

Retained

 

Acceptance

 

 

 

 

 

   

equity

 

Class A

 

Class B

 

Class A

 

Class B

 

capital

 

earnings

 

Company, LLC

 

Total equity

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    

$

123,915 

    

 —

    

 —

    

$

 —

    

$

 —

    

$

 —

    

$

 —

    

$

 —

    

$

123,915 

 

Net income

 

 

118,323 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

118,323 

 

Unit-based compensation expense

 

 

20,307 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

20,307 

 

Contributions

 

 

15,058 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

15,058 

 

Redemptions

 

 

(6)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(6)

 

Distributions

 

 

(15,847)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(15,847)

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

 

 

261,750 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

261,750 

 

Net income

 

 

76,834 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

76,834 

 

Unit-based compensation expense

 

 

238 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

238 

 

Distributions

 

 

(19,623)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(19,623)

 

Partner capital issuance costs

 

 

(3,745)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(3,745)

 

Exchange of existing partner units to Class A units of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC

 

 

(315,454)

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

315,454 

 

 

 —

 

Balance post-reorganization

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

315,454 

 

 

315,454 

 

Issuance of common shares in initial public offering, net of issuance costs

 

 

 —

 

12,778 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

229,999 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

230,000 

 

Underwriting and offering costs

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(13,290)

 

 

 —

 

 

(196)

 

 

(13,486)

 

Initial recognition of noncontrolling interest

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(127,160)

 

 

 —

 

 

127,160 

 

 

 —

 

Net income

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

14,400 

 

 

80,931 

 

 

95,331 

 

Stock and unit-based compensation

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

881 

 

 

 —

 

 

2,818 

 

 

3,699 

 

Distributions

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(3,809)

 

 

(3,809)

 

Exchange of Class A units of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC to Class A stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.

 

 

 —

 

8,035 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

60,555 

 

 

 —

 

 

(60,556)

 

 

 —

 

Tax effect of exchange of Class A units of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC to Class A stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,015 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,015 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

 

 

 —

 

20,813 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

153,000 

 

 

14,400 

 

 

461,802 

 

 

629,204 

 

Net income

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

36,842 

 

 

159,469 

 

 

196,311 

 

Stock and unit-based compensation

 

 

 —

 

33 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,895 

 

 

 —

 

 

7,436 

 

 

10,331 

 

Distributions

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(28,298)

 

 

(28,298)

 

Issuance of common stock in settlement of directors' fees

 

 

 —

 

14 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

222 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

222 

 

Exchange of Class A units of Private  National Mortgage Acceptance Company,  LLC to Class A stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.

 

 

 —

 

718 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

7,107 

 

 

 —

 

 

(7,107)

 

 

 —

 

Tax effect of exchange of Class A units of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC to Class A stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc.

 

 

 —

 

 —

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(504)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(504)

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

 

$

 —

 

21,578 

 

 —

 

$

 

$

 —

 

$

162,720 

 

$

51,242 

 

$

593,302 

 

$

807,266 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 

F- 5


 

Table of Contents

PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW S

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Cash flow from operating activities

 

 

                              

 

 

                              

 

 

                              

 

Net income

 

$

196,311 

 

$

172,165 

 

$

118,323 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

 

 

(167,024)

 

 

(138,013)

 

 

(118,685)

 

Accrual of servicing rebate to Investment Funds

 

 

2,206 

 

 

700 

 

 

885 

 

Amortization, impairment and change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights

 

 

41,502 

 

 

29,451 

 

 

12,252 

 

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

 

 

(6,156)

 

 

(13,419)

 

 

(10,473)

 

Accrual of interest on excess servicing spread financing

 

 

13,292 

 

 

1,348 

 

 

 —

 

Amortization of debt issuance costs and commitment fees relating to financing facilities

 

 

5,989 

 

 

5,014 

 

 

1,866 

 

Change in fair value of investment in common shares of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

140 

 

 

175 

 

 

(650)

 

Change in fair value of real estate acquired in settlement of loans

 

 

 —

 

 

22 

 

 

 —

 

Stock and unit-based compensation expense

 

 

10,331 

 

 

3,937 

 

 

20,308 

 

Provision for servicing advance losses

 

 

18,686 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

1,365 

 

 

824 

 

 

520 

 

Purchase of mortgage loans held for sale from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

(16,431,338)

 

 

(16,113,806)

 

 

(8,864,264)

 

Purchase of mortgage loans from Ginnie Mae securities for modification and subsequent sale

 

 

(1,049,838)

 

 

(30,950)

 

 

 —

 

Originations of mortgage loans held for sale, net

 

 

(1,951,070)

 

 

(1,104,051)

 

 

(539,160)

 

Sale and principal payments of mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

18,785,683 

 

 

17,105,047 

 

 

9,053,364 

 

Sale of mortgage loans held for sale to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

8,081 

 

 

12,339 

 

 

3,622 

 

Repurchase of loans subject to representations and warranties

 

 

(4,089)

 

 

(6,696)

 

 

 —

 

Repurchase of real estate acquired in settlement of loans subject to representations and warranties

 

 

 —

 

 

(309)

 

 

 —

 

Sale of real estate acquired in settlement of loans subject to representations and warranties

 

 

 —

 

 

287 

 

 

 —

 

Increase in servicing advances

 

 

(98,401)

 

 

(60,189)

 

 

(30,855)

 

(Increase) decrease in receivable from Investment Funds

 

 

(1,582)

 

 

57 

 

 

3,797 

 

Decrease (increase) in receivable from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

1,280 

 

 

173 

 

 

(3,970)

 

Decrease in deferred tax asset

 

 

21,922 

 

 

9,954 

 

 

 —

 

Revaluation of payable to exchanged Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC unitholders under tax receivable agreement

 

 

(1,378)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Increase in other assets

 

 

(31,921)

 

 

(16,387)

 

 

(5,998)

 

Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

16,437 

 

 

10,109 

 

 

22,704 

 

(Decrease) increase in payable to Investment Funds

 

 

(1,029)

 

 

142 

 

 

7,173 

 

Increase in payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

41,647 

 

 

33,686 

 

 

21,184 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(578,954)

 

 

(98,390)

 

 

(308,057)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Decrease (increase) in short-term investments

 

 

120,895 

 

 

(89,418)

 

 

(37,123)

 

Purchase of mortgage servicing rights

 

 

(135,480)

 

 

(195,871)

 

 

 —

 

Sale of mortgage servicing rights

 

 

10,916 

 

 

550 

 

 

 —

 

Settlements of derivative financial instruments used for hedging

 

 

18,620 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Purchase of furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements

 

 

(4,613)

 

 

(6,615)

 

 

(3,370)

 

Acquisition of capitalized software

 

 

(123)

 

 

(343)

 

 

(503)

 

(Increase) decrease   in margin deposits and restricted cash

 

 

(3,463)

 

 

6,916 

 

 

(4,539)

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

6,752 

 

 

(284,781)

 

 

(45,535)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flow from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sale of loans under agreements to repurchase

 

 

17,217,767 

 

 

15,805,464 

 

 

8,528,184 

 

Repurchase of loans sold under agreements to repurchase

 

 

(16,866,738)

 

 

(15,727,406)

 

 

(8,212,350)

 

Sale of mortgage loan participation certificates

 

 

2,817,616 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Repayment of mortgage loan participation certificates

 

 

(2,673,978)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Borrowings on note payable

 

 

274,636 

 

 

211,253 

 

 

78,420 

 

Repayments of note payable

 

 

(179,935)

 

 

(212,112)

 

 

(44,009)

 

Issuance of excess servicing spread financing

 

 

95,892 

 

 

139,028 

 

 

 —

 

Repayment of excess servicing spread financing

 

 

(39,256)

 

 

(4,076)

 

 

 —

 

Distributions to Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC partners

 

 

(28,185)

 

 

(23,432)

 

 

(15,847)

 

Decrease in leases payable

 

 

 —

 

 

(1)

 

 

 —

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

 —

 

 

230,000 

 

 

 —

 

Payment of common stock underwriting and offering costs

 

 

 —

 

 

(13,486)

 

 

 —

 

Payment by noncontrolling interest of common stock issuance costs

 

 

 —

 

 

(3,745)

 

 

 —

 

Collection of subscriptions receivable relating to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

15,058 

 

Noncontrolling interest partners' capital redemptions

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(6)

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

617,819 

 

 

401,487 

 

 

349,450 

 

Net increase in cash

 

 

45,617 

 

 

18,316 

 

 

(4,142)

 

Cash at beginning of period

 

 

30,639 

 

 

12,323 

 

 

16,465 

 

Cash at end of period

 

$

76,256 

 

$

30,639 

 

$

12,323 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

 

F- 6


 

Table of Contents

PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

NOTE S TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1—Organization and Basis of Presentation

PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (“PFSI” or the “Company”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on December 31, 2012. Pursuant to a reorganization, the Company became a holding corporation and its primary asset is an equity interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (“PennyMac”). The Company is the managing member of PennyMac, and it operates and controls all of the businesses and affairs of PennyMac, subject to the consent rights of other members under certain circumstances, and consolidates the financial results of PennyMac and its subsidiaries.

 

PennyMac is a Delaware limited liability company which, through its subsidiaries, engages in mortgage banking and investment management activities. PennyMac’s mortgage banking activities consist of residential mortgage loan production (including correspondent production and consumer direct lending) and mortgage loan servicing. PennyMac’s investment management activities and a portion of its loan servicing activities are conducted on behalf of investment vehicles that invest in residential mortgage loans and related assets. PennyMac’s primary wholly owned subsidiaries are:

·

PNMAC Capital Management, LLC (“PCM”) —a Delaware limited liability company registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. PCM enters into investment management agreements with entities that invest in residential mortgage loans and related assets.

Presently, PCM has management agreements with PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust (“PMT”), a publicly held real estate investment trust, and three investment funds: PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, L.P., (the “Master Fund”), both registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; and PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC (collectively, “Investment Funds”). Together, the Investment Funds and PMT are referred to as the “Advised Entities.”

·

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (“PLS”) —a Delaware limited liability company that services portfolios of residential mortgage loans on behalf of non-affiliates or the Advised Entities, originates new prime credit quality residential mortgage loans, and engages in other mortgage banking activities for its own account and the account of PMT .

PLS is approved as a seller/servicer of mortgage loans by the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”) and as an issuer of securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”). PLS is a licensed Federal Housing Administration Nonsupervised Title II Lender with the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) and a lender/servicer with the Veterans Administration (“VA”) and U.S. Department of Agriculture (“USDA”) (each an “Agency” and collectively the “Agencies”).

·

PNMAC Opportunity Fund Associates, LLC (“PMOFA”) —a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of the Master Fund. PMOFA is entitled to incentive fees representing allocations of profits (“Carried Interest”) from the Master Fund .

 

Initial Public Offering and Recapitalization

 

On May 14, 2013, PFSI completed an initial public offering (“IPO”) in which it sold approximately 12.8 million shares of its Class A common stock, at a public offering price of $18.00 per share. PFSI received net proceeds of $216.8 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, from sales of its shares in the IPO. PFSI used these net proceeds to purchase approximately 12.8 million Class A units of PennyMac.

 

The purchase of 12.8 million Class A units of PennyMac has been accounted for as a transfer of interests under common control. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect a reclassification of

F- 7


 

Table of Contents

members’ equity to noncontrolling interests in the Company of $315.5 million. This amount represents the carrying value in the Company of the existing owners of PennyMac on the date of the IPO.

 

Before the IPO, PennyMac completed a reorganization by amending its limited liability company agreement to convert all classes of ownership interests held by its existing owners to a single class of common units. The conversion of existing interests was based on the various interests’ liquidation priorities as specified in PennyMac’s prior limited liability company agreement. In connection with that reorganization, PFSI became the sole managing member of PennyMac.

 

After the completion of the recapitalization and reorganization transactions, PennyMac became a consolidated subsidiary of the Company. Accordingly, PennyMac’s consolidated financial statements are the Company’s historical financial statements. The historical consolidated financial statements of PennyMac are reflected herein based on the historical ownership interests of the then-existing PennyMac unitholders.

 

Tax Receivable Agreement

 

As part of the IPO, PFSI entered into an Exchange Agreement with PennyMac’s existing unitholders whereby the existing unitholders may exchange their PennyMac units for PFSI stock. PennyMac has made an election pursuant to Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code which remains in effect. As a result of this election an exchange under the Exchange Agreement results in a special adjustment for PFSI that may increase PFSI’s tax basis of certain assets of PennyMac that otherwise would not have been available. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of income tax that PFSI would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease tax gains (or increase tax losses) on future dispositions of certain assets to the extent a portion of the increased tax basis is allocated to those assets.

 

As part of the IPO, PFSI entered into a tax receivable agreement with PennyMac’s existing unitholders that will provide for the payment by PFSI to PennyMac exchanged unitholders in an amount equal to 85% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that PFSI is deemed to realize as a result of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from the exchanges noted above and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to PFSI entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement .

 

The term of the tax receivable agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless PFSI exercises its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement. In the event of termination of the tax receivable agreement, the Company would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future net tax benefits, which upfront payment may be made years in advance of the actual realization of such future benefits .

Note 2—Concentration of Risk

A substantial portion of the Company’s activities relate to the Advised Entities. Fees charged to these entities (generally comprised of management fees, loan servicing fees, Carried Interest and fulfillment fees) totaled 32% ,   45% and 47% of total net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

Note 3—Significant Accounting Policies

A description of the Company’s significant accounting policies applied in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in compliance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States as codified in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (the “Codification”).

F- 8


 

Table of Contents

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of PennyMac and all of its wholly ‑owned subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results will likely differ from those estimates.

 

Fair Value

 

The Company groups its assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the observability of the inputs used to determine fair value. These levels are:

·

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

·

Level 2—Prices determined or determinable using other significant observable inputs. Observable inputs are inputs that other market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability and are developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. These may include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities, interest rates, prepayment speeds, credit risk and other inputs.

·

Level 3—Prices determined using significant unobservable inputs. In situations where observable inputs are unavailable (for example, when there is little or no market activity for an asset or liability at the end of the period), unobservable inputs may be used. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the factors that market participants use in pricing an asset or liability, and are based on the best information available in the circumstances.

 

While management believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those used by other market participants, the use of different methods or assumptions to estimate the fair value of certain financial statement items could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. Those estimated values may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market for such items existed, or had such items been liquidated, and those differences could be material to the financial statements.

 

Management incorporates lack of liquidity into its fair value estimates based on the type of asset or liability measured and the valuation method used. The Company uses discounted cash flow techniques to estimate fair value. These techniques incorporate forecasting of expected cash flows discounted at market discount rates that are intended to reflect the lack of liquidity in the market.

 

Short ‑Term Investments

 

Short ‑term investments, which represent investments in money market accounts with a depository institution, are carried at fair value. Changes in fair value are recognized in current period income. The Company classifies its short ‑term investments as “Level 1” fair value financial statement items.

 

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale at Fair Value

 

Management has elected to account for mortgage loans held for sale at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in current period income, to more timely reflect the Company’s performance. All changes in fair value, including changes arising from the passage of time, are recognized as a component of Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value . The Company classifies most of the mortgage loans held for sale at fair value as “Level 2” fair

F- 9


 

Table of Contents

value financial statement items. Certain of the Company’s mortgage loans held for sale may not be readily saleable due to identified defects or delinquency. Such mortgage loans are classified as “Level 3” financial statement items.

 

Sale Recognition

 

The Company recognizes transfers of mortgage loans as sales when it surrenders control over the mortgage loans. Control over transferred mortgage loans is deemed to be surrendered when (i) the mortgage loans have been isolated from the Company, (ii) the transferee has the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred mortgage loans , and (iii) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred mortgage loans through either (a) an agreement that entitles and obligates the Company to repurchase or redeem them before their maturity or (b) the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return the specific mortgage loans .

 

Interest Income Recognition

 

Interest income on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value is recognized over the life of the mortgage loans using their contractual interest rates. Income recognition is suspended and the accrued unpaid interest receivable is reversed against interest income when loans become 90 days delinquent, or when, in management’s opinion, a full recovery of interest and principal becomes doubtful. Income recognition is resumed when the mortgage loan becomes contractually current.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The Company is exposed to price risk relative to its mortgage loans held for sale as well as to the commitments it makes to loan applicants to originate or to PMT to acquire mortgage loans at specified interest rates (“interest rate lock commitments” or “IRLCs”). The Company bears price risk from the time a commitment to originate a mortgage loan is made to a borrower or to purchase a mortgage loan from PMT, to the time the mortgage loan is sold. During this period, the Company is exposed to losses if mortgage interest rates increase, because the value of the purchase commitment or mortgage loan held for sale decreases. The Company also is exposed to risk relative to the fair value of its mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”). The Company is exposed to loss in fair value of its MSRs when interest rates decrease.

 

IRLCs are accounted for as derivative financial instruments. The Company manages the risk created by IRLCs relating to mortgage loans held for sale by entering into forward sale agreements to sell the mortgage loans and by the purchase and sale of mortgage ‑backed securities (“MBS”) options and futures. Such agreements are also accounted for as derivative financial instruments. From time to time, these instruments are also used to manage the risk created by changes in prepayment speeds on certain of the MSRs the Company holds. The Company classifies its IRLCs as “Level 3” financial statement items and the derivative financial instruments it acquires to manage the risks created by IRLCs and mortgage loans held for sale as “Level 1” or “Level 2” fair value financial statement items.

 

The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for purposes other than in support of its risk management activities. The Company accounts for its derivative financial instruments as free ‑standing derivatives. The Company does not designate its derivative financial instruments for hedge accounting. All derivative financial instruments are recognized on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value with changes in the fair values being reported in current period income. Changes in fair value of derivatives hedging IRLCs and mortgage loans held for sale at fair value are included in Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. For derivatives hedging MSRs, changes in fair value are included in Amortization, impairment and change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

 

When the Company has multiple derivative instruments with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement, it offsets the amounts recorded as assets and liabilities and amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral it has deposited with the counterparty or the obligation to return cash collateral it has collected from the counterparty arising from that master netting arrangement. Such offset amounts are presented as either a net asset or liability by counterparty on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

 

F- 10


 

Table of Contents

Servicing Advances

 

Servicing advances represent advances made on behalf of borrowers and the loans’ investors to fund delinquent balances for property tax and insurance premiums and out of pocket costs (e.g., preservation and restoration of mortgaged or real estate owned property, legal fees, appraisals and insurance premiums). Servicing advances are made in accordance with the Company’s servicing agreements and, when made, are deemed recoverable upon liquidation. The Company periodically reviews servicing advances for collectability and provides a valuation allowance for amounts estimated to be uncollectable. Servicing a dvances are written off when they are deemed uncollect i ble.

 

Carried Interest Due from Investment Funds

 

The Company has a general partnership interest or other Carried Interest arrangement with the Investment Funds, and earns Carried Interest thereunder. Carried Interest, in general terms, is the share of any profits that the general partners receive as compensation. The Company determines the amount of Carried Interest to be recorded each period based on the cash flows that would be produced assuming termination of the Investment Funds agreements at period end.

 

Investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust at Fair Value

 

Common shares of beneficial interest in PMT are carried at their fair value with changes in fair value recognized in current period income. Fair value for purposes of the Company’s holdings in PMT is based on the published closing price of the shares as of period end. The Company classifies its investment in common shares of PMT as a “Level 1” fair value financial statement item.

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

MSRs arise from contractual agreements between the Company and investors (or their agents) in mortgage securities and mortgage loans. Under these contracts, the Company performs loan servicing functions in exchange for fees and other remuneration. The servicing functions typically performed include, among other responsibilities, collecting and remitting loan payments; responding to borrower inquiries; accounting for principal and interest; holding custodial (impound) funds for payment of property taxes and insurance premiums; counseling delinquent mortgagors; supervising the acquisition of real estate in settlement of loans and property disposition. Real estate acquired in settlement of loans (“REO”) represents real estate that collateralized the mortgage loans before the properties were acquired in settlement of loans.

 

The value of MSR assets and liabilities is derived from the net positive or negative, respectively, cash flows associated with the servicing contracts. The Company receives a servicing fee ranging generally from 0.19% to 0.57% annually on the remaining outstanding principal balances of the mortgage loans subject to the servicing contracts. The servicing fees are collected from the monthly payments made by the mortgagors. The Company is contractually entitled to receive other remuneration including rights to various mortgagor ‑contracted fees such as late charges and collateral reconveyance charges, and the Company is generally entitled to retain the interest earned on funds held pending remittance related to its collection of mortgagor payments. The Company also generally has the right to solicit the mortgagors for other products and services as well as for new mortgages for those considering refinancing or purchasing a new home.

 

The Company recognizes MSRs initially at fair value, either as proceeds from sales of mortgage loans where the Company assumes the obligation to service the loan in the sale transaction, or from the purchase of MSRs. The Company’s MSRs generally relate to either pools of distressed loans or pools of loans that were originated to borrowers with prime credit characteristics or are backed by government insurance. Accordingly, the assumptions used in the valuation are differentiated based on the higher expectation of the delinquency migration of the MSRs backed by distressed loans and significantly higher expected cost to service and advance payments for MSRs backed by the distressed loans.

 

The Company has identified three classes of MSRs: originated MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5% ; MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5%;  

F- 11


 

Table of Contents

and purchased MSRs financed in part through the transfer of the right to receive excess servicing spread (“ESS”) cash flows. The Company’s subsequent accounting for MSRs is based on the class of MSRs. Originated MSRs backed by mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5% are accounted for using the amortization method. Originated MSRs backed by loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% and purchased MSRs financed in part by ESS are accounted for at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in current period income. These classes related to the method for managing the risks of the MSRs.

 

The fair value of MSRs is difficult to determine because MSRs are not actively traded in observable stand ‑alone markets. Considerable judgment is required to estimate the fair values of MSRs and the exercise of such judgment can significantly affect the Company’s income. Therefore, the Company classifies its MSRs as “Level 3” fair value financial statement items.

 

The Company uses a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of MSRs. This approach consists of projecting servicing cash flows. The inputs used in the Company’s discounted cash flow model are based on market factors which management believes are consistent with assumptions and data used by market participants valuing similar MSRs.

 

The key inputs used in the valuation of MSRs include mortgage prepayment speeds, cost to service the loans and discount rates. These inputs can, and generally do, change from period to period as market conditions change.

 

MSRs are generally subject to loss in value when mortgage interest rates decline. Declining mortgage rates normally encourage increased mortgage refinancing activity. Increased refinancing activity reduces the expected life of the loans underlying the MSRs, thereby reducing their fair value. Reductions in the fair value of MSRs affect earnings primarily through change in fair value and impairment charges. For MSRs backed by mortgage loans with historically low mortgage interest rates, factors other than interest rates (such as housing price changes) take on increasing influence on prepayment behavior of the underlying mortgage loans.

 

MSRs Accounted for Using the Amortization Method

 

The Company amortizes MSRs that are accounted for using the amortization method. MSR amortization is determined by applying the ratio of the net MSR cash flows projected for the current period to the estimated total remaining projected net MSR cash flows. The estimated total net MSR cash flows are determined at the beginning of each month using prepayment assumptions applicable at that time.

 

MSRs accounted for using the amortization method are periodically evaluated for impairment. Impairment occurs when the current fair value of the MSRs decreases below the asset’s carrying value (carrying value is the MSR’s amortized cost reduced by any related valuation allowance). If MSRs are impaired, the impairment is recognized in current ‑period income and the carrying value of the MSRs is adjusted through a valuation allowance. If the value of impaired MSRs subsequently increases, the increase in value is recognized in current ‑period income. When an increase in value of MSR is recognized, the valuation allowance is adjusted to increase the carrying value of the MSRs only to the extent of the valuation allowance.

 

For impairment evaluation purposes, the Company stratifies its MSRs by predominant risk characteristic when evaluating for impairment. For purposes of performing its MSR impairment evaluation, the Company stratifies its servicing portfolio on the basis of certain risk characteristics including loan type (fixed ‑rate or adjustable ‑rate) and note rate. Fixed ‑rate loans are stratified into note rate pools of 50 basis points for note rates between 3.0% and 4.5% and a single pool for note rates below 3% . If the fair value of MSRs in any of the note rate pools is below the carrying value of the MSRs for that pool, impairment is recognized to the extent of the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value, including the existing valuation allowance for that pool.

 

Management periodically reviews the various impairment strata to determine whether the value of the impaired MSRs in a given stratum is likely to recover. When management deems recovery of the value to be unlikely in the foreseeable future, a write ‑down of the cost of the MSRs for that stratum to its estimated recoverable value is charged to the valuation allowance.

F- 12


 

Table of Contents

 

Both amortization and changes in the amount of the MSR valuation allowance are recorded in current period income in Amortization, impairment and change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights in the consolidated statements of income.

 

MSRs Accounted for at Fair Value

 

Changes in fair value of MSRs accounted for at fair value are recognized in current period income in Amortization, impairment and change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Furniture, Fixtures, Equipment and Building Improvements

 

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight ‑line method over the estimated useful lives of the various classes of assets, which range from five to seven years for furniture and equipment and the lesser of the asset’s estimated useful life or the remaining lease term for fixtures and building improvements.

 

Capitalized Software

 

The Company capitalizes certain consulting, payroll, and payroll ‑related costs related to computer software for internal use, and subsequently amortizes such costs over a period of five years using the straight ‑line method.

 

The Company also periodically assesses long ‑lived assets including capitalized software for recoverability when events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. If management identifies an indicator of impairment, it assesses recoverability by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and the eventual disposal of the asset. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount is not recoverable and is measured as the excess of carrying value over fair value. No such impairment was recorded during the three years ended December 31, 2014.

 

Restricted Cash

 

Restricted cash represents deposits that serve as collateral for various agreements the Company has entered into, such as derivative margin account agreements. Restricted cash is included in Other assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Management classifies restricted cash as a “Level 1” fair value financial statement item.

 

Mortgage Loans Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

 

The carrying value of mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase is based on the accrued cost of the agreements. The costs of creating the facilities underlying the agreements are recognized as deferred charges in Other assets and amortized to Interest expense over the term of the borrowing facility.

 

Excess Servicing Spread Financing at Fair Value

 

The Company finances certain of its purchases of Agency MSRs through the sale to PMT of the right to receive the excess of the servicing fee rate of the underlying MSRs. This excess is referred to as the excess servicing spread (“ESS”) .  ESS is carried at its fair value. Changes in fair value are recognized in current period income in Amortization, Impairment and Change in Fair Value of Mortgage Servicing Rights .  

 

Because the ESS is a claim to a portion of the cash flows from MSRs, the fair value measurement of the ESS is similar to that of MSRs. The Company uses the same discounted cash flow approach to measuring the ESS as used to measure MSRs except that certain inputs relating to the cost to service the loans underlying the MSR and certain ancillary income are not included as these cash flows do not accrue to the holder of the ESS. The Company categorizes ESS as a “Level 3” financial statement item.

F- 13


 

Table of Contents

 

Loans Eligible for Repurchase

 

The terms of the Ginnie Mae MBS program allow, but do not require, the Company to repurchase mortgage loans when the borrower has made no payments for three consecutive months. As a result of this right, the Company records the mortgage loans in Loans eligible for repurchase and records a corresponding liability in Liability for loans eligible for repurchase on its balance sheet.

 

Liability for Losses Under Representations and Warranties

 

The Company provides for its estimate of the losses that it expects to incur in the future as a result of its breach of representations and warranties provided to the purchasers of the loans the Company sold. The Company’s agreements with the Agencies include representations and warranties related to the loans the Company sells to the Agencies. The representations and warranties require adherence to Agency origination and underwriting guidelines, including but not limited to the validity of the lien securing the loan, property eligibility, borrower credit, income and asset requirements, and compliance with applicable federal, state and local law.

 

In the event of a breach of its representations and warranties, the Company may be required to either repurchase the mortgage loans with the identified defects or indemnify the investor or insurer for any losses . In such cases, the Company bears any subsequent credit loss on the mortgage loans. The Company’s credit loss may be reduced by any recourse it has to correspondent lenders that sold such mortgage loans and breached similar or other representations and warranties. In such event, the Company has the right to seek a recovery of related repurchase losses from that correspondent lender.

 

The method used to estimate the Company’s losses on representations and warranties is a function of estimated future defaults, loan repurchase rates, the Company’s estimate of the severity of loss in the event of defaults and the probability of reimbursement by the correspondent loan seller. The Company establishes a liability at the time loans are sold and reviews its liability estimate on a periodic basis.

 

The Company includes a provision for losses relating to the representations and warranties it makes as part of its loan sale transactions. The method used to estimate the liability for representations and warranties is a function of the representations and warranties given and considers a combination of factors, including, but not limited to, estimated future defaults and loan repurchase rates, the potential severity of loss in the event of default and the probability of reimbursement by the correspondent loan seller. The Company establishes a liability at the time loans are sold and periodically updates its liability estimate. The liability estimate is reviewed and approved by the Company’s management credit committee.

 

The level of the liability for losses on representations and warranties is difficult to estimate and requires considerable management judgment. The level of mortgage loan repurchase losses is dependent on economic factors, investor loss mitigation strategies, the Company’s ability to recover any losses inherent in repurchased loans from the correspondent lenders and other external conditions that may change over the lives of the underlying loans. As economic fundamentals change, as investor and Agency evaluation of their loss mitigation strategies (including claims under representations and warranties) change and as the mortgage market and general economic conditions affect the Company’s correspondent lenders, the level of ensuing losses will change. As a result of these changes, the Company may be required to adjust the estimate of its liability for representations and warranties. Such an adjustment may be material to the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. The Company did not record any adjustments to previously recorded liabilities for representations and warranties during any of the periods presented.

 

The Company’s representations and warranties are generally not subject to stated limits of exposure. However, management believes that the current unpaid principal balance (“UPB”) of loans sold by the Company to date represents the maximum exposure to repurchases related to representations and warranties. Management believes the amount and range of reasonably possible losses in relation to the recorded liability is not material to the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

 

F- 14


 

Table of Contents

Loan Servicing Fees

 

Loan servicing fees and other remuneration are received by the Company for servicing residential mortgage loans. Loan servicing fees are recorded net of Agency guarantee fees paid by the Company. Loan servicing fees are recognized as earned over the life of the loans in the servicing portfolio.

 

Stock ‑Based Compensation

 

The Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan provides for awards of nonstatutory and incentive stock options (“Stock Options”), time ‑based restricted stock units, performance ‑based restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and stock grants. The Company establishes the cost of its share-based awards at the awards’ fair values at the grant date of the awards. The Company estimates the fair value of the stock options, time ‑based restricted stock units and performance ‑based restricted stock units awarded with reference to the fair value of its underlying common stock on the date of the award.

 

Compensation costs are fixed, except for performance ‑based restricted stock units, as of the award date as all grantees are employees of PennyMac or directors of the Company. The Company amortizes the cost of time ‑based restricted stock unit awards to compensation expense over the vesting period using the graded vesting method. The Company amortizes performance ‑based restricted stock unit awards on the straight ‑line basis over the vesting period. Expense relating to awards is included in Compensation in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Income Taxes

 

As a result of the PennyMac recapitalization and reorganization, the Company expects to benefit from amortization and other tax deductions due to an increase in tax basis from the exchange of PennyMac Class A units. Those deductions will be allocated to the Company and will be taken into account in reporting the Company’s taxable income. The Company has entered into an agreement with the unitholders of PennyMac that will provide for the additional payment by the Company to exchanging unitholders of PennyMac equal to 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax that PFSI realizes due to (i) increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of the then ‑existing unitholders and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to PFSI entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement.

 

The Company is subject to federal and state income taxes. Income taxes are provided using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

 

The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period in which the change occurs. A valuation allowance is established if, in management’s judgment, it is not more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will be realized.

The Company recognizes tax benefits relating to its tax positions only if, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority. A tax position that meets this standard is recognized as the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the appropriate taxing authority. The Company will classify any penalties and interest as a component of provision for income taxes.

 

Variable Interest Held in Unconsolidated Variable Interest Entities

 

PMOFA is a general partner in the Master Fund. The Master Fund wholly owns PennyMac Mortgage Co. Funding, LLC (“Funding, LLC”), PennyMac Mortgage Co. Funding II, LLC (“Funding II, LLC), and PennyMac Mortgage Co, LLC (“Mortgage Co”). Funding, LLC and Funding II, LLC are each the majority interest holder in PennyMac Loan Trust 2010 ‑NPL1, PennyMac Loan Trust 2011 ‑NPL1 , PennyMac REO 2011 ‑NPL1 and PNMAC

F- 15


 

Table of Contents

Mortgage Co (F1), LLC (the “Trusts”), which in the case of the first entity holds the mortgage loans for Funding LLC and in the case of the latter two entities hold the mortgage loans for Funding II, LLC.

 

PLS provides loan servicing to the Trusts as well as to Mortgage Co. The related party group constituting the Company and its affiliates (including PMOFA) has an equity interest in the Master Fund, the ultimate Parent of the Trusts, Mortgage Co, Funding, LLC and Funding II, LLC. The direct equity holders in the Trusts, Mortgage Co, Funding, LLC and Funding II, LLC, however, do not have power to direct operations of the respective entities and as such, both the Trusts and Mortgage Co are considered to be variable interest entities (“VIEs”) as defined in the Consolidations topic of the Codification.

 

The Company is not the primary beneficiary in these VIEs, given it does not represent the enterprise within the related party group that is most closely associated with these VIEs and, as such, the Company does not consolidate these VIEs. Exposure of loss to the related party group from the unconsolidated VIEs is limited to the contributed capital of the related party group in the Master Fund totaling $2,000 which represents the general partnership interest held by PMOFA in the Master Fund.

 

Note 4 Transactions with Affiliates

PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

Correspondent Production

 

Before February 1, 2013, PMT paid PennyMac a fulfillment fee of 0.50% of the UPB of mortgage loans sold to non ‑affiliates where PMT is approved or licensed to sell to such non ‑affiliate. Effective February 1, 2013, the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement provides for a fulfillment fee paid to the Company based on the type of mortgage loan that PMT acquires. The fulfillment fee is equal to a percentage of the UPB of mortgage loans purchased by PMT, with the addition of potential fee rate discounts applicable to PMT’s monthly purchase volume in excess of designated thresholds. The Company has also agreed to provide such services exclusively for PMT’s benefit, and the Company and its affiliates are prohibited from providing such services for any other third party.

 

Presently, the applicable fulfillment fee percentages are (i)  0.50% for conventional mortgage loans, (ii)  0.88% for loans sal e able in accordance with the Ginnie Mae Mortgage ‑Backed Securities Guide, (iii)  0.80% for the U.S. Department of the Treasury and HUD’s Home Affordable Refinance Program (“HARP”) mortgage loans with a loan ‑to ‑value ratio of 105% or less, (iv)  1.20% for HARP mortgage loans with a loan ‑to ‑value ratio of more than 105% , and (v)  0.50% for all other mortgage loans not contemplated above; provided, however, that the Company may, in its sole discretion, reduce the amount of the applicable fulfillment fee and credit the amount of such reduction to the reimbursement otherwise due as described below. This reduction may only be credited to the reimbursement applicable to the month in which the related mortgage loan was funded.

 

In the event that PMT purchases mortgage loans with an UPB in any month totaling more than $2.5  billion and less than $5  billion, the Company has agreed to discount the amount of such fulfillment fees by reimbursing PMT an amount equal to the product of (i)  0.025% , (ii) the amount of UPB in excess of $2.5  billion and (iii) the percentage of the total UPB relating to mortgage loans for which the Company collected fulfillment fees in such month. In the event PMT purchases mortgage loans with an total UPB in any month greater than $5  billion, the Company has agreed to further discount the amount of fulfillment fees by reimbursing PMT an amount equal to the product of (i)  0.05% , (ii) the amount of UPB in excess of $5  billion and (iii) the percentage of the total UPB relating to mortgage loans for which the Company collected fulfillment fees in such month.

 

PMT doe s not hold the Ginnie Mae approval required to issue Ginnie Mae MBS and act as a servicer. Accordingly, under the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement, the Company currently purchases loans sal e able in accordance with the Ginnie Mae Mortgage ‑Backed Securities Guide “as is” and without recourse of any kind to PMT at its cost less fees collected by PMT from the seller, plus accrued interest and a sourcing fee of three basis points.

 

F- 16


 

Table of Contents

In consideration for the mortgage banking services provided by the Company with respect to PMT’s acquisition of mortgage loans under PLS’s early purchase program, the Company is entitled to fees (i) accruing at a rate equal to $25,000 per year per early purchase facility administered by the Company, and (ii) in the amount of $50 for each mortgage loan PMT acquires. In consideration for the warehouse services provided by the Company with respect to mortgage loans that PMT finances for its warehouse lending clients, with respect to each facility, the Company is entitled to fees (i) accruing at a rate equal to $25,000 per year, and (ii) in the amount of $50 for each mortgage loan that PMT finances thereunder. Where PMT has entered into both an early purchase agreement and a warehouse lending agreement with the same client, the Company shall only be entitled to one $25,000 per year fee and, with respect to any mortgage loan that becomes subject to both such agreements, only one $50 per mortgage loan fee.

 

The term of the mortgage banking and warehouse services agreement expires on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18 ‑month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the agreement.

 

Following is a summary of mortgage lending activity between the Company and PMT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

   

2014

   

2013

   

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Fulfillment fee revenue

    

$

48,719 

    

$

79,712 

    

$

62,906 

 

Unpaid principal balance of loans fulfilled for PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

$

11,476,448 

 

$

15,225,153 

 

$

13,028,375 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sourcing fees paid

 

$

4,676 

 

$

4,611 

 

$

2,505 

 

Fair value of loans purchased from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

$

16,431,338 

 

$

16,113,806 

 

$

8,864,264 

 

Sale of mortgage loans held for sale to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

$

8,081 

 

$

12,339 

 

$

3,622 

 

MSR recapture recognized

 

$

 

$

709 

 

$

 —

 

 

Mortgage Loan Servicing

 

The Company has a loan servicing agreement with PMT. Before February 1, 2013, the servicing fee rates were based on the risk characteristics of the mortgage loans serviced and total servicing compensation was established at levels that management believed were competitive with those charged by other servicers or specialty servicers, as applicable.

·

Servicing fee rates for nonperforming loans ranged between 50 and 100 basis points per year on the UPB of the mortgage loans serviced on PMT’s behalf. PennyMac was also entitled to certain customary market ‑based fees and charges, including boarding and deboarding fees, liquidation and disposition fees, assumption, modification and origination fees and late charges, as well as interest on funds on deposit in custodial accounts. In the event PennyMac either effected a refinancing of a loan on PMT’s behalf and not through a third party lender and the resulting loan was readily saleable, or originated a loan to facilitate the disposition of real estate that PMT had acquired in settlement of a loan, PennyMac was entitled to receive from PMT market ‑based fees and compensation.

·

For mortgage loans serviced by PMT as a result of acquisitions and sales with servicing rights retained in connection with PMT’s correspondent production business, PennyMac was entitled to base subservicing fees and other customary market ‑based fees and charges as described above.

 

Effective February 1, 2013, the servicing agreement was amended to provide for servicing fees payable to the Company that changed from being based on a percentage of the loan’s UPB to fixed per ‑loan monthly amounts based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and/or foreclosure status of the serviced loan or the REO.

·

The base servicing fee rates for distressed whole mortgage loans are charged based on a monthly per ‑loan dollar amount, with the actual dollar amount for each loan based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and/or

F- 17


 

Table of Contents

foreclosure status of such loan or the related underlying real estate. Presently, the base servicing fee rates for distressed whole mortgage loans range from $30 per month for current loans up to $125 per month for mortgage loans that are severely delinquent and in foreclosure.

·

The base servicing fee rates for non ‑distressed mortgage loans subserviced by the Company on PMT’s behalf are also calculated through a monthly per ‑loan dollar amount, with the actual dollar amount for each mortgage loan based on whether the mortgage loan is a fixed ‑rate or adjustable ‑rate loan. The base servicing fee rates for mortgage loans subserviced on PMT’s behalf are $7.50 per month for fixed ‑rate mortgage loans and $8.50 per month for adjustable rate mortgage loans. To the extent that these mortgage loans become delinquent, the Company is entitled to an additional servicing fee per mortgage loan falling within a range of $10 to $75 per month based on the delinquency, bankruptcy and foreclosure status of the mortgage loan or the related underlying real estate.

·

The Company is required to provide a range of services and activities significantly greater in scope than the services provided in connection with a customary servicing arrangement because PMT does not have any employees or infrastructure. For these services, the Company receives a supplemental fee of $25 per month for each distressed whole mortgage loan and $3.25 per month for each non ‑distressed subserviced mort gage loan. With respect to non distressed subserviced mortgage loans, the supplemental fee is subject to a cap of $700,000 per quarter. The Company is also entitled to reimbursement for all customary, good faith reasonable and necessary out ‑of ‑pocket expenses incurred in performance of its servicing obligations.

·

The Company, on behalf of PMT, currently participates in the Home Affordable Modification Program (“HAMP”) of the U.S. Department of the Treasury and U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) (and other similar mortgage loan modification programs). HAMP establishes standard loan modification guidelines for “at risk” homeowners and provides incentive payments to certain participants, including mortgage loan servicers, for achieving modifications and successfully remaining in the program. The mortgage loan servicing agreement entitles the Company to retain any incentive payments made to it and to which it is entitled under HAMP; provided, however, that with respect to any such incentive payments paid to the Company under HAMP in connection with a mortgage loan modification for which PMT previously paid the Company a modification fee, the Company shall reimburse PMT an amount equal to the incentive payments.

 

The Company also remains entitled to market ‑based fees and charges including boarding and deboarding fees, liquidation and disposition fees, assumption, modification and origination fees and late charges relating to loans it services for PMT.

 

F- 18


 

Table of Contents

Following is a summary of mortgage loan servicing fees earned from PMT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Loan servicing fees relating to PMT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans acquired for sale at fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base and supplemental

    

$

103 

    

$

262 

    

$

204 

 

Activity-based

 

 

149 

 

 

300 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

252 

 

 

562 

 

 

204 

 

Mortgage loans at fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base and supplemental

 

 

18,953 

 

 

16,458 

 

 

14,128 

 

Activity-based

 

 

19,608 

 

 

11,814 

 

 

4,276 

 

 

 

 

38,561 

 

 

28,272 

 

 

18,404 

 

MSRs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base and supplemental

 

 

13,515 

 

 

10,274 

 

 

 —

 

Activity-based

 

 

194 

 

 

305 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

13,709 

 

 

10,579 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

$

52,522 

 

$

39,413 

 

$

18,608 

 

 

Management Fees

 

Before February 1, 2013, under a management agreement, PennyMac received a base management fee from PMT. The base management fee was calculated at 1.5% per year of PMT’s shareholders’ equity. The management agreement also provided for a performance incentive fee, which was calculated at 20% per year of the amount by which PMT’s “core earnings,” on a rolling four ‑quarter basis and before the incentive fee, exceeded an 8% “hurdle rate” as defined in the management agreement. PennyMac did not earn a performance incentive fee before February 1, 2013.

 

Effective February 1, 2013, the management agreement was amended to provide that:

·

The base management fee is calculated quarterly and is equal to the sum of (i)  1.5% per year of PMT’s shareholders’ equity up to $2  billion, (ii)  1.375% per year of shareholders’ equity in excess of $2  billion and up to $5  billion, and (iii)  1.25% per year of PMT’s shareholders’ equity in excess of $5  billion.

·

The performance incentive fee is calculated at a defined annualized percentage of the amount by which PMT’s “ net income,” on a rolling four quarter basis and before deducting the incentive fee, exceeds certain levels of return on “equity.”

The performance incentive fee is calculated quarterly and is equal to the sum of: (a)  10% of the amount by which PMT’s net income for the quarter exceeds (i) an 8% return on equity plus the “high watermark,” up to (ii) a 12% return on PMT’s equity; plus (b)  15% of the amount by which PMT’s net income for the quarter exceeds (i) a 12% return on PMT’s equity plus the “high watermark,” up to (ii) a 16% return on PMT’s equity; plus   (c)  20% of the amount by which PMT’s net income for the quarter exceeds a 16% return on equity plus the “high watermark.”

For the purpose of determining the amount of the performance incentive fee:

“Net income” is defined as net income or loss computed in accordance with U.S. GAAP and certain other non ‑cash charges determined after discussions between the Company and PMT’s independent trustees and approval by a majority of PMT’s independent trustees.

“Equity” is the weighted average of the issue price per common share of all of PMT’s public offerings, multiplied by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding (including restr icted share units) in the four quarter period.

The “high watermark” starts at zero and is adjusted quarterly. The quarterly adjustment reflects the amount by which the net income (stated as a percentage of return on equity) in that quarter exceeds or falls short of

F- 19


 

Table of Contents

the lesser of 8% and the average Fannie Mae 30 ‑year MBS yield (the “target yield”) for the four quarters then ended. If the net income is lower than the target yield, the high watermark is increased by the difference. If the net income is higher than the target yield, the high watermark is reduced by the difference. Each time a performance incentive fee is earned, the high watermark returns to zero. As a result, the threshold amounts required for the Company to earn a performance incentive fee are adjusted cumulatively based on the performance of PMT’s net income over (or under) the target yield, until the net income in excess of the target yield exceeds the then ‑current cumulative high watermark amount, and a performance incentive fee is earned.

 

The base management fee and the performance incentive fee are both receivable quarterly in arrears. The performance incentive fee may be paid in cash or in PMT’s common shares (subject to a limit of no more than 50% paid in common shares), at PMT’s option.

 

Following is a summary of the management fees earned from PMT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

   

2014

   

2013

   

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Management fees:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Base

    

$

23,330 

    

$

19,644 

    

$

12,436 

 

Performance incentive

 

 

11,705 

 

 

12,766 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

$

35,035 

 

$

32,410 

 

$

12,436 

 

 

The term of the management agreement, as amended, expires on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18 ‑month periods, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the terms of the management agreement.

 

In the event of termination by PMT, the Company may be entitled to a termination fee in certain circumstances. The termination fee is equal to three times the sum of (a) the average annual base management fee, and (b) the average annual performance incentive fee earned by the Company, in each case during the 24 -month period before termination.

 

MSR Recapture Agreement

 

Pursuant to the terms of a MSR recapture agreement, as amended, if the Company refinances through its consumer direct business mortgage loans for which PMT previously held the MSRs, the Company is generally required to transfer and convey to one of PMT’s wholly ‑owned subsidiaries, without cost to PMT, the MSRs with respect to new mortgage loans originated in those refinancings (or, under certain circumstances, other mortgage loans) that have a total UPB that is not less than 30% of the total UPB of all the mortgage loans so originated.

 

Where the fair value of the aggregate MSRs to be transferred for the applicable month is less than $200,000, the Company may, at its option, pay cash to PMT in an amount equal to such fair market value instead of transferring such MSRs. The MSR recapture agreement expires, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the agreement, on February 1, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for additional 18 ‑month periods. The Company recorded MSR recapture totaling $9,000 and $709,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, as a component of Gain on mortgage loans held for sale .

 

Spread Acquisition and MSR Servicing Agreements

 

Effective February 1, 2013, the Company entered into a master spread acquisition and MSR servicing agreement (the “2/1/13 Spread Acquisition Agreement”), pursuant to which it may sell to PMT or one of its wholly owned subsidiaries the rights to receive certain ESS from MSRs acquired by the Company from banks and other third party financial institutions. The Company is generally required to service or subservice the related mortgage loans for the applicable agency or investor. The terms of each transaction under the 2/1/13 Spread Acquisition Agreement are subject to the terms thereof, as modified and supplemented by the terms of a confirmation executed in connection with such transaction.

F- 20


 

Table of Contents

 

To the extent the Company refinances any of the mortgage loans relating to the ESS sold to PMT, the 2/1/13 Spread Acquisition Agreement contains recapture provisions requiring that the Company transfer to PMT, at no cost, the ESS relating to a certain percentage of the UPB of the newly originated mortgage loans. To the extent the fair value of the aggregate ESS to be transferred for the applicable month is less than $200,000 , the Company may, at its option, pay cash to PMT in an amount equal to such fair value instead of transferring such ESS.

 

On December 30, 2013, the Company entered into a second master spread acquisition and MSR servicing agreement with PMT (the “12/30/13 Spread Acquisition Agreement”). The terms of the 12/30/13 Spread Acquisition Agreement are substantially similar to the terms of the 2/1/13 Spread Acquisition Agreement, except that the Company only intends to sell ESS relating to Ginnie Mae MSRs under the 12/30/13 Spread Acquisition Agreement.

 

To the extent the Company refinances any of the mortgage loans relating to the ESS it sells to PMT, the 12/30/13 Spread Acquisition Agreement also contains recapture provisions requiring that the Company transfer to PMT, at no cost, the ESS relating to a certain percentage of the UPB of the newly originated mortgage loans. However, under the 12/30/13 Spread Acquisition Agreement, in any month where the transferred ESS relating to newly originated Ginnie Mae mortgage loans is not equivalent to at least 90% of the product of the excess servicing fee rate and the UPB of the refinanced mortgage loans, the Company is also required to transfer additional ESS or cash in the amount of such shortfall. Similarly, in any month where the transferred ESS relating to modified Ginnie Mae mortgage loans is not equivalent to at least 90% of the product of the excess servicing fee rate and the UPB of the modified mortgage loans, the 12/30/13 Spread Acquisition Agreement contains provisions that require the Company to transfer additional ESS or cash in the amount of such shortfall. To the extent the fair value of the aggregate ESS to be transferred for the applicable month is less than $200,000 , the Company may, at its option, pay cash to PMT in an amount equal to such fair value instead of transferring such ESS.

 

In connection with the Company’s entry into the 12/30/13 Spread Acquisition Agreement, it was also required to amend the terms of its loan and security agreement (the “LSA”) with Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC (“CSFB”), pursuant to which the Company pledged to CSFB all of its rights and interests in the Ginnie Mae MSRs it owns or acquires, and a separate acknowledgement agreement with respect thereto, by and among Ginnie Mae, CSFB and the Company. Separately, as a condition to permitting the Company to transfer to PMT the ESS relating to a portion of the Company’s pledged Ginnie Mae MSRs, CSFB required PMT to enter into a Security and Subordination Agreement (the “Security Agreement”), pursuant to which PMT pledged to CSFB its rights under the 12/30/13 Spread Acquisition Agreement and its interest in any ESS purchased thereunder. CSFB’s lien on the ESS remains subordinate to the rights and interests of Ginnie Mae pursuant to the provisions of the 12/30/13 Spread Acquisition Agreement and the terms of the acknowledgement agreement.

 

The Security Agreement permits CSFB to liquidate PMT’s ESS along with the related MSRs to the extent there exists an event of default under the LSA, and it contains certain trigger events, including breaches of representations, warranties or covenants and defaults under other of PMT’s credit facilities, that would require the Company to either (i) repay in full the outstanding loan amount under the LSA or (ii) repurchase the ESS from PMT at fair value. To the extent the Company is unable to repay the loan under the LSA or repurchase the ESS, an event of default would exist under the LSA, thereby entitling CSFB to liquidate the ESS and the related MSRs. In the event the ESS is liquidated as a result of certain actions or inactions of the Company, PMT generally would be entitled to seek indemnity from the Company under the 12/30/13 Spread Acquisition Agreement.

 

O n   D e c e m b e r   19 ,   2 0 14 ,   the Company   e n t e r e d   i n t o   a   t h i rd   m a s t e r   s pr e a d   a c qu i s i t i o n   a n d   MS R   s e rv i c i n g   a g r e e m e n t   w i t h   PMT   ( t h e   1 2 / 19 / 1 4   S pr e a d   A c qu i s it i o n   A gr e em e n t ) .   T h e   t e r m s   o f   t h e 12 / 19 / 1 4   S pr e a d   A c qu i s i t i o n   A gr e e me n t   a re   s u b s t a n t i a l l y   s i m i l a r   to t h e   t e r m s   o f   t h e  2 / 1 / 1 3   S pr e a d   A c qu i s i ti o n   A g r e e m e n t ,   e x c e p t   t h a t   the Company   o n l y   i n t e n ds   t o   sell   E S S   r e l a t i n g   t o   F r e dd i e   M a c   MS Rs und e r   t h e   1 2 / 19 / 1 4   S pr e a d   A c qu i s it i o n   A gr e e m e n t .

 

T o   t h e   e x t e n t   the Company   r e f i n a n c e s   a n y   o f   t h e   m or t g a g e   l o a n s   r e l at i n g   t o   t h e   E S S   it sells to PMT ,   t h e 12 / 19 / 1 4   S pr e a d   A c q u i s i t i o n   A gr e e m e n t   a l s o   c on t a i n s   r e c a p t ur e   p r ov i s i on s   r e qu i r i n g   t h a t   the Company   t r a n s f e rs   t o   PMT ,   a t  n o   c o s t ,   t h e   E S S   r e l a t i n g   t o   a   c e r t ai n   p e r c e n t a g e   o f   t h e UPB o f   t h e   n e w l y   o r i g i n a t e d   m o r t g a g e   l o a n s .   T o   t h e   e x t e n t   t h e  f a i r   m a rk e t   v al u e  o f   t h e   a ggr e g a t e   E S S   t o   b e   t r a n s f e rr e d   fo r   t h e   a pp l i c a b l e   m on t h   i s  l e s s  t h a n   $20 0 , 00 0 ,   the Company   m a y ,   a t   i t s   op t i on ,   pay   c a s h   t o   PMT   i n   a n   a m ou n t   e qu a l   t o   s u c h   f a i r   m a rk e t  v a l u e   i n   l i e u   o f   t r a n s f e rr i n g   s u c h   E SS .

F- 21


 

Table of Contents

 

Following is a summary of financing and mortgage loan sourcing activity between the Company and PMT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

   

2014

   

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Issuance of excess servicing spread

       

$

99,728 

 

$

139,028 

 

Repayments of excess servicing spread

 

$

(39,256)

 

$

(4,076)

 

Change in fair value of excess servicing spread

 

$

(28,663)

 

$

2,423 

 

Interest expense from excess servicing spread

 

$

13,292 

 

$

1,091 

 

Excess servicing spread recapture recognized

 

$

7,828 

 

$

 —

 

 

Other Transactions

 

In connection with the IPO of PMT’s common shares on August 4, 2009, the Company entered into an agreement with PMT pursuant to which PMT agreed to reimburse PennyMac for the $2.9 million payment that it made to the underwriters in such offering (the “Conditional Reimbursement”) if PMT satisfied certain performance measures over a specified period of time. Effective February 1, 2013, the parties amended the terms of the reimbursement agreement to provide for the reimbursement to the Company of the Conditional Reimbursement if PMT is required to pay the Company performance incentive fees under the management agreement at a rate of $10 in reimbursement for every $100 of performance incentive fees earned. The reimbursement of the Conditional Reimbursement is subject to a maximum reimbursement in any particular 12 month period of $1.0 million and the maximum amount that may be reimbursed under the agreement is $2.9 million. The Company received payments from PMT totaling $651,000 and $944,000 during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. No payments were received from PMT during the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

In the event the termination fee is payable to the Company under the management agreement and the Company has not received the full amount of the reimbursements and payments under the reimbursement agreement, such amount will be paid in full. The term of the reimbursement agreement expires on February 1, 2019.

 

PMT reimburses the Company for other expenses, including common overhead expenses incurred on its behalf by the Company, in accordance with the terms of its management agreement. Such amounts are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

   

2014

   

2013

   

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Reimbursement of:

    

 

                

    

 

                

    

 

                

 

Common overhead incurred by the Company

 

$

10,850 

 

$

10,989 

 

$

4,183 

 

Expenses incurred on PMT's behalf

 

 

792 

 

 

4,638 

 

 

3,146 

 

 

 

$

11,642 

 

$

15,627 

 

$

7,329 

 

Payments and settlements during the year (1)

 

$

99,987 

 

$

121,230 

 

$

85,554 

 


(1)

Payments and settlements include payments for management fees and correspondent production activities itemized in the preceding tables and netting settlements made pursuant to master netting agreements between the Company and PMT.

 

F- 22


 

Table of Contents

Amounts due from PMT are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

   

2014

   

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Management fees

    

$

8,426 

    

$

8,924 

 

Allocated expenses

 

 

7,087 

 

 

2,009 

 

Unsettled excess servicing spread issuance

 

 

3,836 

 

 

 —

 

Servicing fees

 

 

3,385 

 

 

5,915 

 

Underwriting fees

 

 

1,137 

 

 

1,788 

 

 

 

$

23,871 

 

$

18,636 

 

 

The Company also holds an investment in PMT in the form of 75,000 common shares of beneficial interest as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. The common shares of beneficial interest had fair values of $1.6 million and $1.7 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Of the $123.3 million payable to PMT as of December 31, 2014, $116.7 million represents deposits made by PMT to fund servicing advances made by the Company, $6.2 million represents other expenses, including common overhead expenses, and $460,000 represents MSR recapture payable to PMT.

 

Of the $81.2 million payable to PMT as of December 31, 2013, $75.2 million represents deposits made by PMT to fund servicing advances made by the Company and $6.0 million represents other expenses, including common overhead expenses.

 

Investment Funds

 

Amounts due from the Investment Funds are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

   

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Carried Interest due from Investment Funds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund, LLC

 

$

40,771 

 

$

37,702 

 

PNMAC Mortgage Opportunity Fund Investors, LLC

 

 

26,527 

 

 

23,440 

 

 

 

$

67,298 

 

$

61,142 

 

Receivable from Investment Funds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Management fees

 

$

1,596 

 

$

2,031 

 

Loan servicing fees

 

 

476 

 

 

727 

 

Loan servicing rebate

 

 

189 

 

 

136 

 

Expense reimbursements

 

 

30 

 

 

21 

 

 

 

$

2,291 

 

$

2,915 

 

 

Amounts due to the Investment Funds totaling $35.9 million and $36.9 million represent amounts advanced by the Investment Funds to fund servicing advances made by the Company as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Exchanged Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC Unitholders

 

As discussed in Note 1, Organization and Basis of Presentation, the Company entered into a tax receivable agreement with PennyMac’s existing unitholders on the date of the IPO that will provide for the payment by the Company to PennyMac’s exchanged unitholders in an amount equal to 85% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that the Company is deemed to realize as a result of (i) increases in tax basis resulting from such unitholders’ exchanges and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. Based on the PennyMac unitholder exchanges, the Company has recorded

F- 23


 

Table of Contents

a   $75.0 million and $71.1 million Payable to exchanged Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC unitholders under tax receivable agreement as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and it has not made any payments under such agreement.

Note 5 Earnings Per Share of Common Stock

Basic earnings per share of common stock is determined using net income attributable to the Company’s common stockholders divided by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share of common stock is determined by dividing net income attributable to the Company’s common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, assuming all potentially dilutive shares of common stock were issued.

 

The Company applies the treasury stock method to determine the dilutive weighted average shares of common stock represented by the unvested stock-based compensation awards and the exchangeable PennyMac Class A units. The diluted earnings per share calculation assumes the exchange of these PennyMac Class A units for shares of common stock. Accordingly, earnings attributable to the Company’s common stockholders is also adjusted to include the earnings allocated to the PennyMac Class A units after taking into account the income taxes applicable to the shares of common stock assumed to be exchanged.

 

The following table summarizes the basic and diluted earnings per share calculations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

   

2014

   

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Basic earnings per share of common stock:

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. common stockholders

    

$

36,842 

    

$

14,400 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding

 

 

21,250 

 

 

17,311 

 

Basic earnings per share of common stock

 

$

1.73 

 

$

0.83 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share of common stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

36,842 

 

$

14,400 

 

Effect of net income attributable to noncontrolling interest, net of income taxes

 

 

95,283 

 

 

47,838 

 

Diluted net income attributable to common stockholders

 

$

132,125 

 

$

62,238 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding

 

 

21,250 

 

 

17,311 

 

Dilutive shares:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PennyMac Class A units exchangeable to common stock

 

 

53,550 

 

 

57,206 

 

Non-vested PennyMac Class A units issuable under unit-based stock compensation plan and exchangeable to common stock

 

 

1,083 

 

 

1,347 

 

Shares issuable under stock-based compensation plans

 

 

72 

 

 

28 

 

Diluted weighted average shares of common stock outstanding

 

 

75,955 

 

 

75,892 

 

Diluted earnings per share of common stock

 

$

1.73 

 

$

0.82 

 

 

 

 

Note 6 Loan Sales and Servicing Activities

The Company originates or purchases and sells mortgage loans in the secondary mortgage market without recourse for credit losses. However, the Company maintains continuing involvement with the loans in the form of servicing arrangements and the liability under representations and warranties it makes to purchasers and insurers of the loans.

 

F- 24


 

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes cash flows between the Company and transferees as a result of the sale of mortgage loans in transactions where the Company maintains continuing involvement with the mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

   

2014

   

2013

   

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Cash flows:

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sales proceeds

 

$

18,793,619 

 

$

17,006,460 

 

$

9,123,645 

 

Servicing fees received

 

$

113,364 

 

$

56,066 

 

$

11,197 

 

Net servicing advances

 

$

16,796 

 

$

4,207 

 

$

7,818 

 

Year end information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid principal balance of loans outstanding at end of year

 

$

36,564,434 

 

$

23,640,261 

 

$

9,847,509 

 

Delinquencies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-89 days

 

$

840,387 

 

$

410,927 

 

$

137,827 

 

90 days or more or in foreclosure or bankruptcy

 

$

255,835 

 

$

143,022 

 

$

54,795 

 

 

The Company’s mortgage servicing portfolio in UPB is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

Contract

 

 

 

 

 

Servicing

 

 servicing and

 

Total

 

 

   

rights owned

   

subservicing

   

loans serviced

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Investor:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-affiliated entities

    

$

65,169,194 

    

$

 —

    

$

65,169,194 

 

Affiliated entities

 

 

 —

 

 

39,709,945 

 

 

39,709,945 

 

Mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

1,100,910 

 

 

 —

 

 

1,100,910 

 

 

 

$

66,270,104 

 

$

39,709,945 

 

$

105,980,049 

 

Amount subserviced for the Company

 

$

 —

 

$

330,768 

 

$

330,768 

 

Delinquent mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 days

 

$

1,372,915 

 

$

302,091 

 

$

1,675,006 

 

60 days

 

 

434,428 

 

 

135,777 

 

 

570,205 

 

90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Not in foreclosure

 

 

779,129 

 

 

1,057,973 

 

 

1,837,102 

 

In foreclosure

 

 

422,330 

 

 

1,544,762 

 

 

1,967,092 

 

Foreclosed

 

 

32,444 

 

 

533,067 

 

 

565,511 

 

 

 

$

3,041,246 

 

$

3,573,670 

 

$

6,614,916 

 

Custodial funds managed by the Company (1)

 

$

1,522,295 

 

$

388,498 

 

$

1,910,793 

 


(1)

Borrower and investor custodial cash accounts relate to loans serviced under the servicing agreements and are not recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company earns interest on custodial funds it manages on behalf of the loans’ investors, which is recorded as part of the interest income in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

 

 

F- 25


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Contract

 

 

 

 

 

Servicing

 

servicing and

 

Total

 

 

   

rights owned

   

subservicing

   

loans serviced

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Investor:

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-affiliated entities

 

$

44,969,026 

 

$

 —

 

$

44,969,026 

 

Affiliated entities

 

 

 —

 

 

31,632,718 

 

 

31,632,718 

 

Private investors

 

 

969,794 

 

 

89,361 

 

 

1,059,155 

 

Mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

506,540 

 

 

 —

 

 

506,540 

 

 

 

$

46,445,360 

 

$

31,722,079 

 

$

78,167,439 

 

Amount subserviced for the Company (1)

 

$

156,347 

 

$

582,610 

 

$

738,957 

 

Delinquent mortgage loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 days

 

$

1,304,054 

 

$

263,518 

 

$

1,567,572 

 

60 days

 

 

346,912 

 

 

112,275 

 

 

459,187 

 

90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Not in foreclosure

 

 

605,555 

 

 

1,416,498 

 

 

2,022,053 

 

In foreclosure

 

 

168,776 

 

 

1,792,128 

 

 

1,960,904 

 

Foreclosed

 

 

25,272 

 

 

309,576 

 

 

334,848 

 

 

 

$

2,450,569 

 

$

3,893,995 

 

$

6,344,564 

 

Custodial funds managed by the Company (2)

 

$

568,161 

 

$

246,587 

 

$

814,748 

 


(1)

Certain of the loans serviced by the Company are subserviced on the Company’s behalf by other mortgage loan servicers. Loans are subserviced for the Company on a transitional basis for loans where the Company has obtained the rights to service the loans but servicing of the loans has not yet transferred to the Company’s servicing system.

(2)

Borrower and investor custodial cash accounts relate to loans serviced under the servicing agreements and are not recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company earns interest on custodial funds it manages on behalf of the loans’ investors, which is recorded as part of the interest income in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

 

Following is a summary of the geographical distribution of loans included in the Company’s servicing portfolio for the top five and all other states as measured by UPB:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

State

   

2014

   

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

California

    

$

33,751,630 

    

$

30,320,616 

 

Texas

 

 

6,954,778 

 

 

4,470,123 

 

Virginia

 

 

6,360,171 

 

 

3,769,683 

 

Florida

 

 

5,573,215 

 

 

3,416,274 

 

Washington

 

 

3,830,587 

 

 

2,760,900 

 

All other states

 

 

49,509,668 

 

 

33,429,843 

 

 

 

$

105,980,049 

 

$

78,167,439 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 7 Netting of Financial Instruments

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage exposure to interest rate risk for the interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”) it makes to purchase or originate mortgage loans at specified interest rates, its inventory of mortgage loans held for sale and MSRs. The Company has elected to present net derivative asset and liability positions,

F- 26


 

Table of Contents

and cash collateral obtained from (or posted to) its counterparties when subject to a master netting arrangement that is legally enforceable on all counterparties in the event of default. The derivatives that are not subject to a master netting arrangement are IRLCs.

 

Following are summaries of derivative assets and related netting amounts.

 

Offsetting of Derivative Asset s

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

Gross

 

Gross amount

 

Net amount

 

Gross

 

Gross amount

 

Net amount

 

 

amount of

 

offset

 

of assets

 

amount of

 

offset

 

of assets

 

 

recognized

 

in the

 

in the

 

recognized

 

in the

 

in the

 

   

assets

   

balance sheet

   

balance sheet

   

assets

   

balance sheet

   

balance sheet

 

 

(in thousands)

Derivatives subject to master netting arrangements:

 

 

                      

 

 

                      

 

 

                      

 

 

                      

 

 

                      

 

 

                      

Forward purchase contracts

 

$

9,060 

 

$

 —

 

$

9,060 

 

$

416 

 

$

 —

 

$

416 

Forward sale contracts

 

 

320 

 

 

 —

 

 

320 

 

 

18,762 

 

 

 —

 

 

18,762 

MBS put options

 

 

476 

 

 

 —

 

 

476 

 

 

665 

 

 

 —

 

 

665 

MBS call options

 

 

 —

    

 

 —

    

 

 —

    

 

91 

    

 

 —

    

 

91 

Put options on interest rate futures purchase contracts

 

 

862 

 

 

 —

 

 

862 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Call options on interest rate futures purchase contracts

 

 

2,193 

 

 

 —

 

 

2,193 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

Netting

 

 

 —

 

 

(7,807)

 

 

(7,807)

 

 

 —

 

 

(7,358)

 

 

(7,358)

 

 

 

12,911 

 

 

(7,807)

 

 

5,104 

 

 

19,934 

 

 

(7,358)

 

 

12,576 

Derivatives not subject to master netting arrangements - IRLCs

 

 

33,353 

 

 

 —

 

 

33,353 

 

 

8,964 

 

 

 —

 

 

8,964 

 

 

$

46,264 

 

$

(7,807)

 

$

38,457 

 

$

28,898 

 

$

(7,358)

 

$

21,540 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F- 27


 

Table of Contents

Derivative Assets, Financial Assets, and Collateral Held by Counterparty

 

The following table summarizes by significant counterparty the amount of derivative asset positions after considering master netting arrangements and financial instruments or cash pledged that do not meet the accounting guidance qualifying for netting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount not 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount not

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

offset in the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

offset in the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

consolidated 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

consolidated 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of assets

    

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

 

of assets

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

 

 

in the

 

Financial

 

collateral

 

Net

 

in the

 

Financial

 

collateral

 

Net

 

 

   

balance sheet

   

instruments

   

received

   

amount

   

balance sheet

   

instruments

   

received

   

amount

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Interest rate lock commitments

 

$

33,353 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

33,353 

 

$

8,964 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

8,964 

 

RJ O'Brien

 

 

2,005 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,005 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Jefferies & Co.

 

 

764 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

764 

 

 

627 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

627 

 

Goldman Sachs

 

 

600 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

600 

 

 

804 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

804 

 

JP Morgan

 

 

526 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

526 

 

 

788 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

788 

 

Wells Fargo

 

 

379 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

379 

 

 

451 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

451 

 

Nomura

 

 

322 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

322 

 

 

839 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

839 

 

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital, LLC

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,149 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,149 

 

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,704 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,704 

 

Bank of America, N.A.

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,680 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,680 

 

Daiwa Capital Markets

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,190 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,190 

 

Others

 

 

508 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

508 

 

 

2,344 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,344 

 

 

 

$

38,457 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

38,457 

 

$

21,540 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

21,540 

 

 

F- 28


 

Table of Contents

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities and Financial Liabilities

 

Following is a summary of net derivative liabilities and assets sold under agreements to repurchase and related netting amounts. As discussed above, all derivatives with the exception of IRLCs are subject to master netting arrangements. The mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase do not qualify for netting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

amount

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross amount

 

of liabilities

 

Gross

 

Gross amount

 

of liabilities

 

 

 

amount of

 

offset in the

 

in the

 

amount of

 

offset in the

 

in the

 

 

 

recognized

 

consolidated

 

consolidated

 

recognized

 

consolidated

 

consolidated

 

 

   

liabilities

   

balance sheet

   

balance sheet

   

liabilities

   

balance sheet

   

balance sheet

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Derivatives subject to a master netting arrangement:

 

 

                  

 

 

                  

 

 

                  

 

 

                  

 

 

                  

 

 

                  

 

Forward purchase contracts

    

$

141 

    

$

 —

    

$

141 

    

$

6,542 

    

$

 —

    

$

6,542 

 

Forward sale contracts

 

 

16,110 

 

 

 —

 

 

16,110 

 

 

504 

 

 

 —

 

 

504 

 

Put options on interest rate futures sale contracts

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Netting

 

 

 —

 

 

(10,698)

 

 

(10,698)

 

 

 —

 

 

(6,787)

 

 

(6,787)

 

 

 

 

16,259 

 

 

(10,698)

 

 

5,561 

 

 

7,046 

 

 

(6,787)

 

 

259 

 

Derivatives not subject to a master netting arrangement - IRLCs

 

 

952 

 

 

 —

 

 

952 

 

 

2,203 

 

 

 —

 

 

2,203 

 

Total derivatives

 

 

17,211 

 

 

(10,698)

 

 

6,513 

 

 

9,249 

 

 

(6,787)

 

 

2,462 

 

Mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase

 

 

822,621 

 

 

 —

 

 

822,621 

 

 

471,592 

 

 

 —

 

 

471,592 

 

 

 

$

839,832 

 

$

(10,698)

 

$

829,134 

 

$

480,841 

 

$

(6,787)

 

$

474,054 

 

 

F- 29


 

Table of Contents

Derivative Liabilities, Financial Liabilities, and Collateral Held by Counterparty

 

The following table summarizes by significant counterparty the amount of derivative liabilities and mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase after considering master netting arrangements and financial instruments or cash pledged that does not qualify under the accounting guidance for netting. All assets sold under agreements to repurchase are secured by sufficient collateral or have fair value that exceeds the liability amount recorded on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

not offset in the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

not offset in the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

consolidated 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

consolidated 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

balance sheet

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in the

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

 

in the

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

consolidated

 

Financial

 

collateral

 

Net

 

consolidated

 

Financial

 

collateral

 

Net

 

 

   

balance sheet

   

instruments

   

pledged

   

amount

   

balance sheet

   

instruments

   

pledged

   

amount

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Interest rate lock commitments

    

$

952 

    

$

 —

    

$

 —

    

$

952 

    

$

2,203 

    

$

 —

    

$

 —

    

$

2,203 

 

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

 

 

464,737 

 

 

(463,541)

 

 

 —

 

 

1,196 

 

 

198,888 

 

 

(198,888)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Bank of America, N.A.

 

 

236,909 

 

 

(236,771)

 

 

 —

 

 

138 

 

 

234,511 

 

 

(234,511)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

 

 

122,148 

 

 

(122,031)

 

 

 —

 

 

117 

 

 

38,193 

 

 

(38,193)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Citibank, N.A.

 

 

699 

 

 

(278)

 

 

 —

 

 

421 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Bank of New York Mellon

 

 

1,552 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,552 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Bank of Oklahoma

 

 

486 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

486 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Others

 

 

1,651 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,651 

 

 

259 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

259 

 

 

 

$

829,134 

 

$

(822,621)

 

$

 —

 

$

6,513 

 

$

474,054 

 

$

(471,592)

 

$

 —

 

$

2,462 

 

 

 

 

Note 8—Fair Value

The Company’s consolidated financial statements include assets and liabilities that are measured based on their fair values. The application of fair value may be on a recurring or nonrecurring basis depending on the accounting principles applicable to the specific asset or liability and whether management has elected to carry the item at its fair value as discussed in the following paragraphs.

 

Fair Value Accounting Elections

 

Management identified all of its non-cash financial assets and its originated MSRs relating to loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% and MSRs purchased subject to ESS financing to be accounted for at fair value so changes in fair value will be reflected in income as they occur and more timely reflect the results of the Company’s performance. Management has also identified its ESS financing to be accounted for at fair value as a means of hedging the related MSR’s fair value risk.

 

For originated MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of less than or equal to 4.5%, management has concluded that such assets present different risks to the Company than originated MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% and therefore require a different risk management approach. Management’s risk management efforts relating to these assets are aimed at mainly moderating the effects of non-

F- 30


 

Table of Contents

interest rate risks on fair value, such as the effect of changes in home prices on the assets’ fair values. Management has identified these assets for accounting using the amortization method.

 

Management’s risk management efforts in connection with MSRs relating to mortgage loans with initial interest rates of more than 4.5% are aimed at mainly moderating the effects of changes in interest rates on the assets’ fair values. At times during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, derivatives were used to hedge the fair value changes of the MSRs.

 

Financial Statement Items Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

Following is a summary of financial statement items that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term investments

    

$

21,687 

    

$

 —

    

$

 —

    

$

21,687 

 

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

 

 

 —

 

 

937,976 

 

 

209,908 

 

 

1,147,884 

 

Derivative assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate lock commitments

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

33,353 

 

 

33,353 

 

Forward purchase contracts

 

 

 —

 

 

9,060 

 

 

 —

 

 

9,060 

 

Forward sales contracts

 

 

 —

 

 

320 

 

 

 —

 

 

320 

 

MBS put options

 

 

 —

 

 

476 

 

 

 —

 

 

476 

 

Put options on interest rate futures purchase contracts

 

 

862 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

862 

 

Call options on interest rate futures purchase contracts

 

 

2,193 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,193 

 

Total derivative assets before netting

 

 

3,055 

 

 

9,856 

 

 

33,353 

 

 

46,264 

 

Netting (1)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(7,807)

 

Total derivative assets

 

 

3,055 

 

 

9,856 

 

 

33,353 

 

 

38,457 

 

Investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

1,582 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,582 

 

Mortgage servicing rights at fair value

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

325,383 

 

 

325,383 

 

 

 

 

26,324 

 

 

947,832 

 

 

568,644 

 

 

1,534,993 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excess servicing spread financing at fair value payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

191,166 

 

$

191,166 

 

Derivative liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate lock commitments

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

952 

 

 

952 

 

Forward purchase contracts

 

 

 —

 

 

141 

 

 

 —

 

 

141 

 

Forward sales contracts

 

 

 —

 

 

16,110 

 

 

 —

 

 

16,110 

 

Put options on interest rate futures sale contracts

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities before netting

 

 

 

 

16,251 

 

 

952 

 

 

17,211 

 

Netting (1)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(10,698)

 

Total derivative liabilities

 

 

 

 

16,251 

 

 

952 

 

 

6,513 

 

Mortgage servicing liabilities

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

6,306 

 

 

6,306 

 

 

 

$

 

$

16,251 

 

$

198,424 

 

$

203,985 

 


(1)

Derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and paid and, to the extent that the criteria of the accounting guidance covering the offsetting of amounts related to certain contracts are met, positions with the same counterparty are netted as part of a legally enforceable master netting agreement.

 

 

F- 31


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Assets:

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Short-term investments

 

$

142,582 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

142,582 

 

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

 

 

 —

 

 

527,071 

 

 

3,933 

 

 

531,004 

 

Derivative assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate lock commitments

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

8,964 

 

 

8,964 

 

Forward purchase contracts

 

 

 —

 

 

416 

 

 

 —

 

 

416 

 

Forward sales contracts

 

 

 —

 

 

18,762 

 

 

 —

 

 

18,762 

 

MBS put options

 

 

 —

 

 

665 

 

 

 —

 

 

665 

 

MBS call options

 

 

 —

 

 

91 

 

 

 —

 

 

91 

 

Total derivative assets before netting

 

 

 —

 

 

19,934 

 

 

8,964 

 

 

28,898 

 

Netting (1)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(7,358)

 

Total derivative assets

 

 

 —

 

 

19,934 

 

 

8,964 

 

 

21,540 

 

Investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

1,722 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

1,722 

 

Mortgage servicing rights at fair value

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

224,913 

 

 

224,913 

 

 

 

$

144,304 

 

$

547,005 

 

$

237,810 

 

$

921,761 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excess servicing spread financing at fair value payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

138,723 

 

$

138,723 

 

Derivative liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate lock commitments

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

2,203 

 

 

2,203 

 

Forward purchase contracts

 

 

 —

 

 

6,542 

 

 

 —

 

 

6,542 

 

Forward sales contracts

 

 

 —

 

 

504 

 

 

 —

 

 

504 

 

Total derivative liabilities before netting

 

 

 —

 

 

7,046 

 

 

2,203 

 

 

9,249 

 

Netting (1)

 

 

 —

 

 

(6,787)

 

 

 —

 

 

(6,787)

 

Total derivative liabilities

 

 

 —

 

 

259 

 

 

2,203 

 

 

2,462 

 

 

 

$

 —

 

$

259 

 

$

140,926 

 

$

141,185 

 


(1)

Derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and paid and, to the extent that the criteria of the accounting guidance covering the offsetting of amounts related to certain contracts are met, positions with the same counterparty are netted as part of a legally enforceable master netting agreement.

 

F- 32


 

Table of Contents

As shown above, certain of the Company’s mortgage loans held for sale, IRLCs, MSRs at fair value, and ESS financing at fair value are measured using Level 3 inputs. Following are roll forwards of these items for each of the three years ended December 31, 2014 where Level 3 significant inputs were used:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

Net interest 

 

Mortgage 

 

 

 

 

 

 

loans held

 

rate lock

 

servicing 

 

 

 

 

 

 

for sale

 

commitments (1)

 

rights

 

 

Total

 

 

    

(in thousands)

 

Assets:

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

 

$

3,933 

 

$

6,761 

 

$

224,913 

 

$

235,607 

 

Purchases

 

 

1,049,838 

 

 

 —

 

 

135,480 

 

 

1,185,318 

 

Sales

 

 

(577,968)

 

 

 —

 

 

(10,881)

 

 

(588,849)

 

Repayments

 

 

(22,016)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(22,016)

 

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net

 

 

 —

 

 

181,159 

 

 

 —

 

 

181,159 

 

Mortgage servicing rights resulting from mortgage loan sales

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

22,733 

 

 

22,733 

 

Changes in fair value included in income arising from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in instrument-specific credit risk

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

Other factors

 

 

(3,534)

 

 

22,741 

 

 

(46,862)

 

 

(27,655)

 

 

 

 

(3,534)

 

 

22,741 

 

 

(46,862)

 

 

(27,655)

 

Transfers to Level 2 mortgage loans held for sale (2)

 

 

(240,345)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(240,345)

 

Transfers of interest rate lock commitments to mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

 —

 

 

(178,260)

 

 

 —

 

 

(178,260)

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

 

$

209,908 

 

$

32,401 

 

$

325,383 

 

$

567,692 

 

Changes in fair value recognized during the year relating to assets still held at December 31, 2014

 

$

(3,377)

 

$

32,401 

 

$

(47,618)

 

$

(18,594)

 


(1)

For the purpose of this table, the interest rate lock asset and liability positions are shown net.

(2)

Mortgage loans held for sale transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 as a result of the mortgage loan becoming sal e able into active mortgage markets pursuant to a loan modification or borrower reperformance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Excess

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

servicing

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

 

spread

 

servicing

 

 

 

 

 

 

financing

 

liabilities

 

Total

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

    

$

138,723 

    

$

 —

    

$

138,723 

 

Proceeds received from issuance of excess servicing spread

 

 

99,728 

 

 

 —

 

 

99,728 

 

Mortgage servicing liabilities resulting from mortgage loan sales

 

 

 —

 

 

1,965 

 

 

1,965 

 

Excess servicing spread issued pursuant to a recapture agreement with PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

7,342 

 

 

 —

 

 

7,342 

 

Accrual of interest on excess servicing spread

 

 

13,292 

 

 

 —

 

 

13,292 

 

Repayments

 

 

(39,256)

 

 

 —

 

 

(39,256)

 

Changes in fair value included in income

 

 

(28,663)

 

 

4,341 

 

 

(24,322)

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

 

$

191,166 

 

$

6,306 

 

$

197,472 

 

Changes in fair value recognized during the year relating to liabilities still held at December 31, 2014

    

$

(28,663)

    

$

4,341 

    

$

(24,322)

 

 

F- 33


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

Net interest 

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

 

loans held

 

rate lock

 

servicing

 

 

 

 

 

 

for sale

 

commitments (1)

 

rights

 

Total

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

        

$

 —

        

$

23,940 

        

$

19,798 

        

$

43,738 

 

Purchases

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

195,871 

 

 

195,871 

 

Repurchases of mortgage loans subject to representations and warranties

 

 

5,529 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

5,529 

 

Repayments

 

 

(1,364)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(1,364)

 

Sales

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

(550)

 

 

(550)

 

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net

 

 

 —

 

 

101,179 

 

 

 —

 

 

101,179 

 

Mortgage servicing rights resulting from mortgage loan sales

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

14,636 

 

 

14,636 

 

Changes in fair value included in income arising from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in instrument-specific credit risk

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

Other factors

 

 

(232)

 

 

(15,682)

 

 

(4,842)

 

 

(20,756)

 

 

 

 

(232)

 

 

(15,682)

 

 

(4,842)

 

 

(20,756)

 

Transfers of interest rate lock commitments to mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

 —

 

 

(102,676)

 

 

 —

 

 

(102,676)

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

    

$

3,933 

 

$

6,761 

 

$

224,913 

 

$

235,607 

 

Changes in fair value recognized during the year relating to assets still held at December 31, 2013

    

$

(390)

 

$

6,761 

 

$

(4,842)

 

$

1,529 

 


(1)

For the purpose of this table, the interest rate lock asset and liability positions are shown net.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excess

 

 

 

servicing

 

 

 

spread

 

 

 

financing

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Liability:

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

    

$

 —

 

Proceeds received from issuance of excess servicing spread

 

 

139,028 

 

Accrual of interest on excess servicing spread

 

 

1,348 

 

Repayments

 

 

(4,076)

 

Changes in fair value included in income

 

 

2,423 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

 

$

138,723 

 

Changes in fair value recognized during the year relating to liability still held at December 31, 2013

 

$

2,423 

 

 

 

F- 34


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Net interest

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

 

rate lock

 

servicing

 

 

 

 

 

 

commitments (1)

 

rights

 

Total

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

 

$

7,905 

 

$

25,698 

 

$

33,603 

 

Interest rate lock commitments issued, net

 

 

167,066 

 

 

 —

 

 

167,066 

 

Mortgage servicing rights resulting from mortgage loan sales

 

 

 —

 

 

774 

 

 

774 

 

Changes in fair value included in income arising from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in instrument-specific credit risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other factors

 

 

 —

 

 

(6,674)

 

 

(6,674)

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

(6,674)

 

 

(6,674)

 

Transfers of interest rate lock commitments to mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

(151,031)

 

 

 —

 

 

(151,031)

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

 

$

23,940 

 

$

19,798 

 

$

43,738 

 

Changes in fair value recognized during the year relating to assets still held at December 31, 2012

 

$

23,940 

 

$

(6,674)

 

$

17,266 

 

 

The information used in the preceding roll forwards represents activity for any financial statement items identified as using Level 3 significant inputs at either the beginning or the end of the periods presented. The Company had transfers in or out among the levels arising from transfers of IRLCs to mortgage loans held for sale at fair value upon purchase or funding of the respective mortgage loans and from the return to salability in the active secondary market of certain loans held for sale. Such loans became sal e able into the active secondary market due to curing of the loans’ defects through borrower reperformance, modification of the loan or resolution of deficiencies contained in the borrowers’ credit file.

 

Net changes in fair values included in income for financial statement items carried at fair value as a result of management’s election of the fair value option by income statement line item are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

Net gains on 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gains on 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gains on 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

loans held

 

Net

 

 

 

 

loans held

 

Net

 

 

 

 

loans held

 

Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

for sale at 

 

servicing

 

 

 

 

for sale at 

 

servicing

 

 

 

 

for sale at 

 

servicing

 

 

 

 

 

 

fair value

 

fees

 

Total

 

fair value

 

fees

 

Total

 

fair value

 

fees

 

Total

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Assets:

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

 

$

264,312 

 

$

 —

 

$

264,312 

 

$

49,559 

 

$

 —

 

$

49,559 

 

$

171,236 

 

$

 —

 

$

171,236 

 

Mortgage servicing rights at fair value

 

 

 —

 

 

(54,205)

 

 

(54,205)

 

 

 —

 

 

(4,842)

 

 

(4,842)

 

 

 —

 

 

(6,674)

 

 

(6,674)

 

 

 

$

264,312 

 

$

(54,205)

 

$

210,107 

 

$

49,559 

 

$

(4,842)

 

$

44,717 

 

$

171,236 

 

$

(6,674)

 

$

164,562 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excess servicing spread financing at fair value payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

$

 —

 

$

28,663 

 

$

28,663 

 

$

 —

 

$

(2,423)

 

$

(2,423)

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Mortgage servicing liabilities

 

 

 —

 

 

(4,341)

 

 

(4,341)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 

$

 —

 

$

24,322 

 

$

24,322 

 

$

 —

 

$

(2,423)

 

$

(2,423)

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

 

F- 35


 

Table of Contents

Following are the fair value and related principal amounts due upon maturity of assets and liabilities accounted for under the fair value option:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair

 

 due upon 

 

 

 

 

 

    

value

    

maturity

    

Difference

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Mortgage loans held for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current through 89 days delinquent

 

$

950,697 

 

$

894,924 

 

$

55,773 

 

90 days or more delinquent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Not in foreclosure

 

 

126,171 

 

 

128,533 

 

 

(2,362)

 

In foreclosure

 

 

71,016 

 

 

72,039 

 

 

(1,023)

 

 

 

$

1,147,884 

 

$

1,095,496 

 

$

52,388 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair

 

due upon

 

 

 

 

 

    

value

    

maturity

    

Difference

 

 

    

(in thousands)

 

Mortgage loans held for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current through 89 days delinquent

 

$

524,665 

 

$

504,705 

 

$

19,960 

 

90 days or more delinquent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Not in foreclosure

 

 

5,567 

 

 

5,479 

 

 

88 

 

In foreclosure

 

 

772 

 

 

660 

 

 

112 

 

 

 

$

531,004 

 

$

510,844 

 

$

20,160 

 

 

Financial Statement Items Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

 

Following is a summary of financial statement items that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

    

Level 1

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

    

Total

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Mortgage servicing rights at lower of amortized cost or fair value

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

139,505 

 

$

139,505 

 

 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

139,505 

 

$

139,505 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

    

Level 1

    

Level 2

    

Level 3

    

Total

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Mortgage servicing rights at lower of amortized cost or fair value

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

136,690 

 

$

136,690 

 

 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

$

136,690 

 

$

136,690 

 

 

F- 36


 

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the total gains (losses) on assets measured at fair values on a nonrecurring basis:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Mortgage servicing rights at lower of amortized cost or fair value

 

$

(5,178)

 

$

(1,644)

 

$

(2,908)

 

 

 

$

(5,178)

 

$

(1,644)

 

$

(2,908)

 

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments Carried at Amortized Cost

 

The Company’s Cash as well as its Mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase ,   Note payable ,   Carried Interest due from Investment Funds , and amounts receivable from and payable to the Advised Entities are carried at amortized cost.

 

Cash is measured using a “Level 1” input.

 

The Company’s borrowings carried at amortized cost do not have observable inputs and the fair value is measured using management’s estimate of fair value, where the inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. The Company has classified these financial instruments as “Level 3” financial statement items as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 due to the lack of observable inputs to estimate the fair value.

 

Management has concluded that the carrying value of the Carried Interest due from Investment Funds approximates its fair value as the balance represents the amount distributable to the Company at the balance sheet date assuming liquidation of the Investment Funds. Management has concluded that the fair value of the Note payable approximates the agreement’s carrying value due to the agreement’s short term and variable interest rate. The Company has classified these financial instruments as “Level 3” financial statement items due to the Company’s reliance on unobservable inputs to estimate these instruments’ fair value.

 

The Company also carries the receivables from and payables to the Advised Entities at cost. Management has concluded that the fair value of such balances approximates the carrying value due to the short terms of such balances.

 

Valuation Techniques and Assumptions

 

Most of the Company’s financial assets and its ESS liability are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in current period income. Certain of the Company’s financial assets and all of its MSRs and ESS are “Level 3” financial statement items which require the use of unobservable inputs that are significant to the estimation of the items’ fair values. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the factors that market participants use in pricing an asset or liability, and are based on the best information available under the circumstances.

 

Due to the difficulty in estimating the fair values of “Level 3” financial statement items, management has assigned the estimating of fair value of these assets to specialized staff and subjects the valuation process to significant executive management oversight. The Company’s Financial Analysis and Valuation group (the “FAV group”) is responsible for valuing and monitoring the Company’s investment portfolios, maintaining its valuation policies and procedures and estimating the fair values of “Level 3” financial statement items.

 

With respect to the Level 3 valuations, the FAV group reports to the Company’s senior management valuation committee, which oversees and approves the valuations. The FAV group monitors the models used for valuation of the Company’s “Level 3” financial statement items, including the models’ performance versus actual results, and reports those results to the Company’s senior management valuation committee. The Company’s senior management valuation committee includes PFSI’s chief executive, financial, operating, credit and asset/liability management officers.

 

F- 37


 

Table of Contents

The FAV group is responsible for reporting to the Company’s senior management valuation committee on a monthly basis on the changes in the valuation of the portfolio, including major factors affecting the valuation and any changes in model methods and inputs. To assess the reasonableness of its valuations, the FAV group presents an analysis of the effect on the valuation of changes to the significant inputs to the models.

 

Following is a description of the techniques and inputs used in estimating the fair values of “Level 2” and “Level 3” fair value financial statement items:

 

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

 

A substantial portion of the Company’s mortgage loans held for sale at fair value are sal e able into active markets and are therefore categorized as “Level 2” fair value financial statement items and their fair values are determined using their quoted market or contracted price or market price equivalent.

 

Certain of the Company’s mortgage loans may become non-sal e able into active markets due to identification of a defect by the Company or to the repurchase of a mortgage loan with an identified defect. The Company may also purchase certain delinquent government guaranteed or insured mortgage loans from Ginnie Mae guaranteed pools in its servicing portfolio. The Company’s right to purchase such loans arises as the result of the borrower’s failure to make payments for at least three consecutive months preceding the month of repurchase by the Company and provides an alternative to the Company’s obligation to continue advancing principal and interest at the coupon rate of the related Ginnie Mae security. To the extent such loans (“early buyout loans”) have not become sal e able into another Ginnie Mae guaranteed security by becoming current either through the borrower’s reperformance or through completion of a modification of the loan’s terms, the Company measures such loans along with other mortgage loans with identified defects using “Level 3” inputs.

 

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s “Level 3” mortgage loans held for sale at fair value are discount rates, home price projections, voluntary prepayment speeds and total prepayment speeds. Significant changes in any of those inputs in isolation could result in a significant change to the loans’ fair value measurement. Increases in home price projections are generally accompanied by an increase in voluntary prepayment speeds.

 

Following is a quantitative summary of key “Level 3” inputs used in the valuation of mortgage loans held for sale at fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Key inputs

 

2014

 

2013

 

Discount rate

    

 

    

 

 

Range

 

2.3%  -  9.6%

 

7.8%  -  13.4%

 

Weighted average

 

2.4%

 

8.9%

 

Twelve-month projected housing price index change

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

4.2%  -  5.4%

 

4.5%  -  4.7%

 

Weighted average

 

4.5%

 

4.6%

 

Prepayment/resale speed (1)

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

1.3%  -  15.5%

 

1.6%  -  5.1%

 

Weighted average

 

15.1%

 

4.4%

 

Total prepayment speed (2)

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

2.1%  -  38.1%

 

2.9%  -  5.2%

 

Weighted average

 

35.7%

 

4.7%

 


(1)

Voluntary prepayment/resale speed is measured using Life Voluntary Conditional Prepayment Rate (“CPR”).

(2)

Total prepayment speed is measured using Life Total CPR.

 

F- 38


 

Table of Contents

Changes in fair value attributable to changes in instrument specific credit risk are measured by the change in the respective loan’s delinquency status at period end from the later of the beginning of the period or acquisition date. Changes in fair value of mortgage loans held for sale are included in Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The Company categorizes IRLCs as a “Level 3” financial statement item. The Company estimates the fair value of an IRLC based on quoted Agency mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) prices, its estimate of the fair value of the MSRs it expects to receive in the sale of the loans and the probability that the mortgage loan will fund or be purchased (the “pull-through rate”).

 

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s IRLCs are the pull-through rate and the MSR component of the Company’s estimate of the value of the mortgage loans it has committed to purchase. Significant changes in the pull-through rate or the MSR component of the IRLCs, in isolation, could result in significant changes in fair value measurement. The financial effects of changes in these assumptions are generally inversely correlated as increasing interest rates have a positive effect on the fair value of the MSR component of IRLC value, but increase the pull-through rate for loans that have decreased in fair value.

 

Following is a quantitative summary of key unobservable inputs used in the valuation of IRLCs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Key inputs

 

2014

 

2013

 

Pull-through rate

    

 

    

 

 

Range

 

55.4%  -  99.9%

 

62.1%  -  98.1%

 

Weighted average

 

85.5%

 

81.7%

 

Mortgage servicing rights value expressed as:

 

 

 

 

 

Servicing fee multiple

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

2.0  -  5.0

 

2.0  -  5.0

 

Weighted average

 

3.7

 

3.7

 

Percentage of unpaid principal balance

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

0.4%  -  3.1%

 

0.4%  -  2.4%

 

Weighted average

 

1.2%

 

0.9%

 

 

Hedging Derivatives

 

The remaining derivative financial instruments held or issued by the Company are categorized as “Level 1” or “Level 2” financial statement items. The Company estimates the fair value of commitments to sell and purchase loans based on observable MBS prices. The Company estimates the fair value of MBS options based on observed interest rate volatilities in the MBS market. Changes in fair value of IRLCs and related hedging derivatives are included in Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

MSRs are categorized as “Level 3” fair value financial statement items. The Company uses a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of MSRs. This approach consists of projecting net servicing cash flows discounted at a rate that management believes market participants would use in their determinations of fair value. The key inputs used in the estimation of the fair value of MSRs include prepayment rates of the underlying loans, the applicable discount rate or pricing spread, and the per-loan annual cost to service the respective mortgage loans. Changes in the fair value of MSRs are included in Net servicing fees Amortization, impairment and change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights in the consolidated statements of income.

 

F- 39


 

Table of Contents

Following are the key inputs used in determining the fair value of MSRs at the time of initial recognition, excluding MSR purchases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

 

 

value

 

cost

 

value

 

cost

 

value

 

cost

 

 

 

(Amount recognized and unpaid principal balance of underlying mortgage loans in thousands)

 

MSR and pool characteristics:

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

Amount recognized

 

$24,698

 

$185,152

 

$14,636

 

$190,469

 

$774

 

$89,698

 

Unpaid principal balance of underlying mortgage loans

 

$1,982,505

 

$15,362,240

 

$1,055,797

 

$15,316,315

 

$17,615

 

$8,524,533

 

Weighted average servicing fee rate (in basis points)

 

33

 

31

 

33

 

29

 

28

 

27

 

Inputs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pricing spread (1)  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

7.8%  -  16.2%

 

6.8%  -  15.7%

 

7.4%  -  14.4%

 

5.4%  -  15.9%

 

7.5%  -  9.9%

 

7.5%  -  11.9%

 

Weighted average

 

11.4%

 

10.8%

 

10.2%

 

8.5%

 

8.4%

 

9.8%

 

Annual total prepayment speed (2)  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

7.6%  -  46.1%

 

7.6%  -  47.8%

 

7.8%  -  25.5%

 

7.6%  -  42.5%

 

7.8%  -  20.1%

 

6.7%  -  17.8%

 

Weighted average

 

9.3%

 

8.3%

 

9.2%

 

8.8%

 

9.7%

 

8.5%

 

Life (in years)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

1.5  –  7.5

 

1.4  –  7.5

 

2.5  –  7.3

 

1.5  –  7.5

 

3.6  –  7.0

 

2.8  –  7.0

 

Weighted average

 

6.9

 

7.0

 

6.9

 

6.7

 

6.7

 

6.7

 

Per-loan annual cost of servicing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

$53  –  $100

 

$53  –  $100

 

$68  –  $120

 

$68  –  $120

 

$68  –  $100

 

$68  –  $100

 

Weighted average

 

$86

 

$84

 

$98

 

$102

 

$78

 

$99

 


(1)

Pricing spread represents a margin that is applied to a reference interest rate’s forward rate curve to develop periodic discount rates. The Company applies a pricing spread to the United States Dollar LIBOR curve for purposes of discounting cash flows relating to MSRs acquired as proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans.

(2)

Prepayment speed is measured using Life Total CPR.

 

Following is a quantitative summary of key inputs used in the valuation of the Company’s MSRs at year end and the effect on the estimated fair value from adverse changes in those assumptions (weighted averages are based upon UPB):

 

F- 40


 

Table of Contents

Purchased MSRs Backed by Distressed Mortgage Loans

 

During the quarter ended June 30, 2014, the Company sold its portfolio of purchased MSRs backed by distressed mortgage loans to a non-affiliated entity. Following are the key inputs used in determining the fair value of such MSRs as of December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

 

    

value

    

cost

 

 

 

(Amount recognized and unpaid

 

 

 

principal balance of underlying

 

 

 

mortgage loans in thousands)

 

MSR and pool characteristics:

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value

 

$10,129

 

 

Unpaid principal balance of underlying mortgage loans

 

$969,794

 

 

Weighted average note interest rate

 

5.80%

 

 

Weighted average servicing fee rate (in basis points)

 

50

 

 

Inputs:

 

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

15.3% – 15.3%

 

 

Weighted average

 

15.3%

 

 

Effect on fair value of:

 

 

 

 

 

5% adverse change

 

($251)

 

 

10% adverse change

 

($490)

 

 

20% adverse change

 

($937)

 

 

Life (in years)

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

5.0 - 5.0

 

 

Weighted average

 

5.0

 

 

 

Prepayment speed (1)  

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

11.4% – 11.4%

 

 

Weighted average

 

11.4%

 

 

Effect on fair value of:

 

 

 

 

 

5% adverse change

 

($231)

 

 

10% adverse change

 

($456)

 

 

20% adverse change

 

($898)

 

 

Per-loan annual cost of servicing

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

$218 – $218

 

 

Weighted average

 

$218

 

 

Effect on fair value of:

 

 

 

 

 

5% adverse change

 

($197)

 

 

10% adverse change

 

($393)

 

 

20% adverse change

 

($787)

 

 


(1)

Prepayment speed is measured using Life Voluntary CPR.

 

F- 41


 

Table of Contents

All Other MSRs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

Fair

 

Amortized

 

 

 

value

 

cost

 

value

 

cost

 

 

 

(Carrying value, unpaid principal balance of underlying 

 

 

 

mortgage loans and effect on fair value amounts in thousands)

 

MSR and pool characteristics:

    

 

    

 

    

 

    

 

 

Carrying  value

 

$325,383

 

$405,445

 

$214,784

 

$258,751

 

Unpaid principal balance of underlying mortgage loans

 

$30,945,000

 

$33,745,613

 

$22,469,179

 

$22,499,847

 

Weighted average note interest rate

 

4.24%

 

3.82%

 

4.48%

 

3.65%

 

Weighted average servicing fee rate (in basis points)

 

31

 

30

 

32

 

29

 

Inputs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pricing spread (1) (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

2.9% – 21.3%

 

6.3% – 15.3%

 

2.9% – 18.0%

 

6.3% – 14.5%

 

Weighed average

 

9.2%

 

9.7%

 

7.5%

 

8.7%

 

Effect on fair value of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5% adverse change

 

($5,550)

 

($8,710)

 

($3,551)

 

($5,312)

 

10% adverse change

 

($10,908)

 

($17,083)

 

($6,900)

 

($10,395)

 

20% adverse change

 

($21,084)

 

($32,890)

 

($13,305)

 

($20,039)

 

Average life (in years)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

0.4 – 8.2

 

1.6 – 7.3

 

0.1 – 14.4

 

1.5 – 7.3

 

Weighed average

 

5.8

 

6.8

 

6.2

 

7.0

 

Prepayment speed (1) (3)  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

7.6% – 60.5%

 

7.6% – 42.8%

 

7.8% – 50.8%

 

7.6% – 42.5%

 

Weighed average

 

11.2%

 

8.5%

 

9.7%

 

8.0%

 

Effect on fair value of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5% adverse change

 

($7,052)

 

($7,359)

 

($4,622)

 

($4,615)

 

10% adverse change

 

($13,835)

 

($14,494)

 

($9,073)

 

($9,097)

 

20% adverse change

 

($26,654)

 

($28,132)

 

($17,500)

 

($17,684)

 

Annual per-loan cost of servicing (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

$59 – $109

 

$59 – $81

 

$68 – $115

 

$68 – $100

 

Weighed average

 

$76

 

$75

 

$87

 

$99

 

Effect on fair value of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5% adverse change

 

($2,910)

 

($2,992)

 

($2,817)

 

($2,609)

 

10% adverse change

 

($5,819)

 

($5,983)

 

($5,633)

 

($5,217)

 

20% adverse change

 

($11,638)

 

($11,967)

 

($11,266)

 

($10,434)

 


(1)

The effect on value of an adverse change in one of the above-mentioned key inputs may result in recognition of MSR impairment. The extent of impairment recognized will depend on the relationship of fair value to the carrying value of MSRs.

(2)

Pricing spread represents a margin that is applied to a reference interest rate’s forward curve to develop periodic discount rates. The Company applies a pricing spread to the United States Dollar LIBOR curve for purposes of discounting cash flows relating to MSRs acquired as proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans and purchased MSRs not backed by pools of distressed mortgage loans.

(3)

Prepayment speed is measured using Life Total CPR.

 

The preceding sensitivity analyses are limited in that they were performed at a particular point in time; only contemplate the movements in the indicated variables; do not incorporate changes to other variables; are subject to the

F- 42


 

Table of Contents

accuracy of various models and assumptions used; and do not incorporate other factors that would affect the Company’s overall financial performance in such scenarios, including operational adjustments made by management to account for changing circumstances. For these reasons, the preceding estimates should not be viewed as earnings forecasts.

 

Excess Servicing Spread Financing at Fair Value

 

The Company categorizes ESS financing as a “Level 3” financial statement item. The Company uses a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of ESS financing. The key inputs used in the estimation of ESS fair value include pricing spread and prepayment speed. Significant changes to either of those inputs in isolation could result in a significant change in the ESS fair value. Changes in these key assumptions are not necessarily directly related.

 

ESS is generally subject to fair value increases when mortgage interest rates increase. Increasing mortgage interest rates normally slow mortgage refinancing activity. Decreased refinancing activity increases the life of the loans underlying the ESS, thereby increasing ESS’ fair value, which is the liability owed to PMT. Increases in the fair value of ESS financing decrease income and are included in Amortization, impairment and change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights .

 

Interest expense for ESS is accrued using the interest method based upon the expected cash flows from the ESS through the expected life of the underlying mortgage loans. Other changes in fair value are recorded in Amortization, impairment and change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights .

 

Following are the key inputs used in determining the fair value of ESS financing:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Key inputs

    

2014

    

2013

 

Unpaid principal balance of underlying loans (in thousands)

    

$28,227,340

    

$20,512,659

 

Average servicing fee rate (in basis points)

 

31

 

32

 

Average excess servicing spread (in basis points)

 

16

 

16

 

Pricing spread (1)

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

1.7% - 12.0%

 

2.8% - 14.4%

 

Weighted average

 

5.3%

 

5.4%

 

Average life (in years)

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

0.4 - 7.3

 

0.9 - 8.0

 

Weighted average

 

5.8

 

6.1

 

Annualized prepayment speed (2)

 

 

 

 

 

Range

 

7.6% - 74.6%

 

7.7% - 48.6%

 

Weighted average

 

11.2%

 

9.7%

 


(1)

Pricing spread represents a margin that is applied to a reference interest rate’s forward rate curve to develop periodic discount rates. The Company applies a pricing spread to the United States LIBOR curve for purposes of discounting cash flows relating to ESS.

(2)

Prepayment speed is measured using Life Total CPR.

 

F- 43


 

Table of Contents

Note 9 Mortgage Loans Held for Sale at Fair Value

 

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value include the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Government-insured or guaranteed

    

$

866,148 

    

$

482,066 

 

Conventional conforming

 

 

66,229 

 

 

45,005 

 

Jumbo

 

 

5,599 

 

 

 —

 

Delinquent mortgage loans purchased from Ginnie Mae pools serviced by the Company

 

 

206,331 

 

 

 —

 

Mortgage loans repurchased pursuant to representations and warranties

 

 

3,577 

 

 

3,933 

 

 

 

$

1,147,884 

 

$

531,004 

 

Fair value of mortgage loans pledged to secure mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase

 

$

976,772 

 

$

512,350 

 

Fair value of mortgage loans pledged to secure mortgage loan participation and sale agreement

 

$

148,133 

 

$

 —

 

 

 

 

 

Note 10 Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The Company is exposed to fair value risk relative to its mortgage loans held for sale as well as to its IRLCs and MSRs. The Company bears fair value risk from the time an IRLC is made to PMT or a loan applicant to the time the mortgage loan is sold. The Company is exposed to loss in fair value of its IRLCs and mortgage loans held for sale when mortgage rates increase. The Company is exposed to loss in fair value of its MSRs when interest rates decrease.

 

The Company engages in interest rate risk management activities in an effort to reduce the variability of earnings caused by changes in market interest rates. To manage this fair value risk resulting from interest rate risk, the Company uses derivative financial instruments acquired with the intention of reducing the risk that changes in market interest rates will result in unfavorable changes in the fair value of the Company’s IRLCs, inventory of mortgage loans held for sale and MSRs.

 

The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for purposes other than in support of its risk management activities other than IRLCs, which are generated in the normal course of business when the Company commits to purchase or originate mortgage loans held for sale. The Company records all derivative financial instruments at fair value and records changes in fair value in current period income.

 

F- 44


 

Table of Contents

The Company had the following derivative financial instruments recorded on its consolidated balance sheets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value

 

 

 

Fair value

 

 

 

Notional

 

Derivative

 

Derivative

 

Notional

 

Derivative

 

Derivative

 

Instrument

    

amount

    

assets

    

liabilities

    

amount

    

assets

    

liabilities

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Free-standing derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate lock commitments

 

1,765,597 

 

$

33,353 

 

$

952 

 

971,783 

 

$

8,964 

 

$

2,203 

 

Forward purchase contracts

 

2,634,218 

 

 

9,060 

 

 

141 

 

1,418,527 

 

 

416 

 

 

6,542 

 

Forward sales contracts

 

3,901,851 

 

 

320 

 

 

16,110 

 

2,659,000 

 

 

18,762 

 

 

504 

 

MBS put options

 

340,000 

 

 

476 

 

 

 —

 

185,000 

 

 

665 

 

 

 —

 

MBS call options

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

105,000 

 

 

91 

 

 

 —

 

Put options on interest rate futures purchase contracts

 

755,000 

 

 

862 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Call options on interest rate futures purchase contracts

 

630,000 

 

 

2,193 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Put options on interest rate futures sale contracts

 

50,000 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Total derivatives before netting

 

 

 

 

46,264 

 

 

17,211 

 

 

 

 

28,898 

 

 

9,249 

 

Netting

 

 

 

 

(7,807)

 

 

(10,698)

 

 

 

 

(7,358)

 

 

(6,787)

 

 

 

 

 

$

38,457 

 

$

6,513 

 

 

 

$

21,540 

 

$

2,462 

 

Margin deposits with (collateral received from) derivative counterparties

 

 

 

$

(2,891)

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

571 

 

 

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the notional value activity for derivative contracts used in the Company’s hedging activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Balance

 

                            

 

                            

 

                            

 

 

 

beginning

 

 

 

Dispositions/

 

Balance

 

Period/Instrument

  

      of period      

   

Additions

   

expirations

   

end of period

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Forward purchase contracts

 

1,418,527 

 

45,827,559 

 

(44,611,868)

 

2,634,218 

 

Forward sale contracts

 

2,659,000 

 

63,117,808 

 

(61,874,957)

 

3,901,851 

 

MBS put options

 

185,000 

 

1,730,000 

 

(1,575,000)

 

340,000 

 

MBS call options

 

105,000 

 

590,000 

 

(695,000)

 

 —

 

Put options on interest rate futures purchase contracts

 

 —

 

2,997,500 

 

(2,242,500)

 

755,000 

 

Call options on interest rate futures purchase contracts

 

 —

 

2,385,000 

 

(1,755,000)

 

630,000 

 

Put options on interest rate futures sale contracts

 

 —

 

425,000 

 

(375,000)

 

50,000 

 

Call options on interest rate futures sale contracts

 

 —

 

1,025,000 

 

(1,025,000)

 

 —

 

Treasury futures purchase contracts

 

 —

 

148,900 

 

(148,900)

 

 —

 

Treasury futures sale contracts

 

 —

 

170,600 

 

(170,600)

 

 —

 

Eurodollar futures purchase contracts

 

 —

 

26,000 

 

(26,000)

 

 —

 

Eurodollar futures sale contracts

 

 —

 

26,000 

 

(26,000)

 

 —

 

 

F- 45


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Balance

 

                            

 

                            

 

                            

 

 

 

beginning

 

 

 

Dispositions/

 

Balance

 

Period/Instrument

  

      of period      

   

Additions

   

expirations

   

end of period

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Forward purchase contracts

 

1,021,981 

 

43,449,699 

 

(43,053,153)

 

1,418,527 

 

Forward sale contracts

 

2,621,948 

 

63,655,600 

 

(63,618,548)

 

2,659,000 

 

MBS put options

 

500,000 

 

2,520,000 

 

(2,835,000)

 

185,000 

 

MBS call options

 

 —

 

2,205,000 

 

(2,100,000)

 

105,000 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Balance

 

                            

 

                            

 

                            

 

 

 

beginning

 

 

 

Dispositions/

 

Balance

 

Period/Instrument

  

      of period      

   

Additions

   

expirations

   

end of period

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Forward purchase contracts

 

130,900 

 

19,425,777 

 

(18,534,696)

 

1,021,981 

 

Forward sale contracts

 

510,569 

 

29,394,503 

 

(27,283,124)

 

2,621,948 

 

MBS put options

 

29,000 

 

2,098,000 

 

(1,627,000)

 

500,000 

 

MBS call options

 

3,000 

 

85,000 

 

(88,000)

 

 —

 

 

The Company recorded net ( losses ) gains on derivative financial instruments used to hedge IRLCs and mortgage loans held for sale at fair value totaling $(109.8)   million, $110.3 million and $ (68.0) million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Derivative gains and losses used to hedge IRLCs and mortgage loans held for sale at fair value are included in Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

 

The Company recorded net gains ( losses ) on derivatives used to hedge fair value changes of MSRs totaling $26.8   million, $(1.3)   million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Gains and losses on derivative financial instruments used to hedge fair value changes of MSRs are included in Amortization, impairment and change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

F- 46


 

Table of Contents

Note 11 Mortgage Servicing Rights

Carried at Fair Value:

 

The activity in MSRs carried at fair value is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of year

    

$

224,913 

    

$

19,798 

    

$

25,698 

 

Additions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases

 

 

135,480 

 

 

195,871 

 

 

 —

 

Mortgage servicing rights resulting from mortgage loan sales

 

 

24,698 

 

 

14,636 

 

 

774 

 

 

 

 

160,178 

 

 

210,507 

 

 

774 

 

Sales

 

 

(10,881)

 

 

(550)

 

 

 —

 

Change in fair value due to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in valuation inputs or assumptions used in valuation model (1)

 

 

(9,447)

 

 

659 

 

 

(1,550)

 

Other changes in fair value (2)  

 

 

(39,380)

 

 

(5,501)

 

 

(5,124)

 

Total change in fair value

 

 

(48,827)

 

 

(4,842)

 

 

(6,674)

 

Balance at end of year

 

$

325,383 

 

$

224,913 

 

$

19,798 

 


(1)

Principally reflects changes in discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions, primarily due to changes in interest rates.

(2)

Represents changes due to realization of cash flows.

 

Carried at Lower of Amortized Cost or Fair Value:

 

The activity in MSRs carried at the lower of amortized cost or fair value is summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Amortized cost:

 

 

                  

 

 

                  

 

 

                  

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

263,373 

 

$

92,155 

 

$

6,496 

 

Mortgage servicing rights resulting from mortgage loan sales

 

 

185,152 

 

 

190,469 

 

 

89,698 

 

Amortization

 

 

(33,280)

 

 

(19,251)

 

 

(4,039)

 

Application of valuation allowance to write down mortgage servicing rights with other-than-temporary impairment

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Balance at end of year

 

 

415,245 

 

 

263,373 

 

 

92,155 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation allowance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

 

(4,622)

 

 

(2,978)

 

 

(70)

 

Additions

 

 

(5,178)

 

 

(1,644)

 

 

(2,908)

 

Application of valuation allowance to write down mortgage servicing rights with other-than-temporary impairment

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Balance at end of year

 

 

(9,800)

 

 

(4,622)

 

 

(2,978)

 

Mortgage servicing rights, net

 

$

405,445 

 

$

258,751 

 

$

89,177 

 

Fair value of mortgage servicing rights at end of year

 

$

416,802 

 

$

269,422 

 

$

91,028 

 

Fair value of mortgage servicing rights at beginning of year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

6,465 

 

 

F- 47


 

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Company’s estimate of future amortization of its existing MSRs. This projection was developed using the inputs used by management in its December 31, 2014 valuation of MSRs. The inputs underlying the following estimate will change as market conditions and portfolio composition and behavior change, causing both actual and projected amortization levels to change over time.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated MSR

 

Year period ending December 31,

    

amortization

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

$

40,018 

 

2016

 

 

40,428 

 

2017

 

 

38,500 

 

2018

 

 

35,537 

 

2019

 

 

32,525 

 

Thereafter

 

 

228,237 

 

 

 

$

415,245 

 

 

Servicing fees relating to MSRs are recorded in Net servicing fees—Loan servicing fees—From non-affiliates on the consolidated statements of income; late charges and other ancillary fees relating to MSRs are recorded in Net servicing fees—Loan servicing fees—Ancillary and other fees on the consolidated statements of income. The fees are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Contractual servicing fees

 

$

173,005 

 

$

61,523 

 

$

20,673 

 

Ancillary and other fees:

 

 

                  

 

 

                  

 

 

                  

 

Late charges

 

 

4,320 

 

 

1,998 

 

 

948 

 

Other

 

 

1,257 

 

 

549 

 

 

276 

 

 

 

$

178,582 

 

$

64,070 

 

$

21,897 

 

 

Mortgage Servicing Liabilities at Fair Value:

 

The activity in mortgage servicing liability carried at fair value is summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Amortized cost:

    

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

 —

 

Accrual of mortgage servicing liabilities resulting from mortgage loan sales

 

 

1,965 

 

Change in fair value

 

 

4,341 

 

Balance at end of year

 

$

6,306 

 

 

 

 

F- 48


 

Table of Contents

Note 12 Carried Interest Due from Investment Funds

The activity in the Company’s Carried Interest due from Investment Funds is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

61,142 

 

$

47,723 

 

$

37,250 

 

Carried Interest recognized during the year

 

 

6,156 

 

 

13,419 

 

 

10,473 

 

Proceeds received during the year

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Balance at end of year

 

$

67,298 

 

$

61,142 

 

$

47,723 

 

 

The amount of the Carried Interest that will be received by the Company depends on the Investment Funds’ future performance. As a result, the amount of Carried Interest recorded by the Company is   based on the cash flows that would be produced assuming termination of the Investment Funds at period end and may be reduced in future periods based on the performance of the Investment Funds in those periods . However, the Company is not required to pay guaranteed returns to the Investment Funds and the amount of any reduction to Carried Interest will be limited to the extent of amounts previously recognized.

 

Management expects the Carried Interest to be collected by the Company when the Investment Funds liquidate. The commitment period for the Investment Funds ended on December 31, 2011. The Investment Fund limited liability company and limited partnership agreements specify that the funds will continue in existence through December 31, 2016, subject to three   one -year extensions by PCM at its discretion.

 

Note 13 Investment in PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust at Fair Value

Following is a summary of Change in fair value of investment in and dividends received from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Dividends

 

$

134 

 

$

216 

 

$

167 

 

Change in fair value

 

 

(140)

 

 

(175)

 

 

650 

 

 

 

$

(6)

 

$

41 

 

$

817 

 

Fair value of PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust shares at year end

 

$

1,582 

 

$

1,722 

 

$

1,897 

 

 

 

Note 14 Furniture, Fixtures, Equipment and Building Improvements

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements is summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

    

(in thousands)

 

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and building improvements

 

$

17,740 

    

$

13,128 

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(6,401)

 

 

(3,291)

 

 

 

$

11,339 

 

$

9,837 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense totaled $3.1  million, $1.8  million and $846,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, of which $2.1  million, $1.4  million and $590,000 , respectively, were allocated to PMT as called for in its management agreement.

F- 49


 

Table of Contents

Note 15 Capitalized Software

Capitalized software is summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

    

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Cost

 

$

2,138 

    

$

2,015 

 

Less: Accumulated amortization

 

 

(1,571)

 

 

(1,251)

 

 

 

$

567 

 

$

764 

 

 

Software amortization expenses totaled $320,000 ,   $374,000 and $264,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Note 16 Borrowings

As of December 31, 2014, the Company maintained six borrowing facilities: four facilities that provide funding for sales of mortgage loans under agreements to repurchase; one facility that provides for sales of mortgage loan participation certificates; and one note payable secured by MSRs and servicing advances made relating to certain loans in the Company’s loan servicing portfolio.

 

The borrowing facilities contain various covenants, including financial covenants governing the Company’s net worth, debt-to-equity ratio, profitability and liquidity. Management believes that the Company was in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2014.

 

Mortgage Loans Sold Under Agreement to Repurchase

 

The borrowing facilities secured by mortgage loans held for sale are in the form of loan sale and repurchase agreements. Eligible loans are sold at advance rates based on the loan type. Interest is charged at a rate based on the buyer’s overnight cost of funds rate for one agreement and on LIBOR for the other three agreements. Loans financed under these agreements may be re-pledged by the lenders.

 

Financial data pertaining to mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Year end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

    

$

822,621 

    

$

471,592 

    

$

393,534 

 

Unused amount (1)

 

$

277,379 

 

$

528,408 

 

$

106,466 

 

Weighted average interest rate (3)

 

 

1.80 

%

 

1.79 

%

 

2.20 

%

Fair value of mortgage loans securing agreements to repurchase

 

$

976,772 

 

$

512,350 

 

$

438,850 

 

Margin deposits placed with counterparties (2)

 

$

1,500 

 

$

1,500 

 

$

6,849 

 

During the year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average balance of mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase

 

$

529,832 

 

$

344,625 

 

$

172,729 

 

Weighted average interest rate (3)

 

 

1.78 

%

 

1.96 

%

 

2.24 

%

Total interest expense

 

$

14,285 

 

$

10,863 

 

$

5,927 

 

Maximum daily amount outstanding

 

$

1,073,073 

 

$

623,523 

 

$

441,245 

 

 


(1)

The amount the Company is able to borrow under loan repurchase agreements is tied to the fair value of unencumbered mortgage loans eligible to secure those agreements and the Company’s ability to fund the agreements’ margin requirements relating to the mortgage loans sold.

F- 50


 

Table of Contents

(2)

Margin deposits are included in Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheet.

(3)

Excludes the effect of amortization of commitment fees totaling $4.7   million, $4.0  million and $2.0  million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

Following is a summary of maturities of outstanding advances under repurchase agreements by maturity date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remaining maturity at December 31, 2014

    

Balance

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Within 30 days

 

$

6,846 

 

Over 30 to 90 days

 

 

634,151 

 

Over 90 days to 180 days

 

 

1,444 

 

Over 180 days

 

 

180,180 

 

 

 

$

822,621 

 

Weighted average maturity (in months)

 

 

1.2 

 

 

The amount at risk (the fair value of the assets pledged plus the related margin deposit, less the amount advanced by the counterparty and interest payable) relating to the Company’s mortgage loans held for sale sold under agreements to repurchase is summarized by counterparty below as of December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

maturity of advances  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

under repurchase

 

 

 

Counterparty

 

Amount at risk

 

agreement

 

Facility maturity

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

    

$

89,508 

    

June 12, 2015

    

October 30, 2015

 

Bank of America, N.A.

 

$

54,534 

 

January 21, 2015

 

January 30, 2015

 

Morgan Stanley

 

$

10,489 

 

February 18, 2015

 

June 29, 2015

 

Citibank, N.A.

 

$

31 

 

January 22, 2015

 

September 7, 2015

 

 

The Company is subject to margin calls during the period the agreements are outstanding and therefore may be required to repay a portion of the borrowings before the respective agreements mature if the fair value (as determined by the applicable lender) of the mortgage loans securing those agreements decreases.

 

Mortgage Loan Participation and Sale Agreement

 

One of the borrowing facilities secured by mortgage loans held for sale is in the form of a mortgage loan participation and sale agreement. Participation certificates, each of which represents an undivided beneficial ownership interest in mortgage loans that have been pooled with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Ginnie Mae, are sold to the lender pending the securitization of the loans and sale of the resulting securities. A commitment to sell the securities resulting from the pending securitization between the Company and a non-affiliate is also assigned to the lender at the time a participation certificate is sold.

 

The purchase price paid by the lender for each participation certificate is based on the trade price of the security, plus an amount of interest expected to accrue on the security to its anticipated delivery date, minus a present value adjustment, any related hedging costs and a holdback amount that is based on a percentage of the purchase price and is not required to be paid to the Company until the settlement of the security and its delivery to the lender.

 

F- 51


 

Table of Contents

The mortgage loan participation and sale agreement is summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended,

 

 

    

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Year end:

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loan participation and sale agreement secured by mortgage loans

 

$

143,638 

    

Mortgage loans pledged to secure mortgage loan participation and sale agreement

 

$

148,133 

 

During the year:

 

 

 

 

Average balance

 

$

22,756 

 

Weighted average interest rate (1)

 

 

1.43 

%

Total interest expense

 

$

427 

 


(1)

Excludes the effect of amortization of commitment fees totaling $98,000.

 

Note Payable

 

The note payable is summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Year end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note payable secured by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights

    

$

146,855 

    

$

48,302 

 

$

48,108 

 

Servicing advances

 

 

 —

 

 

3,852 

 

 

4,905 

 

 

 

$

146,855 

 

$

52,154 

 

$

53,013 

 

Assets pledged to secure note payable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

$

392,254 

 

$

258,241 

 

$

100,957 

 

Servicing advances

 

$

 —

 

$

5,564 

 

$

7,430 

 

During the year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average balance

 

$

102,546 

 

$

53,894 

 

$

27,729 

 

Weighted average interest rate

 

 

2.93 

%

 

3.19 

%

 

2.79 

%

Total interest expense

 

$

4,382 

 

$

2,931 

 

$

1,180 

 

 

The note payable is secured by servicing advances and MSRs relating to certain loans in the Company’s servicing portfolio, and currently provides for advance rates ranging from 50% to 85% of the amount of the servicing advances or the carrying value of the MSR pledged. Interest is charged at a rate based on the lender’s overnight cost of funds.

 

Excess Servicing Spread Financing

 

In conjunction with the Company’s purchase from non-affiliates of certain MSRs on pools of Agency-backed residential mortgage loans, the Company has entered into sale and assignment agreements which are treated as financings and are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in current period income. Under these agreements, the Company sold to PMT the right to receive ESS cash flows relating to certain MSRs. The Company retained all ancillary income associated with servicing the loans and a fixed base servicing fee. The Company continues to be the servicer of the mortgage loans and retains all servicing obligations, including responsibility to make servicing advances.

 

F- 52


 

Table of Contents

Following is a summary of ESS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

   

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

138,723 

 

$

 —

 

Proceeds received from excess servicing spread financing

 

 

99,728 

 

 

139,028 

 

Excess servicing spread issued pursuant to a recapture agreement with PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

7,342 

 

 

 —

 

Accrual of interest expense

 

 

13,292 

 

 

1,348 

 

Repayments

 

 

(39,256)

 

 

(4,076)

 

Change in fair value

 

 

(28,663)

 

 

2,423 

 

Balance at end of year

 

$

191,166 

 

$

138,723 

 

 

 

 

Note 17 Liability for Losses Under Representations and Warranties

Following is a summary of activity in the Company’s liability for representations and warranties:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

8,123 

 

$

3,504 

 

$

449 

 

Provision for losses on loans sold

 

 

5,291 

 

 

4,675 

 

 

3,055 

 

Incurred losses

 

 

(155)

 

 

(56)

 

 

 —

 

Balance at end of year

 

$

13,259 

 

$

8,123 

 

$

3,504 

 

 

 

 

Note 18—Income Taxes

The Company files U.S. federal and state corporate income tax returns for PFSI and partnership returns for PennyMac. Before the IPO, the Company did not have a provision for income taxes as PennyMac is a pass ‑through taxable entity. PFSI’s tax returns are subject to examination for 2012 and forward. PennyMac’s federal partnership returns are subject to examination for 2011 and forward, and its state tax returns are generally subject to examination for 2010 and forward. No returns are currently under examination.

 

The following table details the Company’s income tax expense.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Current expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

2,234 

 

$

 —

 

State

 

 

559 

 

 

 —

 

Total current expense

 

 

2,793 

 

 

 —

 

Deferred expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

19,126 

 

 

7,815 

 

State

 

 

4,803 

 

 

2,146 

 

Total deferred expense

 

 

23,929 

 

 

9,961 

 

Total provision for income taxes

 

$

26,722 

 

$

9,961 

 

 

The provision for deferred income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2014  and 2013 primarily relates to the Company’s investment in PennyMac partially offset by the Company’s generation and utilization of a net operating loss. The portion attributable to its investment in PennyMac primarily relates to MSRs that PennyMac received pursuant to sales of mortgage loans held for sale at fair value and Carried Interest from the Investment Funds.

 

F- 53


 

Table of Contents

The following table is a reconciliation of the Company’s provision for income taxes at statutory rates to the provision for income taxes at the Company’s effective tax rate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

 

Federal income tax statutory rate

 

35.0 

%

35.0 

%

Less: Rate attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

(25.0)

%

(30.3)

%

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

 

1.5 

%

0.8 

%

Other

 

0.5 

%

0.0 

%

Valuation allowance

 

0.0 

%

0.0 

%

Effective tax rate

 

12.0 

%

5.5 

%

 

The components of the Company’s provision for deferred income taxes are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Year ended December 31,  

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Investment in PennyMac

 

$

20,981 

 

$

12,909 

 

Net operating loss carryforward

 

 

2,948 

 

 

(2,948)

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Total provision for deferred income taxes

 

$

23,929 

 

$

9,961 

 

 

The components of Deferred tax asset are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Taxes currently (payable) receivable

 

$

2,014 

 

$

 

Deferred income tax asset, net

 

 

44,024 

 

 

63,110 

 

Deferred tax asset

 

$

46,038 

 

$

63,117 

 

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to deferred income tax assets and liabilities are presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Deferred income tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in PennyMac

 

$

44,024 

 

$

60,162 

 

Net operating loss carryforward

 

 

 —

 

 

2,948 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

 

 

44,024 

 

 

63,110 

 

Deferred income tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Net deferred income tax asset

 

$

44,024 

 

$

63,110 

 

 

The Company’s deferred income tax asset is recorded in Deferred tax asset in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 .   I ncrease s in the Company’s ownership of PennyMac as a result of members exchanging PennyMac Class A units for PFSI Class A common stock result in an increase in deferred tax asset . As existing members exchange their units, the Company records a deferred tax asset related to PennyMac’s election pursuant to Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code. The current year’s decrease in deferred tax asset is attributable to the results of operations partially offset by an increase in the Company’s ownership of PennyMac as a result of members exchanging their units. The portion of the deferred tax asset relating to the Company’s investment in PennyMac is net of deferred tax liabilities primarily related to deferred income from MSRs and Carried Interest from the Investment Funds.

F- 54


 

Table of Contents

 

At December 31, 201 4 and 201 3 , the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits and does not anticipate any unrecognized tax benefits. Should the recognition of any interest or penalties relative to unrecognized tax benefits be necessary, it is the Company’s policy to record such expenses in the Company’s income tax accounts. No such accruals existed at December 31, 201 4 and 201 3 .

Note 19—Noncontrolling Interest

During the year ended December 31, 2014, PennyMac unitholders exchanged 718,039 Class A units for the Company’s Class A common stock. The effect of the exchanges reduced the percentage of the Noncontrolling interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC from 72.6% at December 31, 2013 to 71.6% at December 31, 2014.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, PennyMac unitholders exchanged 8,035,000 Class A units for the Company’s Class A common stock. The effect of the exchanges reduced the percentage of the Noncontrolling interest in Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC from 83.2% at the date of the IPO to 72.6% at December 31, 2013.

 

Net income attributable to the Company’s common stockholders and the effects of changes in noncontrolling ownership interest in PennyMac is summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

(in thousands)

Net income attributable to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. common stockholders

    

$

36,842 

    

$

14,400 

Transfers from (to) the noncontrolling interest:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Decrease in the Company's additional paid-in capital for initial recognition of noncontrolling interest (12,778 Class A units)

 

$

 —

 

$

(127,160)

Increase in the Company's additional paid-in capital for exchanges of Class A units of Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC to Class A stock of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (Class A shares issued, 718 and 8,035 during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively)

 

 

7,107 

 

 

60,556 

Net transfers from (to) noncontrolling interest

 

$

7,107 

 

$

(66,604)

 

 

F- 55


 

Table of Contents

Note 20—Net Gains on Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value is summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Cash (loss) gain:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales proceeds

    

$

43,665 

    

$

(150,589)

    

$

78,671 

 

Hedging activities

 

 

(90,507)

 

 

98,707 

 

 

(70,916)

 

 

 

 

(46,842)

 

 

(51,882)

 

 

7,755 

 

Non-cash gain:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights resulting from mortgage loan sales

 

 

209,850 

 

 

205,105 

 

 

90,472 

 

Mortgage servicing liabilities resulting from mortgage loan sales

 

 

(1,965)

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Mortgage servicing rights and excess servicing spread financing recapture payable to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

(7,837)

 

 

(709)

 

 

 —

 

Provision for losses relating to representations and warranties on loans sold

 

 

(5,291)

 

 

(4,675)

 

 

(3,055)

 

Change in fair value relating to loans and hedging derivatives held at period end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate lock commitments

 

 

25,640 

 

 

(17,179)

 

 

16,035 

 

Mortgage loans

 

 

12,733 

 

 

(4,207)

 

 

4,030 

 

Hedging derivatives

 

 

(19,264)

 

 

11,560 

 

 

2,933 

 

 

 

$

167,024 

 

$

138,013 

 

$

118,170 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 21—Net Interest Expense

Net interest expense is summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

    

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term investments

 

$

1,591 

 

$

893 

 

$

72 

 

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

 

 

26,180 

 

 

14,739 

 

 

6,282 

 

 

 

 

27,771 

 

 

15,632 

 

 

6,354 

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans sold under agreements to repurchase

 

 

14,285 

 

 

10,863 

 

 

5,927 

 

Mortgage loan participation and sale agreement

 

 

427 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Note payable

 

 

4,382 

 

 

2,931 

 

 

1,180 

 

Excess servicing spread financing at fair value

 

 

13,292 

 

 

1,091 

 

 

 —

 

Interest shortfall on repayments of mortgage loans serviced for Agency securitizations

 

 

2,460 

 

 

469 

 

 

293 

 

Interest on mortgage loan impound deposits

 

 

2,409 

 

 

1,317 

 

 

477 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,257 

 

 

16,673 

 

 

7,879 

 

 

 

$

(9,486)

 

$

(1,041)

 

$

(1,525)

 

 

 

 

F- 56


 

Table of Contents

Note 22—Stock ‑based Compensation

The Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan provides for grants of stock options, time-based and performance-based restricted stock units (“RSUs”), stock appreciation rights, performance units and stock grants. As of December 31, 2014, the Company has 2.6 million units available for future awards. The Company estimates the cost of the stock options, time-based restricted stock units and performance-based restricted stock units awarded with reference to the fair value of PFSI’s common stock on the date of the award. Compensation costs are fixed, except for the performance-based restricted stock units, at the grant’s estimated fair value on the grant date as all grantees are employees of PennyMac or directors of the Company. Expense relating to awards is included in Compensation in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Following is a summary of the stock-based compensation expense by instrument awarded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Stock options

 

$

5,101 

 

$

1,387 

 

Performance-based RSUs

 

 

3,075 

 

 

1,273 

 

Time-based RSUs

 

 

1,824 

 

 

672 

 

 

 

$

10,000 

 

$

3,332 

 

 

Stock Options

 

The stock option award agreements provide for the award of Stock Options to purchase the optioned common stock. In general, and except as otherwise provided by the agreement, one ‑third of the stock option awards vests on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the grant date, subject to the recipient’s continued service through each anniversary. Compensation cost relating to stock options is charged to expense using the graded vesting method. Each stock option has a term of ten years from the date of grant but expires (1) immediately upon termination of the holder’s employment or other association with the Company for cause, (2) one year after the holder’s employment or other association is terminated due to death or disability and (3) three months after the holder’s employment or other association is terminated for any other reason.

 

The fair value of each stock option award is estimated on the date of grant using a variant of the Black Scholes model based on the assumptions noted in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

 

Expected volatility (1)

 

42%

 

45%

 

Expected dividends

 

0%

 

0%

 

Risk-free rate

 

0.1%  -  2.9%

 

0.3%  -  2.3%

 

Expected grantee forfeiture rate

 

4.3%  -  20.2%

 

6.2%  -  19.2%

 

 


(1)

Based on historical volatilities of comparable companies’ common stock.

 

The Company uses its historical data to estimate employee departure behavior used in the option ‑pricing model; groups of employees (employee classification) that have similar historical behavior are considered separately for valuation purposes. The expected term of common stock options granted is derived from the option pricing model and represents the period of time that common stock options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk ‑free rate for periods within the contractual term of the common stock option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

 

F- 57


 

Table of Contents

The table below summarizes stock option award activity and compensation expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

 

2013

 

Number of Stock Options

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at beginning of year

 

 

418,785 

 

 

 —

 

Granted

 

 

769,035 

 

 

425,796 

 

Exercised

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Forfeited

 

 

(20,639)

 

 

(7,011)

 

Outstanding at end of year

 

 

1,167,181 

 

 

418,785 

 

Number of options exercisable at end of year

 

 

137,816 

 

 

 —

 

Weighted average exercise price per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at beginning of year

 

$

21.03 

 

$

 —

 

Granted

 

 

17.22 

 

 

21.03 

 

Exercised

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Forfeited

 

 

18.71 

 

 

21.03 

 

Outstanding at end of year

 

$

18.23 

 

$

21.03 

 

Weighted average remaining contractual term (in years):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of year

 

 

8.9 

 

 

9.4 

 

Exercisable at end of year

 

 

8.4 

 

 

 —

 

Aggregate intrinsic value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of year

 

$

59,270 

 

$

 —

 

Exercisable at end of year

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

Expected vesting amounts at year end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of options expected to vest at end of year

 

 

1,032,309 

 

 

340,061 

 

Weighted average vesting period (in months)

 

 

24 

 

 

21 

 

 

Time ‑Based RSUs

 

The RSU grant agreements provide for the award of time ‑based RSUs, entitling the award recipient to one share of the Company’s Class A common stock for each RSU. One ‑third of the time ‑based RSUs vest on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the date, subject to the recipient’s continued service through each anniversary.

 

Compensation cost relating to time ‑based RSUs is based on the grant date fair value of the Company’s Class A common stock and the number of shares expected to vest. For purposes of estimating the cost of the time ‑based RSUs granted, management assumes turnover rates of 4.3%   ‑  20.2% per year based on the grantees’ employee classification. Compensation cost relating to time ‑based RSUs is amortized to expense using the graded vesting method and is included in Compensation expense on the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

 

F- 58


 

Table of Contents

Following is a summary of time ‑based RSU activity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

    

2013

 

Number of units

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Outstanding at beginning of year

 

 

100,318 

 

 

 —

 

Granted

 

 

146,937 

 

 

101,459 

 

Vested

 

 

(32,619)

 

 

 —

 

Forfeited

 

 

(12,265)

 

 

(1,141)

 

Outstanding at end of year

 

 

202,371 

 

 

100,318 

 

Weighted average grant date fair value per unit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at beginning of year

 

$

18.04 

 

$

 —

 

Granted

 

 

16.73 

 

 

18.03 

 

Vested

 

 

20.46 

 

 

 —

 

Forfeited

 

 

10.72 

 

 

17.14 

 

Outstanding at end of year

 

$

17.92 

 

$

18.04 

 

Compensation expense recorded during the year (in thousands)

 

$

1,824 

 

$

672 

 

Year end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unamortized compensation cost (in thousands)

 

$

1,441 

 

$

1,099 

 

Number of shares expected to vest

 

 

183,521 

 

 

58,398 

 

Weighted average remaining vesting period (in months)

 

 

24 

 

 

18 

 

 

Performance ‑Based RSUs

 

The performance ‑based RSUs provide for the issuance of shares of the Company’s Class A common stock based equally on the attainment of earnings per share and total shareholder return goals and are generally adjusted for grantee performance ratings. The performance periods for these grants are measured through December 31, 2015 and 2016. The grantees’ satisfaction of the performance goals will be established by review of a committee of PFSI’s board of directors. Shares vested under these two grants will be issued to the grantees no later than December 31,2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

The performance ‑based RSUs contain both performance goals (attainment of earnings per share) and market goals (total shareholder return). The Company separately accounts for the performance and market goals when recognizing compensation expense relating to performance ‑based RSUs.

 

The grant date fair value of the market goal component of the performance ‑based RSUs is measured using a variant of the Black ‑Scholes model. Key inputs are the expected volatility of the Company’s Class A common stock, the risk ‑free interest rate and expected grantee forfeiture rates.

 

Following are the inputs for grants made:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

    

2014

    

2013

Expected volatility (1)

 

42%

 

45%

Expected dividends

 

0%

 

0%

Risk-free rate

 

0.1% - 0.7%

 

0.3% - 2.3%

Expected grantee forfeiture rate

 

4.3% - 20.2%

 

6.2% - 19.2%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


(1)

Based on historical volatilities of comparable companies’ common stock.

 

F- 59


 

Table of Contents

The fair value of the performance goal component of the performance ‑based RSUs is measured based on the fair value of the Company’s common shares at the grant date, taking into consideration management’s estimate of the most probable outcome of the performance goal, and the number of shares to be forfeited during the vesting period. The cost of the performance ‑based RSUs is amortized to Compensation expense using the straight line method over the performance period.

 

Following is a summary of performance ‑based RSU activity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Number of units

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at beginning of year

 

 

490,998 

 

 

 —

 

Granted

 

 

789,312 

 

 

500,373 

 

Vested

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Forfeited

 

 

(22,844)

 

 

(9,375)

 

Outstanding at end of year

 

 

1,257,466 

    

 

490,998 

 

Weighted average grant date fair value per unit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at beginning of year

 

$

11.30 

 

$

 —

 

Granted

 

 

14.35 

 

 

11.29 

 

Vested

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Forfeited

 

 

15.94 

 

 

10.85 

 

Outstanding at end of year

 

$

15.48 

 

$

11.30 

 

Compensation expense recorded during the year (in thousands)

 

$

3,075 

 

$

1,273 

 

Year end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unamortized compensation cost (in thousands)

 

$

8,019 

 

$

4,364 

 

Number of shares expected to vest

 

 

866,181 

 

 

448,639 

 

Weighted average remaining vesting period (in months)

 

 

24 

 

 

18 

 

 

 

 

Note 23—Supplemental Cash Flow Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

   

2014

   

2013

   

2012

 

 

 

(in thousands)

Cash paid for interest

   

$

36,320 

   

$

16,527 

   

$

7,858 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

4,800 

 

$

 

$

 —

Non-cash investing activity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights resulting from mortgage loan sales

 

$

209,850 

 

$

205,105 

 

$

90,472 

Mortgage servicing liabilities resulting from mortgage loan sales

 

$

1,965 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

Non-cash financing activity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer of excess servicing spread pursuant to recapture agreement with PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

$

7,342 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

Issuance of common stock in settlement of director fees

 

$

222 

 

$

 —

 

$

 —

 

 

 

Note 24—Regulatory Net Worth and Agency Capital Requirements

The Company, through PLS and PennyMac, is required to maintain specified levels of equity to remain a seller/servicer in good standing with the Agencies. Such equity requirements generally are tied to the size of the Company’s loan servicing portfolio or loan origination volume.

 

F- 60


 

Table of Contents

The Agencies’ capital requirements, the calculations of which are specified by each Agency, are summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agency Capital

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

Agency–company subject to requirement

    

Balance (1)

    

Requirement

    

Balance (1)

    

Requirement

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Fannie Mae–PLS

 

$

583,686 

 

$

35,507 

 

$

409,552 

 

$

83,148 

 

Freddie Mac–PLS

 

$

583,819 

 

$

3,721 

 

$

409,860 

 

$

3,001 

 

Ginnie Mae–PLS

 

$

536,009 

 

$

111,457 

 

$

388,125 

 

$

102,619 

 

Ginnie Mae–PennyMac

 

$

763,907 

 

$

133,748 

 

$

598,198 

 

$

112,881 

 

HUD–PLS

 

$

539,844 

 

$

2,500 

 

$

388,125 

 

$

2,500 

 


(1)

Calculated in compliance with the respective Agency’s requirements.

 

Noncompliance with the respective Agencies’ capital requirements can result in the respective Agency taking various remedial actions up to and including removing PennyMac’s ability to sell loans to and service loans on behalf of the respective Agency. Management believes that PennyMac and PLS had Agency capital in excess of the respective Agencies’ requirements at December 31, 2014.

Note 25—Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

 

The business of the Company involves the collection of numerous accounts, as well as the validation of liens and compliance with various state and federal lending and servicing laws. Accordingly, the Company may be involved in proceedings, claims, and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. As of December 31, 2014, the Company was not involved in any legal proceedings, claims, or actions that in management’s view would be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company .

 

Commitments to Fund and Sell Mortgage Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

    

(in thousands)

 

Commitments to purchase mortgage loans from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

$

1,122,494 

 

Commitments to fund mortgage loans

 

 

643,103 

 

 

 

$

1,765,597 

 

Commitments to sell mortgage loans

 

$

3,901,851 

 

Office leases

 

$

17,776 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 26—Segments and Related Information

Since the date of the Company’s IPO, the Company has continued its development of internal management reporting. Such development has resulted in changes in the information that is provided to the Company’s chief operating decision maker. Accordingly, during the quarter ended March 31, 2014, management re-evaluated this new information in relation to its definition of its operating segments.

 

As a result of the new reporting provided to the chief operating decision maker, management has concluded that its mortgage banking operations should be disclosed as two segments: loan production and loan servicing. Accordingly, the following segment disclosure includes three segments: loan production, loan servicing and investment management. Prior period segment disclosures have been restated to conform segment disclosures for the year ended December 31,

F- 61


 

Table of Contents

2013. The Company did not have in place the reporting structure that enabled it to report on its three segments before 2013 and is therefore unable to retrospectively adjust its 2012 segment information to conform with the 2014 and 2013 presentation.

 

Two of the segments are in the mortgage banking business: loan production and loan servicing. The loan production segment performs mortgage loan origination, acquisition and sale activities. The loan servicing segment performs servicing of newly originated mortgage loans, execution and management of early buyout loans and servicing of mortgage loans sourced and managed by the investment management segment, including executing the loan resolution strategy identified by the investment management segment relating to distressed mortgage loans.

 

The investment management segment represents the activities of the Company’s investment manager, which include sourcing, performing diligence, bidding and closing investment asset acquisitions, managing correspondent production activities for PMT and managing the acquired assets for the Advised Entities.

 

Financial highlights by segment are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Mortgage Banking

 

Investment

 

 

 

 

 

    

Production

    

Servicing

    

Total

    

Management

    

Total

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Revenues (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                    

 

 

 

 

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

 

$

158,758 

 

$

8,266 

 

$

167,024 

 

$

 —

 

$

167,024 

 

Loan origination fees

 

 

41,576 

 

 

 —

 

 

41,576 

 

 

 —

 

 

41,576 

 

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

48,719 

 

 

 —

 

 

48,719 

 

 

 —

 

 

48,719 

 

Net servicing fees

 

 

 —

 

 

216,919 

 

 

216,919 

 

 

 —

 

 

216,919 

 

Management fees

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

42,508 

 

 

42,508 

 

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

6,156 

 

 

6,156 

 

Net interest income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

21,873 

 

 

5,893 

 

 

27,766 

 

 

 

 

27,771 

 

Interest expense

 

 

12,143 

 

 

25,114 

 

 

37,257 

 

 

 —

 

 

37,257 

 

 

 

 

9,730 

 

 

(19,221)

 

 

(9,491)

 

 

 

 

(9,486)

 

Other

 

 

1,890 

 

 

1,275 

 

 

3,165 

 

 

318 

 

 

3,483 

 

Total net revenue

 

 

260,673 

 

 

207,239 

 

 

467,912 

 

 

48,987 

 

 

516,899 

 

Expenses

 

 

125,054 

 

 

141,314 

 

 

266,368 

 

 

28,876 

 

 

295,244 

 

Income before provision for income taxes and non-segment activities

 

 

135,619 

 

 

65,925 

 

 

201,544 

 

 

20,111 

 

 

221,655 

 

Non-segment activities (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,378 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

$

135,619 

 

$

65,925 

 

$

201,544 

 

$

20,111 

 

$

223,033 

 

Segment assets at year end (3)

 

$

1,040,358 

 

$

1,320,092 

 

$

2,360,450 

 

$

92,881 

 

$

2,453,331 

 


(1)

All revenues are from external customers.

(2)

Represents repricing of Payable to exchanged Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC unitholders under tax receivable agreement.

(3)

Excludes parent Company assets, which consist primarily of deferred tax asset of $46.0 million.

 

 

F- 62


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Mortgage Banking

 

Investment

 

 

 

 

 

    

Production

    

Servicing

    

Total

    

Management

    

 Total

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Revenues (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

 

$

138,013 

 

$

 —

 

$

138,013 

 

$

 —

 

$

138,013 

 

Loan origination fees

 

 

23,575 

 

 

 —

 

 

23,575 

 

 

 —

 

 

23,575 

 

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

79,712 

 

 

 —

 

 

79,712 

 

 

 —

 

 

79,712 

 

Net servicing fees

 

 

 —

 

 

90,010 

 

 

90,010 

 

 

 —

 

 

90,010 

 

Management fees

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

40,330 

 

 

40,330 

 

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

13,419 

 

 

13,419 

 

Net interest income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

15,610 

 

 

 —

 

 

15,610 

 

 

22 

 

 

15,632 

 

Interest expense

 

 

11,103 

 

 

5,570 

 

 

16,673 

 

 

 —

 

 

16,673 

 

 

 

 

4,507 

 

 

(5,570)

 

 

(1,063)

 

 

22 

 

 

(1,041)

 

Other

 

 

912 

 

 

244 

 

 

1,156 

 

 

1,385 

 

 

2,541 

 

Total net revenue

 

 

246,719 

 

 

84,684 

 

 

331,403 

 

 

55,156 

 

 

386,559 

 

Expenses

 

 

120,699 

 

 

64,636 

 

 

185,335 

 

 

19,098 

 

 

204,433 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

$

126,020 

 

$

20,048 

 

$

146,068 

 

$

36,058 

 

$

182,126 

 

Segment assets at year end (2)

 

$

607,989 

 

$

795,320 

 

$

1,403,309 

 

$

117,341 

 

$

1,520,650 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

Investment

 

 

 

 

 

    

Banking

    

Management

    

Total

    

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Revenues (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

 

$

118,170 

 

$

 —

 

$

118,170 

 

Loan origination fees

 

 

9,634 

 

 

 —

 

 

9,634 

 

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

62,906 

 

 

 —

 

 

62,906 

 

Net servicing fees

 

 

40,105 

 

 

 —

 

 

40,105 

 

Management fees

 

 

 —

 

 

21,799 

 

 

21,799 

 

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

 

 

 —

 

 

10,473 

 

 

10,473 

 

Net interest income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

6,349 

 

 

 

 

6,354 

 

Interest expense

 

 

7,879 

 

 

 —

 

 

7,879 

 

 

 

 

(1,530)

 

 

 

 

(1,525)

 

Other

 

 

 

 

3,522 

 

 

3,524 

 

Total net revenue

 

 

229,287 

 

 

35,799 

 

 

265,086 

 

Expenses

 

 

136,109 

 

 

10,654 

 

 

146,763 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

$

93,178 

 

$

25,145 

 

$

118,323 

 

Segment assets at year end

 

$

761,949 

 

$

70,214 

 

$

832,163 

 


(1)

All revenues are from external customers.

(2)

Excludes parent Company assets, which consist primarily of deferred tax asset of $63.1 million.

 

 

F- 63


 

Table of Contents

Note 27—Selected Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

Following is a presentation of selected quarterly financial data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarter ended

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

Dec. 31

 

Sept. 30

 

June. 30

 

Mar. 31

 

Dec. 31

 

Sept. 30

 

June. 30

 

Mar. 31

 

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

During the quarter:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gains on mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

    

$

44,649 

    

$

48,133 

    

$

39,704 

    

$

34,538 

    

$

29,453 

    

$

25,949 

    

$

42,654 

    

$

39,957 

 

Fulfillment fees from PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

11,887 

 

 

15,497 

 

 

12,433 

 

 

8,902 

 

 

11,087 

 

 

18,327 

 

 

22,054 

 

 

28,244 

 

Net servicing fees

 

 

62,278 

 

 

53,908 

 

 

56,969 

 

 

43,764 

 

 

30,500 

 

 

21,399 

 

 

22,069 

 

 

16,042 

 

Management fees and Carried Interest

 

 

10,285 

 

 

13,281 

 

 

12,832 

 

 

12,266 

 

 

13,963 

 

 

13,352 

 

 

13,291 

 

 

13,143 

 

Other income

 

 

12,626 

 

 

9,806 

 

 

8,497 

 

 

6,022 

 

 

5,417 

 

 

8,167 

 

 

6,509 

 

 

4,982 

 

 

 

 

141,725 

 

 

140,625 

 

 

130,435 

 

 

105,492 

 

 

90,420 

 

 

87,194 

 

 

106,577 

 

 

102,368 

 

Expenses

 

 

88,492 

 

 

77,933 

 

 

72,388 

 

 

56,431 

 

 

48,733 

 

 

52,277 

 

 

56,348 

 

 

47,075 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

 

53,233 

 

 

62,692 

 

 

58,047 

 

 

49,061 

 

 

41,687 

 

 

34,917 

 

 

50,229 

 

 

55,293 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

7,337 

 

 

7,232 

 

 

6,630 

 

 

5,523 

 

 

4,430 

 

 

3,493 

 

 

2,038 

 

 

 —

 

Net income

 

 

45,896 

 

 

55,460 

 

 

51,417 

 

 

43,538 

 

 

37,257 

 

 

31,424 

 

 

48,191 

 

$

55,293 

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

37,133 

 

 

44,971 

 

 

41,799 

 

 

35,566 

 

 

30,847 

 

 

26,227 

 

 

45,398 

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. common stockholders

 

$

8,763 

 

$

10,489 

 

$

9,618 

 

$

7,972 

 

$

6,410 

 

$

5,197 

 

$

2,793 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share of Common Stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.41 

 

$

0.49 

 

$

0.49 

 

$

0.38 

 

$

0.33 

 

$

0.29 

 

$

0.22 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

$

0.41 

 

$

0.49 

 

$

0.45 

 

$

0.38 

 

$

0.32 

 

$

0.28 

 

$

0.22 

 

 

 

 

Quarter end:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans held for sale at fair value

 

$

1,147,884 

 

$

1,259,991 

 

$

1,000,415 

 

$

717,476 

 

$

531,004 

 

$

530,248 

 

$

656,341 

 

$

203,661 

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 

730,828 

 

 

677,413 

 

 

621,681 

 

 

529,128 

 

 

483,664 

 

 

252,858 

 

 

199,738 

 

 

146,992 

 

Carried Interest from Investment Funds

 

 

67,298 

 

 

67,035 

 

 

65,133 

 

 

63,299 

 

 

61,142 

 

 

58,134 

 

 

55,322 

 

 

52,460 

 

Servicing advances, net

 

 

228,630 

 

 

195,246 

 

 

179,169 

 

 

171,395 

 

 

154,328 

 

 

105,344 

 

 

94,791 

 

 

96,587 

 

Other assets

 

 

332,485 

 

 

338,942 

 

 

315,796 

 

 

279,247 

 

 

354,337 

 

 

307,800 

 

 

274,588 

 

 

193,277 

 

Total assets

 

$

2,507,125 

 

$

2,538,627 

 

$

2,182,194 

 

$

1,760,545 

 

$

1,584,475 

 

$

1,254,384 

 

$

1,280,780 

 

$

692,977 

 

Assets sold under agreements to repurchase

 

$

822,621 

 

$

929,747 

 

$

825,267 

 

$

567,737 

 

$

471,592 

 

$

387,883 

 

$

500,427 

 

$

180,049 

 

Mortgage loan participation and sale agreement

 

 

143,638 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Note payable

 

 

146,855 

 

 

154,948 

 

 

115,314 

 

 

48,819 

 

 

52,154 

 

 

56,775 

 

 

47,209 

 

 

63,437 

 

Excess servicing spread financing at fair value to PennyMac Mortgage Investment Trust

 

 

191,166 

 

 

187,368 

 

 

190,244 

 

 

151,019 

 

 

138,723 

 

 

2,857 

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Other liabilities

 

 

395,579 

 

 

500,115 

 

 

329,676 

 

 

317,892 

 

 

292,802 

 

 

216,908 

 

 

177,000 

 

 

141,748 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

1,699,859 

 

 

1,772,178 

 

 

1,460,501 

 

 

1,085,467 

 

 

955,271 

 

 

664,423 

 

 

724,636 

 

 

385,234 

 

Total equity

 

 

807,266 

 

 

766,449 

 

 

721,693 

 

 

675,078 

 

 

629,204 

 

 

589,961 

 

 

556,144 

 

 

307,743 

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

2,507,125 

 

$

2,538,627 

 

$

2,182,194 

 

$

1,760,545 

 

$

1,584,475 

 

$

1,254,384 

 

$

1,280,780 

 

$

692,977 

 

 

F- 64


 

Table of Contents

Note 28—Parent Company Information

The Company’s debt financing agreements require PLS, PFSI’s controlled subsidiary, to comply with financial covenants that include a minimum tangible net worth of $90  million. PLS is limited from transferring funds to the Parent by this minimum tangible net worth requirement.

 

PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

ASSETS

 

 

                    

 

 

                    

 

Cash

 

$

7,757 

 

$

707 

 

Investments in subsidiaries

 

 

244,814 

 

 

177,200 

 

Deferred tax asset

 

 

46,038 

 

 

63,117 

 

Total assets

 

$

298,609 

 

$

241,024 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payable to exchanged Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC unitholders under tax receivable agreement

 

$

75,024 

 

$

71,056 

 

Payable to subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

50 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

75,025 

 

 

71,106 

 

Stockholders' equity

 

 

223,584 

 

 

169,918 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$

298,609 

 

$

241,024 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Revenues

 

 

                    

 

 

                    

 

Dividends from subsidiaries

 

$

11,900 

 

$

664 

 

Interest

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Revaluation of Payable to exchanged Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC unitholders under tax receivable agreement

 

 

1,378 

 

 

 —

 

Total revenue

 

 

13,278 

 

 

664 

 

Expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Total expenses

 

 

 —

 

 

 —

 

Income before provision for income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings in subsidiaries

 

 

13,278 

 

 

664 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

26,722 

 

 

9,961 

 

Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

 

 

(13,444)

 

 

(9,297)

 

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

 

 

50,286 

 

 

23,697 

 

Net income

 

$

36,842 

 

$

14,400 

 

 

F- 65


 

Table of Contents

PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

    

2014

    

2013

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

                    

 

 

                    

 

Net income

 

$

36,842 

 

$

14,400 

 

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

 

 

(50,286)

 

 

(23,697)

 

(Decrease) increase in payables to subsidiaries

 

 

(50)

 

 

50 

 

Decrease in deferred tax asset

 

 

21,922 

 

 

9,954 

 

Revaluation of Payable to exchanged Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC unitholders under tax receivable agreement

 

 

(1,378)

 

 

 —

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

7,050 

 

 

707 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in investments in subsidiaries

 

 

 —

 

 

(216,775)

 

Net cash used by investing activities

 

 

 —

 

 

(216,775)

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common shares

 

 

 —

 

 

230,000 

 

Payment of common share underwriting and offering costs

 

 

 —

 

 

(13,225)

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

 —

 

 

216,775 

 

Net change in cash

 

 

7,050 

 

 

707 

 

Cash at beginning of year

 

 

707 

 

 

 —

 

Cash at end of year

 

$

7,757 

 

$

707 

 

 

 

 

 

Note 29—Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

 

In January of 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-04,  Receivables: Troubled Debt Restructuring by Creditors Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure  (“ASU 2014-04”) to the Troubled Debt Restructuring subtopic of the Receivables topic of the ASC.

 

ASU 2014-04 clarifies when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate collateralizing a mortgage loan and the mortgage loan derecognized in the receivable and recognized as real estate property. ASU 2014-04 specifies that an in substance repossession occurs when either the creditor has obtained the legal title to the property after a foreclosure or the borrower has transferred all interest in the property to the creditor through a deed in lieu of foreclosure or similar legal agreement so that at that time the asset should be reclassified from Mortgage loans at fair value to Real estate acquired in settlement of loans .  

 

ASU 2014-04 also provides that a disclosure of the amount of Real estate acquired in settlement of loans and the recorded investment in Mortgage loans at fair value that are in the process of foreclosure must be included in both interim and annual financial statements.

 

 

ASU 2014-04 is effective for all year-end and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2014. The adoption of ASU 2014-04 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In May of 2014, the FASB issued ASU No 2014-09,  Revenue from Contracts with Customers  (“ASU 2014-09”) to the Revenue from Contracts with Customers topic of the ASC. ASU 2014-09 was issued to standardize revenue recognition between public and private companies as well as across industries in an effort to more closely align GAAP revenue recognition with international standards to provide a more comparable revenue number for the users of the financial statements.

 

F- 66


 

Table of Contents

ASU 2014-09 specifies that for all contracts, revenue should be recognized when or as the entity satisfies a performance obligation. Revenue is recognized either over a period or at one point in time in accordance with how the control of the service or good is transferred.

 

ASU 2014-09 is effective for all year-end and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and early application is not permitted. The Company is evaluating the adoption of ASU 2014-09 and the effect that ASU 2014-09 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In June of 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-11, Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures (“ASU 2014-11”) to the Transfers and Servicing topic of the ASC. The amendments in ASU 2014-11 require two accounting changes. First, the amendments in ASU 2014-11 change the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions to secured borrowing accounting. Second, for repurchase financing arrangements, the amendments require separate accounting for a transfer of a financial asset executed contemporaneously with a repurchase agreement with the same counterparty, which will result in secured borrowing accounting for the repurchase agreement.

 

ASU 2014-11 requires disclosures for certain transactions comprising (1) a transfer of a financial asset accounted for as a sale and (2) an agreement with the same transferee entered into in contemplation of the initial transfer that results in the transferor retaining substantially all of the exposure to the economic return on the transferred financial asset throughout the term of the transaction. ASU 2014-11 also specifies certain disclosure requirements for those transactions outstanding at the reporting date and for repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions and repurchase-to-maturity transactions, the transferor is required to make certain disclosures by type of transaction.

 

ASU 2014-11 is effective for the annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. The adoption of ASU 2014-11 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In August of 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”) to the Going Concern subtopic of the Presentation of Financial Statements topic of the ASC. ASU 2014-15 requires that when management identifies conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, management should consider whether its plans that are intended to mitigate those relevant conditions or events will alleviate the substantial doubt.

 

ASU 2014-15 requires that if conditions or events raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, but the substantial doubt is alleviated as a result of consideration of management’s plans, the entity should include a statement in the notes to its financial statements that enables users of the financial statements to understand all of the following:

a.

Principal conditions or events that raised substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern (before consideration of management’s plans)

b.

Management’s evaluation of the significance of those conditions or events in relation to the entity’s ability to meet its obligations

c. Management’s plans that alleviated substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

If conditions or events raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, and substantial doubt is not alleviated after consideration of management’s plans, an entity should include a statement in the notes to its financial statements indicating that there is substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued (or available to be issued). The entity should disclose information that enables users of the financial statements to understand all of the following:

a.

Principal conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern.

F- 67


 

Table of Contents

b.

Management’s evaluation of the significance of those conditions or events in relation to the entity’s ability to meet its obligations.

c. Management’s plans that are intended to mitigate the conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

ASU 2014-15 is effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. The adoption of ASU 2014-15 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

The FASB has issued an ASU No. 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis, which is intended to improve targeted areas of consolidation guidance for legal entities such as limited partnerships, limited liability corporations, and securitization structures (collateralized debt obligations, collateralized loan obligations, and mortgage-backed security transactions).

 

The ASU focuses on the consolidation evaluation for reporting organizations (public and private companies and not-for-profit organizations) that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities.

 

In addition to reducing the number of consolidation models from four to two, the new standard simplifies the FASB Accounting Standards Codification and improves current GAAP by:

·

Placing more emphasis on risk of loss when determining a controlling financial interest. A reporting organization may no longer have to consolidate a legal entity in certain circumstances based solely on its fee arrangement, when certain criteria are met.

·

Reducing the frequency of the application of related-party guidance when determining a controlling financial interest in a VIE.

·

Changing consolidation conclusions for public and private companies in several industries that typically make use of limited partnerships or VIEs.

 

The changes are effective for the Company in the first quarter 2016 with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact the Update will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

Note 30—Subsequent Events

Management has evaluated all events and transactions through the date the Company issued these consolidated financial statements. During this period:

·

On February 3, 2015, the Company entered into a letter of intent with a third party to acquire a $15.9 billion UPB portfolio of Agency MSRs. PMT intends to purchase from the Company approximately $140 million of ESS from this MSR portfolio. The MSR acquisition by the Company and PMT’s purchase of ESS are subject to the negotiation and execution of definitive documentation, continuing due diligence and customary closing conditions, including required regulatory approvals. There can be no assurance that the committed amounts will ultimately be acquired or that the transactions will be completed at all.

·

On March 2 , 2015, the Company   acquired from a third party a   $ 3.9 billion UPB portfolio of Agency MSRs, and PMT purchase d from the Company approximately $29 million of ESS from this MSR portfolio.

 

 

 

F- 68


 

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
(Registrant)

 

By:

/s/ Stanford L. Kurland

 

 

Stanford L. Kurland
Chairman of the Board of Directors and
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 

Dated: March 13, 2015

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signatures

 

 

Title

 

 

Date

 

/s/ Stanford L. Kurland

Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

March 13, 2015

Stanford L. Kurland

 

 

 

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

March 13, 2015

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

 

/s/ Gregory L. Hendry

Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

March 13, 2015

Gregory L. Hendry

 

 

 

/s/ David A. Spector

Director

March 13, 2015

David A. Spector

 

 

 

/s/ Matthew Botein

Director

March 13, 2015

Matthew Botein

 

/s/ James Hunt

Director

March 13, 2015

James Hunt

 

 

 

/s/ P ATRICK   K INSELLA

Director

March 13, 2015

Patrick Kinsella

 

 

 

/s/ Joseph Mazzella

Director

March 13, 2015

Joseph Mazzella

 

 

 

/s/ Farhad Nanji

Director

March 13, 2015

Farhad Nanji

 

 

 

/s/ Mark Wiedman

Director

March 13, 2015

Mark Wiedman

 

 

 

/s/ Emily Youssouf

Director

March 13, 2015

Emily Youssouf

 

 

 

 

81


Exhibit 10.22

 

AMENDMENT NO. 3

 

TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

FLOW SERVICING AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No. 3 to Second Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement , dated as of December 11 , 2014 (the Amendment ”), by and between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Servicer ”), and PennyMac Operating Partnership, L.P. ,   Delaware limited partnership   (the “ Company ”) .

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Servicer and the Company   are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Flow Servicing Agreement , dated as of March 1, 2013 (the “ Existing Servicing Agreement and, as amended by th is Amendment, the “ Servicing Agreement ”).  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Existing Servicing Agreement .

WHEREAS, the Servicer and the Company   have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Servicing Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Servicing Agreement .

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and mutual obligations set forth herein, the Servicer and the Company hereby agree that the Existing Servicing Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

SECTION 1. Definitions . Section 1.01 of the Existing Servicing Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following definitions in the proper alphabetical order:

Commission : The Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor thereto.

Regulation AB :  Subpart 22.1100-Asset Backed Securities (Regulation AB), 17 C.F.R. §§ 229.1100-22.1123, as amended , and subject to such clarification and interpretation as have been provided by the Commission in the adopting release (Asset-Backed Securities, Securities Act Release No. 33-8518, 70 Fed. Reg. 1,506, 1,631 (Jan. 7, 2005)) or by the staff of the Commission, or as may be provided by the Commission or its staff from time to time as of an applicable date of determination .

Servicing Criteria – The “servicing criteria” set forth in Item 1122(d) of Regulation AB, as set forth on Exhibit 1 1 hereto.

SECTION 2. Records, Information and Compliance Documents .   Section 6.03 of the Existing Servicing Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following language:

 

1


 

Section 6.03 Annual Independent Public Accountants’ Servicing Report.

So long as any Mortgage Loans are being serviced hereunder, or were serviced hereunder during the prior calendar year, the Servicer shall, at its own expense, deliver to the Owner, on or before March 28th of each year (but in no event later than the next to the last Business Day of such month), either (A) a report of a registered public accounting firm stating that (i) it has obtained a letter of representation regarding certain matters from the management of the Servicer which includes an assertion that the Servicer has complied with certain minimum residential mortgage loan servicing standards, identified in the Uniform Single Attestation Program for Mortgage Bankers established by the Mortgage Bankers Association of America, with respect to the servicing of residential mortgage loans during the most recently completed fiscal year and (ii) on the basis of an examination conducted by such firm in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, such representation is fairly stated in all material respects, subject to such exceptions and other qualifications that may be appropriate, or (B) both (i) an assessment of compliance by the Servicer with the applicable Servicing Criteria during the immediately preceding calendar year (in lieu of the a nnual s tatement of c ompliance in Section 6 .0 2 which shall not be required if Servicer provides the assessment of compliance as set forth in this Section 6 .0 3 (B), and (ii) a report by a registered public accounting firm that attests to and reports on the assessment of compliance provided in the clause ( B )(i) above , which attestation shall be in accordance with Rule 1-02(a)(3) and Rule 2-02(g) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act .  In rendering any report to be provided hereunder such firm may rely, as to matters relating to the direct servicing of residential mortgage loans by Subservicers, upon comparable reports of firms of independent certified public accountants rendered on the basis of examinations conducted in accordance with the same standards (rendered within one year of such report) with respect to those Subservicers.

SECTION 3. Exhibits . A new Exhibit 11 shall be added to the Existing Servicing Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

SECTION 4. Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of the date first set forth above (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”) , subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

4.1 Delivered Documents .  On or prior to the Amendment Effective Date, each party shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to such party in form and substance:

(a) this Amendment, executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Servicer and the Company ; and

(b) such other documents as such party or counsel to such party may reasonably request.

1


 

 

4.2 Representations and Warranties .   On or prior to the Amendment Effective Date,   each party shall be in compliance in all material respects with all the terms and provisions set forth in the Existing Servicing Agreement on its part to be observed or performed.

SECTION 5. Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Servicing Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

SECTION 6. GOVERNING LAW .     THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.  

SECTION 7. Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 8. Conflicts .  The parties hereto agree that in the event there is any conflict between the terms of this Amendment, and the terms of the Existing Servicing Agreement , the provisions of this Amendment shall control.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

2


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

The Servicer:

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Name:

Anne D. McCallion

 

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company:

PENNYMAC OPERATING
PARTNERSHIP, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

PennyMac GP OP, Inc.,

 

 

   its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew S. Chang

 

 

Name:

Andrew S. Chang

 

 

Title:

Chief Business Development Officer

 

 

3


 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

EXHIBIT 11

 

SERVICING CRITERIA TO BE ADDRESSED IN ASSESSMENT OF COMPLIANCE

 

The assessment of compliance to be delivered under the Agreement shall address, at a minimum, the criteria identified as below as “Applicable Servicing Criteria,” as identified by a mark in the column titled “Applicable Servicing Criteria.”

 

Servicing Criteria

Applicable
Servicing Criteria

Reference

Criteria

 

 

General Servicing Considerations

 

 

1122(d)(1)(i)

 

Policies and procedures are instituted to monitor any performance or other triggers and events of default in accordance with the transaction agreements.

 

X

1122(d)(1)(ii)

 

If any material servicing activities are outsourced to third parties, policies and procedures are instituted to monitor the third party’s performance and compliance with such servicing activities.

 

X

1122(d)(1)(iii)

 

Any requirements in the transaction agreements to maintain a back-up servicer for the mortgage loans are maintained.

 

 

1122(d)(1)(iv)

 

A fidelity bond and errors and omissions policy is in effect on the party participating in the servicing function throughout the reporting period in the amount of coverage required by and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the transaction agreements.

 

X

 

 

Cash Collection and Administration

 

 

1122(d)(2)(i)

 

Payments on mortgage loans are deposited into the appropriate custodial bank accounts and related bank clearing accounts no more than two business days following receipt, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.

 

X

1122(d)(2)(ii)

 

Disbursements made via wire transfer on behalf of an obligor or to an investor are made only by authorized personnel.

 

X

1122(d)(2)(iii)

 

Advances of funds or guarantees regarding collections, cash flows or distributions, and any interest or other fees charged for such advances, are made, reviewed and approved as specified in the transaction agreements.

 

X

1122(d)(2)(iv)

 

The related accounts for the transaction, such as cash reserve accounts or accounts established as a form of overcollateralization, are separately maintained (e.g., with respect to commingling of cash) as set forth in the transaction agreements.

 

X

1122(d)(2)(v)

 

Each custodial account is maintained at a federally insured depository institution as set forth in the transaction agreements.  For purposes of this criterion, “federally insured depository institution” with respect to a foreign financial institution means a foreign financial institution that meets the requirements of Rule 13k-1(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act.

 

X

1122(d)(2)(vi)

 

Unissued checks are safeguarded so as to prevent unauthorized access.

 

X

1122(d)(2)(vii)

 

Reconciliations are prepared on a monthly basis for all asset-backed securities related bank accounts, including custodial accounts and related bank clearing accounts.  These reconciliations are (A) mathematically accurate; (B) prepared within 30 calendar days after the bank statement cutoff date, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements; (C) reviewed and approved by someone other than the person who prepared the reconciliation; and (D) contain explanations for reconciling items.  These reconciling items are resolved within 90 calendar days of their original identification, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.

 

X

 

 

Investor Remittances and Reporting

 

 

1122(d)(3)(i)

 

Reports to investors, including those to be filed with the Commission, are maintained in accordance with the transaction agreements and applicable Commission requirements.  Specifically, such reports (A) are prepared in accordance with timeframes and other terms set forth in the transaction agreements; (B) provide information calculated in accordance with the terms specified in the transaction agreements; (C) are filed with the Commission as required by its rules and regulations; and (D) agree with investors’ or the trustee’s records as to the total unpaid principal balance and number of mortgage loans serviced by the Regulation AB Servicer.

 

X

 

 


 

 

Servicing Criteria

Applicable
Servicing Criteria

Reference

Criteria

 

1122(d)(3)(ii)

 

Amounts due to investors are allocated and remitted in accordance with timeframes, distribution priority and other terms set forth in the transaction agreements.

 

X

1122(d)(3)(iii)

 

Disbursements made to an investor are posted within two business days to the Regulation AB Servicer’s investor records, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.

 

X

1122(d)(3)(iv)

 

Amounts remitted to investors per the investor reports agree with cancelled checks, or other form of payment, or custodial bank statements.

 

X

 

 

Pool Asset Administration

 

 

1122(d)(4)(i)

 

Collateral or security on mortgage loans is maintained as required by the transaction agreements or related mortgage loan documents.

 

X

1122(d)(4)(ii)

 

Mortgage loan and related documents are safeguarded as required by the transaction agreements

 

X

1122(d)(4)(iii)

 

Any additions, removals or substitutions to the asset pool are made, reviewed and approved in accordance with any conditions or requirements in the transaction agreements.

 

X

1122(d)(4)(iv)

 

Payments on mortgage loans, including any payoffs, made in accordance with the related mortgage loan documents are posted to the Regulation AB Servicer’s obligor records maintained no more than two business days after receipt, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements, and allocated to principal, interest or other items (e.g., escrow) in accordance with the related mortgage loan documents.

 

X

1122(d)(4)(v)

 

The Regulation AB Servicer’s records regarding the mortgage loans agree with the Regulation AB Servicer’s records with respect to an obligor’s unpaid principal balance.

 

X

1122(d)(4)(vi)

 

Changes with respect to the terms or status of an obligor’s mortgage loans (e.g., loan modifications or re-agings) are made, reviewed and approved by authorized personnel in accordance with the transaction agreements and related pool asset documents.

 

X

1122(d)(4)(vii)

 

Loss mitigation or recovery actions (e.g., forbearance plans, modifications and deeds in lieu of foreclosure, foreclosures and repossessions, as applicable) are initiated, conducted and concluded in accordance with the timeframes or other requirements established by the transaction agreements.

 

X

1122(d)(4)(viii)

 

Records documenting collection efforts are maintained during the period a mortgage loan is delinquent in accordance with the transaction agreements.  Such records are maintained on at least a monthly basis, or such other period specified in the transaction agreements, and describe the entity’s activities in monitoring delinquent mortgage loans including, for example, phone calls, letters and payment rescheduling plans in cases where delinquency is deemed temporary (e.g., illness or unemployment).

 

X

1122(d)(4)(ix)

 

Adjustments to interest rates or rates of return for mortgage loans with variable rates are computed based on the related mortgage loan documents.

 

X

1122(d)(4)(x)

 

Regarding any funds held in trust for an obligor (such as escrow accounts):  (A) such funds are analyzed, in accordance with the obligor’s mortgage loan documents, on at least an annual basis, or such other period specified in the transaction agreements; (B) interest on such funds is paid, or credited, to obligors in accordance with applicable mortgage loan documents and state laws; and (C) such funds are returned to the obligor within 30 calendar days of full repayment of the related mortgage loans, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.

 

X

1122(d)(4)(xi)

 

Payments made on behalf of an obligor (such as tax or insurance payments) are made on or before the related penalty or expiration dates, as indicated on the appropriate bills or notices for such payments, provided that such support has been received by the servicer at least 30 calendar days prior to these dates, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.

 

X

1122(d)(4)(xii)

 

Any late payment penalties in connection with any payment to be made on behalf of an obligor are paid from the servicer’s funds and not charged to the obligor, unless the late payment was due to the obligor’s error or omission.

 

X

1122(d)(4)(xiii)

 

Disbursements made on behalf of an obligor are posted within two business days to the obligor’s records maintained by the servicer, or such other number of days specified in the transaction agreements.

 

X

1122(d)(4)(xiv)

 

Delinquencies, charge-offs and uncollectible accounts are recognized and recorded in accordance with the transaction agreements.

 

X

 

 


 

 

 

Servicing Criteria

Applicable
Servicing Criteria

Reference

Criteria

 

1122(d)(4)(xv)

 

Any external enhancement or other support, identified in Item 1114(a)(1) through (3) or Item 1115 of Regulation AB, is maintained as set forth in the transaction agreements.

 

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.49

 

EXECUTION

 

AMENDMENT NO. 9
TO MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

Amendment No. 9 to Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2015 (this “ Amendment ”), by and among Bank of America, N.A. (“ Buyer ”), Penny M ac Loan Services, LLC (“ Seller ”) and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC (the “ Guarantor ”).

RECITALS

Buyer, Seller and Guarantor are parties to that certain Master Repurchase Agreem ent, dated as of March 17, 2011 (as amended , restated, supplemented or otherwise modified   from time to time , the “ Existing Master Repurchase Agreement ”; and as further amended by this Amendment, the “ Master Repurchase Agreement ”).  The Guarantor is a party to that certain Guaranty ,   dated as of March 17, 2011 (as amended , restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guaranty ”), made by Guarantor in favor of Buyer.  

Buyer, Seller and Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement.  As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement, Buyer has required Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

Accordingly, Buyer, Seller and Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual pr o mises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

Section 1. Definitions Section 2 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by:

1.1 deleting the definitions of “ Agency Security ”, “ Appraised Value ”, “ ERISA ”, “ ERISA Affiliate ”, “ High Cost Mortgage Loan ”, “ Market Value ”, “ Mortgage Loan ”, “ Multiemployer Plan ”, Noncompliant I ”, “ Noncompliant II ,   Plan ” and Underwriting Guidelines ”   in their entirety and replacing them with the following:

Agency Security ” means a Mortgage-Backed Security either (a) issued by an Agency or (b) issued by Seller, guaranteed by VA or RD or insured by FHA, and comprised of VA Loans , RD Loans or FHA Loans, as applicable.

Appraised Value ” means the lesser of the sales price and the value set forth in an appraisal made by an appraiser who meets the minimum requirements of the relevant Agency, FHA, VA or RD, as applicable, in connection with the origination of the related Mortgage Loan as the value of the Mortgaged Property.

ERISA ” mean t he Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time and any successor statute.

 

 


 

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means a ny person (as defined in section 3(9) of ERISA) that together with Seller , Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries would be a member of the same “controlled group” or treated as a single employer within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code or ERISA Section 4001.

High Cost Mortgage Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan classified as (a) a “high cost” loan under the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994; (b) a “high cost,” “threshold,” “covered,” or “predatory” loan under any other applicable state, federal or local law (or a similarly classified loan using different terminology under a law, regulation or ordinance imposing heightened regulatory scrutiny or additional legal liability for residential mortgage loans having high interest rates, points and/or fees) or (c) a “high cost loan” as defined by an Agency, FHA , VA or RD , as applicable.

Market Value ” means, with respect to a Mortgage Loan, the fair market value of the Mortgage Loan determined by Buyer.  Buyer’s determination of Market Value shall be conclusive upon the parties, absent manifest error on the part of Buyer.  At no time and in no event will the Market Value of a Purchased Mortgage Loan be greater than the Market Value of such Purchased Mortgage Loan on the Purchase Date.  Any Mortgage Loan that is not an Eligible Mortgage Loan shall have a Market Value of zero.

Mortgage Loan ” means any first lien Conforming Mortgage Loan, FHA Loan (including a FHA Streamline Refinance Mortgage Loan), RD Loan, VA Loan (including a VA Streamline Refinance Mortgage Loan) or Jumbo Mortgage Loan (including a Jumbo High LTV Mortgage Loan) which is a fixed or floating rate, one to four family residential mortgage loan evidenced by a promissory note and secured by a mortgage, which satisfies the requirements set forth in (a) the Underwriting Guidelines and (b) Section 13(b) hereof; provided, however, that, except as expressly approved in writing by Buyer, Mortgage Loans shall not include any High Cost Mortgage Loans and; provided, further, that the related initial Purchase Date is no more than sixty (60) days following the origination date.

Multiemployer Plan ” means a multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

Noncompliant I ” means either (a) a Purchased Mortgage Loan other than a Jumbo Mortgage Loan   (including a Jumbo High LTV Mortgage Loan) , which has been subject to one or more Transactions hereunder for a period of greater than 30 days but not greater than 60 days, or (b) a Purchased Mortgage Loan that is a Jumbo Mortgage Loan   (including a Jumbo High LTV Mortgage Loan) , which has been subject to one or more Transactions hereunder for a period of greater than 180 days but not greater than 210 days.

Noncompliant II ” means either (a) a Purchased Mortgage Loan other than a Jumbo Mortgage Loan   (including a Jumbo High LTV Mortgage Loan) , which has been subject to one or more Transactions hereunder for a period of greater than 60 days but not greater than 90 days, or (b) a Purchased Mortgage Loan that is a Jumbo Mortgage Loan   (including a Jumbo High LTV Mortgage Loan) , which has been subject to one or more Transactions hereunder for a period of greater than 210 days but not greater than 240 days.

2

 


 

 

  Plan ” mean any Multiemployer Plan or single-employer plan as defined in section 4001 of ERISA, that is maintained and contributed to by (or to which there is an obligation to contribute of), or at any time during the five (5) calendar years preceding the date of this Agreement was maintained or contributed to by (or to which there is an obligation to contribute of), Seller, Guarantor or by a Subsidiary of Seller, Guarantor or an ERISA Affiliate.

Underwriting Guidelines ” means the standards, procedures and guidelines of the Seller for underwriting Mortgage Loans, which are set forth in the written policies and procedures of Seller (a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit F ), the Fannie Mae Single-Family Selling and Servicing Guide, the Freddie Mac Single-Family Seller/Servicer Guide or the underwriting guidelines relating to VA Loans , RD Loans or FHA Loans and such other guidelines as are identified and approved in writing by Buyer.

1.2 deleting the definition of “ Event of Termination   in its entirety and all references thereto.

1.3 adding the following definitions in their proper alphabetical order:

FHA Streamline Refinance Mortgage Loan ” means a FHA Loan originated and underwritten in accordance with the “FHA streamline refinance” program and FHA Regulations.

Jumbo High LTV Mortgage Loan ” means a Jumbo Mortgage Loan which meets the criteria set forth in the Transactions Terms Letter.

Reportable Event ” means a n event described in Section 4043(b) of ERISA with respect to a Plan as to which the thirty (30) days’ notice requirement has not been waived by the PBGC.

RD ” means the United States Department of Agriculture Rural Development and any successor thereto.

RD Loan ” means a first lien Mortgage Loan originated in accordance with the criteria established by and guaranteed by the RD .

RD Loan Guaranty Agreement ” means the obligation of the United States to pay a specific percentage of a Mortgage Loan (subject to a maximum amount) upon default of the Mortgagor.

RD Regulations ” means the regulations promulgated by the RD under the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act of 1977; and other RD issuances relating to rural housing loans codified in the Code of Federal Regulations.

VA Streamline Refinance Mortgage Loan ” means a VA Loan originated and underwritten in accordance with the “VA Streamline Refinance” program and VA regulations.

 


 

 

Section 2. Income Payments . Section 7 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting subsection (e) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

e. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments hereunder must be received by Buyer on the date when due and shall be made in United States dollars by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with Buyer’s wire instructions set forth on Exhibit A .  All payments made by or on behalf of Seller with respect to any Transaction shall be applied to Seller’s account in accordance with Section 3(i)(2)(ii) and Section 7(b) and shall be made in such amounts as may be necessary in order that all such payments after withholding for or on account of any present or future Taxes imposed by any G overnment al Authority, other than any Excluded T axes, compensate Buyer for any additional cost or reduced amount receivable of making or maintaining Transactions as a result of such T axes. All payments to be made by or on behalf of Seller with respect to any Transaction shall be made without set-off, counterclaim or other defense.

Section 3. Security Interest .  Section 8 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting subsection (a) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

a. Although the parties intend that all Transactions hereunder be sales and purchases and not loans, in the event any such Transactions are deemed to be loans, and in any event, Seller hereby pledges to Buyer as security for the performance by Seller of its Obligations and hereby grants, assigns and pledges to Buyer a fully perfected first priority security interest in the Purchased Mortgage Loans, any Agency Security or right to receive such Agency Security when issued to the extent backed by any of the Purchased Mortgage Loans, the Records (including, without limitation, copies of all documentation in connection with the underwriting and origination of any Purchased Mortgage Loan that evidences compliance with the Ability to Repay Rule and the QM Rule), all related Servicing Rights, the Program Agreements (to the extent such Program Agreements and Seller’s right thereunder relate to the Purchased Mortgage Loans), any related Purchase Commitments, any Property relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loans, all insurance policies and insurance proceeds relating to any Purchased Mortgage Loan or the related Mortgaged Property, including, but not limited to, any payments or proceeds under any related primary insurance, hazard insurance and FHA Mortgage Insurance Contracts, VA Loan Guaranty Agreements and RD Loan Guaranty Agreements (if any), Income, the Securities Account and all amounts held therein, the Over/Under Account and all amounts held therein, Interest Rate Protection Agreements to the extent of the Purchased Mortgage Loans protected thereby, accounts (including any interest of Seller in escrow accounts) and any other contract rights, instruments, accounts, payments, rights to payment (including payments of interest or finance charges), all collateral, however defined, securing any other agreement between Seller, Guarantor or any of their Affiliates on the one hand and Buyer or any of its Affiliates on the other hand, general intangibles and other assets relating to the Purchased Mortgage Loans (including, without limitation, any other accounts) or any interest in the Purchased Mortgage Loans, and any proceeds (including the related securitization proceeds) and distributions with respect to any of the foregoing and any other

 


 

 

property, rights, title or interests as are specified on a Trust Receipt, in all instances, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, now existing or hereafter created (collectively, the “ Repurchase Assets ”).

Section 4. Program; Costs .  Section 11 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting subsection (e) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

(e) (i) All payments made by Seller under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges, assessments, fees or withholdings (including backup withholdings), and all liabilities (including penalties, interest and additions to tax) with respect thereto imposed by any Governmental Authority (collectively, “ Taxes ”), but excluding income taxes (however denominated), branch profits taxes and franchise taxes imposed by the United States, a state or a foreign jurisdiction under the laws of which Buyer is organized or of its applicable lending office, or any political subdivision thereof (such exclusions from Taxes, “ Excluded Taxes ”), all of which shall be paid by Seller for its own account not later than the date when due.  If Seller is required by law or regulation to deduct or withhold any Taxes from or in respect of any amount payable hereunder, it shall: (i) make such deduction or withholding; (ii) pay the amount so deducted or withheld to the appropriate Governmental Authority not later than the date when due; (iii) deliver to Buyer, promptly, original tax receipts and other evidence satisfactory to Buyer of the payment when due of the full amount of such Taxes; and (iv) pay to Buyer such additional amounts as may be necessary so that such Buyer receives, free and clear of all Indemnified Taxes (as defined below), a net amount equal to the amount it would have received under this Agreement, as if no such deduction or withholding had been made. In addition, Seller agrees to timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law any current or future stamp, court or documentary taxes, intangible, filing, excise, property or similar Taxes (including, without limitation, mortgage recording taxes, transfer taxes and similar fees) imposed by any Governmental Authority that arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery, performance or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement (“ Other Taxes ”). Taxes other than Excluded Taxes shall be referred to in this Agreement as “ Indemnified Taxes ”.

(ii) Seller shall, within 10 days after demand therefor, indemnify and hold Buyer harmless from and against the full amount of any and all Indemnified Taxes (including any Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and Other Taxes arising with respect to the Purchased Assets, the Principal Agreements and other documents related thereto and fully indemnify and hold Buyer harmless from and against any and all liabilities or expenses with respect to or resulting from any delay or omission to pay such Taxes, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or assessed by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of any payment or liability of Buyer with respect to such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes delivered to Seller by Buyer shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 


 

 

(iii) Any Buyer that is not incorporated under the laws of the United States, any State thereof, or the District of Columbia (a “ Foreign Buyer ”) and that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under this Agreement shall provide Seller with properly completed United States Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8IMY or W-8ECI or any successor form prescribed by the IRS, certifying that such Foreign Buyer is entitled to benefits under an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party which reduces or eliminates the rate of withholding Tax on payments of interest or certifying that the income receivable pursuant to this Agreement is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States on or prior to the date upon which each such Foreign Buyer becomes a Buyer.  If an IRS form previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, each Foreign Buyer will update such form or promptly notify Seller of its legal inability to do so.  For any period with respect to which a Foreign Buyer has failed to provide Seller with the appropriate IRS forms prescribed by this Section 11(e)(iii) (unless such failure is due to a change in treaty, law, or regulation occurring subsequent to the date on which such form originally was required to be provided), such Foreign Buyer shall not be entitled to any “gross-up” of Indemnified Taxes or indemnification under Section 11 ( e ) (ii) with respect to Taxes imposed by the United States; provided, however, that should a Foreign Buyer, which is otherwise exempt from a withholding tax, become subject to Taxes because of its failure to deliver an IRS form required hereunder, Seller shall take such steps as such Foreign Buyer shall reasonably request to assist such Foreign Buyer to recover such Taxes.

(iv) Nothing contained in this Section 11(e) shall require Buyer to make available any of its tax returns or other information that it deems to be confidential or proprietary or otherwise subject Buyer to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of Buyer.

Section 5. Representations and Warranties .  Section 13(a) of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting subsections (20), (24) and (26) in their entirety and replacing them with the following:

(20) ERISA .     Seller , Guarantor and each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of ERISA and the Code, and no Reportable Event has occurred with respect to any Plan maintained by Seller , Guarantor or any of their ERISA Affiliates.  The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code (based on the assumptions used for purposes of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 715) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of such Plan, and the present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all Plans (based on the assumptions used for purposes of ASC 715) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of all such Plans.  Seller , Guarantor and their Subsidiaries and their ERISA Affiliates do not provide any material medical or health benefits to former employees other than as required by the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, as amended, or similar state or local law (collectively, “ COBRA ”) at no cost to the employer.  The assets

 


 

 

of Seller   and Guarantor are not “plan assets” within the meaning of 29 CFR 2510.3-101 as modified by section 3(42) of ERISA.

(24) Agency Approvals Seller is an FHA Approved Mortgagee, a VA Approved Lender and a RD approved lender . Seller is also  approved by Fannie Mae as an approved seller/servicer, Freddie Mac as an approved seller/servicer, GNMA as an approved issuer to the extent previously approved and, to the extent necessary, approved by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development pursuant to Sections 203 and 211 of the National Housing Act.  In each such case, Seller is in good standing, with no event having occurred or Seller having any reason whatsoever to believe or suspect will occur prior to the issuance of the Agency Security or the consummation of the Purchase Commitment, as the case may be, including, without limitation, a change in insurance coverage which would either make Seller unable to comply with the eligibility requirements for maintaining all such applicable approvals or require notification to the relevant Agency or to the Department of Housing and Urban Development, FHA, VA or RD.  Should Seller for any reason cease to possess all such applicable approvals, or should a change in insurance coverage require notification to the relevant Agency or to the Department of Housing and Urban Development, FHA, VA or RD, Seller shall so notify Buyer immediately in writing.  Subservicer has adequate financial standing, servicing facilities, procedures and experienced personnel necessary for the sound servicing of mortgage loans of the same types as may from time to time constitute Mortgage Loans and in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices. 

(26) Reserved .

Section 6. Covenants .  Section 14 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting subsections (z) and (cc) in their entirety and replacing them with the following:

(z) Agency Approvals; Servicing .  Seller shall maintain its status with Fannie Mae as an approved seller/servicer, Freddie Mac as an approved seller/servicer and GNMA as an approved issuer to the extent previously approved, in each case in good standing.  Subservicer shall service all Purchased Mortgage Loans which are Committed Mortgage Loans in accordance with the applicable agency guide.  Should Subservicer, for any reason, cease to possess all such applicable Agency Approvals, or should a change in insurance coverage require notification to the relevant Agency or to the Department of Housing and Urban Development, FHA, VA or RD be required, such Seller shall so notify Buyer immediately in writing.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Subservicer shall take all necessary action to maintain all of their applicable Agency Approvals at all times during the term of this Agreement and each outstanding Transaction. Subservicer shall maintain adequate financial standing, servicing facilities, procedures and experienced personnel necessary for the sound servicing of mortgage loans of the same types as may from time to time constitute Mortgage Loans and in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices.

(cc) Reserved .

 


 

 

Section 7. Event of Default . Section 15 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following subsection ( r ) immediately following subsection ( q ) thereof:

(r) ERISA

(i) Any Plan maintained by Seller, Guarantor, any Subsidiary of Seller   or Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate shall be terminated within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or a trustee shall be appointed by an appropriate United States District Court to administer any Plan, or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (or any successor thereto) shall institute proceedings to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan if as of the date thereof Seller’s liability, Guarantor’s liability, any such Subsidiary’s liability or any ERISA Affiliate’s liability to the PBGC, the Plan or any other entity on termination under the Plan exceeds the then current value of assets accumulated in such Plan by more than fifty thousand ($50,000) dollars (or in the case of a termination involving Seller or Guarantor as a “substantial employer” (as defined in Section 4001 (a)(2) of ERISA) the withdrawing employer’s proportionate share of such excess shall exceed such amount).

(ii) Seller, Guarantor, any Subsidiary of Seller, or Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate , in each case, as employer under a Multiemployer Plan shall have made a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan and the plan sponsor of such Multiemployer Plan shall have notified such withdrawing employer that such employer has incurred a withdrawal liability in (a) an annual amount exceeding fifty thousand ($50,000) dollars, or (b) an aggregate amount exceeding five hundred thousand ($500,000) dollars.

(iii) (A) Any Person shall engage in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan, (B) a determination that a Plan is “at risk” (within the meaning of Section 303 of ERISA) or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan shall arise on the assets of Buyer or any ERISA Affiliate, (C) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of Buyer, likely to result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (D) Seller, Guarantor or any ERISA Affiliate shall file an application for a minimum funding waiver under section 302 of ERISA or section 412 of the Code with respect to any Plan, (E) any obligation for post-retirement medical costs (other than as required by COBRA) exists, or (F) any other event or condition shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan; and in each case in clauses (A) through (F) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (G) the assets of Seller, Guarantor, any Subsidiary of Seller   or Guarantor, or any ERISA Affiliate become plan assets within the meaning of 29 CFR 2510.3-101 as modified by section 3(42) of ERISA.

 


 

 

Section 8. Reports .  Section 17(a) of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting subsections (6) and (8) in their entirety and replacing them with the following:

(a) (6) as soon as available, and in any event within thirty (30) days of receipt, copies of relevant portions of all final written Agency, FHA, VA, RD, Governmental Authority and investor audits, examinations, evaluations, monitoring reviews and reports of its operations (including those prepared on a contract basis) which provide for or relate to (i) material corrective action required, (ii) material sanctions proposed, imposed or required, including without limitation notices of defaults, notices of termination of approved status, notices of imposition of supervisory agreements or interim servicing agreements, and notices of probation, suspension, or non-renewal, or (iii) “report cards,” “grades” or other classifications of the quality of Seller’s operations;

(a)(8) a s soon as reasonably possible, and in any event within fifteen (15) days after Seller or Guarantor knows or has reason to believe that any of the events or conditions specified below with respect to any Plan has occurred or exists, a statement signed by a senior financial officer of Seller or Guarantor setting forth details respecting such event or condition and the action, if any, that Seller or Guarantor or its ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto (and a copy of any report or notice required to be filed with or given to PBGC by Seller ,   Guarantor or an ERISA Affiliate with respect to such event or condition):

(i) any Reportable Event or failure to meet minimum funding standards, provided that a failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Sections 302 or 303 of ERISA, including, without limitation, the failure to make on or before its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code or Section 303(j) of ERISA, shall be a reportable event regardless of the issuance of any waivers in accordance with Section 412(d) of the Code or any request for a waiver under Section 412(c) of the Code for any Plan;

(ii) the distribution under Section 4041(c) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate any Plan or any action taken by Seller, Guarantor or an ERISA Affiliate to terminate any Plan;

(iii) the institution by PBGC of proceedings under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by Seller, Guarantor, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that such action has been taken by PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan;

(iv) the complete or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer Plan by Seller, Guarantor, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate that results in liability under Section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA (including the obligation to satisfy secondary liability as a result of a purchaser default) or the receipt by Seller, Guarantor, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate of notice from a Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA or that it intends to terminate or has terminated under Section 4041A of ERISA;

 


 

 

(v) the institution of a proceeding by a fiduciary of any Multiemployer Plan against Seller, Guarantor, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate to enforce Section 515 of ERISA, which proceeding is not dismissed within 30 days; and

(vi) the adoption of an amendment to any Plan that, pursuant to Section 401(a)(29) of the Code, would result in the loss of tax-exempt status of the trust of which such Plan is a part if Seller, Guarantor, any Subsidiary or an ERISA Affiliate fails to timely provide security to such Plan in accordance with the provisions of said Sections.

Section 9. Notice Information .  Section 20 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the notice information for Buyer in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

If to Buyer:

 

Bank of America , N.A.
4500 Park Granada

Mail Code: CA7-910-02-38

Calabasas, California 91302

Attention: Adam Gadsby, Managing Director

Telephone: (818) 225-6541

Facsimile: (213) 457-8707

Email: Adam.Gadsby@baml.com  

 

With copies to:

 

Bank of America, N.A.

One Bryant Park, 11th Floor

Mail Code: NY1-100-11-01

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Eileen Albus, Director, Mortgage Finance

Telephone:  (646) 855-0946

Facsimile:  (646) 855-5050

Email: Eileen.Albus@baml.com

 

Bank of America, N.A.

50 Rockefeller Plaza

Mail Code: NY1- 050 -1 2 -01

New York, New York 100 20

Attention: Amie Davis , Assistant General Counsel

Telephone: (646) 855- 0183

Fax: ( 704 )   409-0337

E-mail: Amie.Davis @bankofamerica.com

Section 10. Fees .  Section 34 of the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting subsection (c) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 


 

 

(c) The Facility Fee shall be deemed earned in full on the Effective Date and if this Agreement is renewed, thereafter on or before the anniversary of the Effective Date.  The Facility Fee shall be paid in four equal installments, which shall be paid on the Effective Date and on the Price Differential Payment Date every third (3rd) month thereafter.  Such payment shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, without deduction, set-off or counterclaim, to Buyer at such account designated by Buyer.  In the event Seller terminates this Agreement prior to the Termination Date, the unpaid portion of the Facility Fee shall be paid in full .  

Section 11. Tax Treatment .  The Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following Section 41 immediately following Section 40 thereof:

41. Tax Treatment

Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that it is its intent, solely for purposes of United States federal income tax purposes and any corresponding provisions of state, local and foreign law, but not for bankruptcy or any other non-tax purpose, to treat each Transaction as indebtedness of Seller that is secured by the Purchased Mortgage Loans and to treat the Purchased Mortgage Loans as beneficially owned by Seller in the absence of an Event of Default by Seller.  All parties to this Agreement agree to such tax treatment and agree to take no action inconsistent with this treatment, unless required by law.

Section 12. Representations and Warranties .     Schedule 1 to the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting paragraphs (qq) and (ss) in their entirety and replacing them with the following :

(qq) Primary Mortgage Guaranty Insurance .  Each Mortgage Loan is insured as to payment defaults by a policy of primary mortgage guaranty insurance in the amount required where applicable, and by an insurer approved, by the applicable Approved Investor, if applicable, and all provisions of such primary mortgage guaranty insurance have been and are being complied with, such policy is in full force and effect, and all premiums due thereunder have been paid.  Each Mortgage Loan which is represented to Buyer to have, or to be eligible for, FHA insurance is insured, or eligible to be insured, pursuant to the National Housing Act.  Each Mortgage Loan which is represented by Seller to be guaranteed, or to be eligible for guaranty, by the VA is guaranteed, or eligible to be guaranteed, under the provisions of Chapter 37 of Title 38 of the United States Code.  As to each FHA insurance certificate , each VA guaranty certificate and each RD guaranty certificate , Seller has complied with applicable provisions of the insurance for guaranty contract and federal statutes and regulations, all premiums or other charges due in connection with such insurance or guarantee have been paid, there has been no act or omission which would or may invalidate any such insurance or guaranty, and the insurance or guaranty is, or when issued, will be, in full force and effect with respect to each Mortgage Loan.  There are no defenses, counterclaims, or rights of setoff affecting the Mortgage Loans or affecting the validity or enforceability of any private mortgage insurance or FHA insurance , any VA guaranty or any RD guaranty applicable to the Mortgage Loans.

 


 

 

(ss) FHA Mortgage Insurance; VA Loan Guaranty ; RD Loan Guaranty .  With respect to the FHA Loans, the FHA Mortgage Insurance Contract is in full force and effect and there exists no impairment to full recovery without indemnity to the Department of Housing and Urban Development or the FHA under FHA Mortgage Insurance.  With respect to the VA Loans, the VA Loan Guaranty Agreement is in full force and effect to the maximum extent stated therein.  With respect to the RD Loans, the RD Loan Guaranty Agreement is in full force and effect to the maximum extent stated therein.  All necessary steps have been taken to keep such guaranty or insurance valid, binding and enforceable and each of such is the binding, valid and enforceable obligation of the FHA , VA and RD , respectively, to the full extent thereof, without surcharge, set-off or defense.  Each FHA Loan , VA Loan and RD Loan was originated in accordance with the criteria of the FHA , VA or RD , as applicable, for purchase of such Mortgage Loans.

Section 13. Fees and Expenses .  Seller hereby agrees to pay to Buyer, on demand, any and all reasonable out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by Buyer in connection with the development, preparation and execution of this Amendment, irrespective of whether any transactions hereunder are executed.

Section 14. Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof ,   upon Buyer’s receipt of this Amendment, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of Buyer, Seller and Guarantor.

Section 15. Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Master Repurchase Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

Section 16. Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 17. Severability .  Each provision and agreement herein shall be treated as separate and independent from any other provision or agreement herein and shall be enforceable notwithstanding the unenforceability of any such other provision or agreement.

Section 1. GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

Section 18. Reaffirmation of Guaranty . The Guarantor hereby (i) agrees that the liability of Guarantor or rights of Buyer under the Guaranty shall not be affected as a result of this Amendment, (ii) ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and (iii) acknowledges and agrees that such Guaranty is and shall continue to be in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

 

 

as Buyer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alex Robitshek

 

 

Name:   Alex Robitshek

 

 

Title:   Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

Pennymac Loan Services, LLC ,  

 

 

as Seller

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Pamela Marsh

 

 

Name:   Pamela Marsh

 

 

Title:   Executive Vice President, Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Private National Mortgage

 

 

Acceptance Company, LLC ,

 

 

as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Pamela Marsh

 

 

Name:   Pamela Marsh

 

 

Title:   Executive Vice President, Treasurer

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 9 to Master Repurchase Agreement

 


 

Exhibit 10.50

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

G UARANTY

 

GUARANTY, dated as of March 17 , 2011 , made by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Guarantor ”), in favor of Bank of America, N.A. (“ Buyer ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

RECITALS

Pursuant to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Repurchase Agreement ”), among PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (“ Seller ”), Guarantor and Buyer, Buyer has agreed from time to time to enter into transactions in which Seller agrees to transfer to Buyer Mortgage Loans against the transfer of funds by Buyer, with a simultaneous agreement by Buyer to transfer to Seller such Mortgage Loans at a date certain or on demand, against the transfer of funds by Seller.  Each such transaction shall be referred to herein as a “ Transaction ”.  It is a condition precedent to the obligation of Buyer to enter into Transactions under the Repurchase Agreement that Guarantor shall have executed and delivered this Guaranty to Buyer.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises, to induce Buyer to enter into the Repurchase Agreement and to enter into Transactions thereunder, Guarantor hereby agrees with Buyer, as follows:

1. Defined Terms .  

(a)

Unless otherwise defined herein, terms which are defined in the Repurchase Agreement and used herein are so used as so defined.

(b) For purposes of this Guaranty, “Obligations” shall mean all obligations and liabilities of Seller to Buyer, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, or out of or in connection with the Repurchase Agreement and any other Program Agreements and any other document made, delivered or given in connection therewith or herewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel to Buyer that are required to be paid by Seller pursuant to the terms of the Program Agreements and costs of enforcement of this Guaranty) or otherwise.

2. Guaranty .  

(a) Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to Buyer the prompt and complete payment and performance by Seller when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations.

 

 


 

(b) Guarantor further agrees to pay any and all expenses (including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel) which may be paid or incurred by Buyer in enforcing, or obtaining advice of counsel in respect of, any rights with respect to, or collecting, any or all of the Obligations and/or enforcing any rights with respect to, or collecting against, Guarantor under this Guaranty.  This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect until the later of (i) the termination of the Repurchase Agreement or (ii) the Obligations are paid in full, notwithstanding that from time to time prior thereto Seller may be free from any Obligations.

(c) No payment or payments made by Seller or any other Person or received or collected by Buyer from Seller or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application, at any time or from time to time, in reduction of or in payment of the Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of Guarantor hereunder which shall, notwithstanding any such payment or payments, remain liable for the amount of the outstanding Obligations until the outstanding Obligations are paid in full.

(d) Guarantor agrees that whenever, at any time, or from time to time, Guarantor shall make any payment to Buyer on account of Guarantor’s liability hereunder, Guarantor will notify Buyer in writing that such payment is made under this Guaranty for such purpose.

3. Right of Set-off .  Buyer is hereby irrevocably authorized at any time and from time to time without notice to Guarantor, any such notice being hereby waived by Guarantor, to set off and appropriate and apply any and all monies and other property of Guarantor, deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by Buyer of any affiliate thereof to or for the credit or the account of Guarantor, or any part thereof in such amounts as Buyer may elect, on account of the Obligations and liabilities of Guarantor hereunder and claims of every nature and description of Buyer against Guarantor, in any currency, whether arising hereunder, under the Repurchase Agreement or otherwise, as Buyer may elect, whether or not Buyer has made any demand for payment and although such Obligations and liabilities and claims may be contingent or unmatured. Buyer shall notify Guarantor promptly of any such set-off and the application made by Buyer, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.  The rights of Buyer under this paragraph are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off) which Buyer may have.

4. Subrogation .  Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by Guarantor hereunder or any set-off or application of funds of Guarantor by Buyer, Guarantor sha ll not be entitled to be subrog ated to any of the rights of Buyer against Seller or any other guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by Buyer for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from Seller or any other guarantor in respect of payments made by Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to Buyer by Seller on account of the Obligations are paid in full and the Repurchase Agreement is terminated.  If any amount shall be paid to Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amounts shall be held by Guarantor for the benefit of Buyer, segregated from other funds of Guarantor, and shall, forthwith

 


 

upon receipt by Guarantor, be turned over to Buyer in the exact form received by Guarantor (duly indorsed by Guarantor to Buyer, if required), to be applied against the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in such order as Buyer may determine.

5. Amendments, etc. with Respect to the Obligations .  Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against Guarantor, and without notice to or further assent by Guarantor, any demand for payment of any of the Obligations made by Buyer may be rescinded by Buyer, and any of the Obligations continued, and the Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by Buyer, and the Repurchase Agreement, and the other Program Agreements and any other document in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, pursuant to its terms and as Buyer may deem advisable from time to time, and any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by Buyer for the payment of the Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released.  Buyer shall have no obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Obligations or for this Guaranty or any property subject thereto.  When making any demand hereunder against Guarantor, Buyer may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on Seller and any failure by Buyer to make any such demand or to collect any payments from Seller or any release of Seller shall not relieve Guarantor of its obligations or liabilities hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, express or implied, or as a matter of law, of Buyer against Guarantor.  For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

6.

Guaranty Absolute and Unconditional .  

(a) Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by Buyer upon this Guaranty or acceptance of this Guaranty; the Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived in reliance upon this Guaranty; and all dealings between Seller or Guarantor, on the one hand, and Buyer, on the other, shall likewise be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guaranty.  Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon Seller or the Guaranty with respect to the Obligations.  This Guaranty shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (i) the validity or enforceability of the Repurchase Agreement, the other Program Agreements, any of the Obligations or any collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by Buyer, (ii) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by Seller against Buyer, or (iii) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of Seller or Guarantor) which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of Seller for the Obligations, or of Guarantor under this Guaranty, in bankruptcy or in any other instance.  When pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against Guarantor, Buyer may, but shall be under no obligation, to pursue such rights and remedies that they may have against Seller or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure

 


 

by Buyer to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from Seller or any such other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of Seller or any such other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve Guarantor of any liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of Buyer against Guarantor.  This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon Guarantor and their successors and assigns thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of Buyer, and successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns, until all the Obligations and the obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty shall have been satisfied by payment in full, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Repurchase Agreement, Seller may be free from any Obligations.

(b)     Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Guarantor hereby agrees, acknowledges, and represents and warrants to Buyer as follows:

(i) Guarantor hereby waives any defense arising by reason of, and any and all right to assert against Buyer any claim or defense based upon, an election of remedies by Buyer which in any manner impairs, affects, reduces, releases, destroys and/or extinguishes Guarantor’s subrogation rights, rights to proceed against Seller or any other guarantor for reimbursement or contribution, and/or any other rights of Guarantor to proceed against Seller, against any other guarantor, or against any other person or security.

(ii) Guarantor is presently informed of the financial condition of Seller and of all other circumstances which diligent inquiry would reveal and which bear upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations.  Guarantor hereby covenants that it will make its own investigation and will continue to keep itself informed of Seller’s financial condition, the status of other guarantors, if any, of all other circumstances which bear upon the risk of nonpayment and that it will continue to rely upon sources other than Buyer for such information and will not rely upon Buyer for any such information.  Absent a written request for such information by Guarantor to Buyer, Guarantor hereby waives its right, if any, to require Buyer to disclose to Guarantor any information which Buyer may now or hereafter acquire concerning such condition or circumstances including, but not limited to, the release of or revocation by any other guarantor.

(iii) Guarantor has independently reviewed the Repurchase Agreement and related agreements and has made an independent determination as to the validity and enforceability thereof, and in executing and delivering this Guaranty to Buyer, Guarantor is not in any manner relying upon the validity, and/or enforceability, and/or attachment, and/or perfection of any Liens or security interests of any kind or nature granted by Seller or any other guarantor to Buyer, now or at any time and from time to time in the future.

7. Reinstatement .  This Guaranty shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by Buyer upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of Seller or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, Seller or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

 


 

8. Payments .  Guarantor hereby agrees that the Obligations will be paid to Buyer without set-off or counterclaim in U.S. Dollars.

9. Event of Default .  If an Event of Default under the Repurchase Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing, Guarantor agrees that, as between Guarantor and Buyer, the Obligations may be declared to be due in accordance with the terms of the Repurchase Agreement for purposes of this Guaranty notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition which may prevent, delay or vitiate any such declaration as against a Seller and that, in the event of any such declaration (or attempted declaration), such Obligations shall forthwith become due by Guarantor for purposes of this Guaranty.

10. Severability .  Any provision of this Guaranty which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

11. Headings .  The paragraph headings used in this Guaranty are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

12. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  Buyer shall not by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to paragraph 13 hereof), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof.  No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of Buyer, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.  No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  A waiver by Buyer of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which Buyer would otherwise have on any future occasion.  The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

13. Waivers and Amendments; Successors and Assigns; Governing Law .  None of the terms or provisions of this Guaranty may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except by a written instrument executed by Guarantor and Buyer, provided that any provision of this Guaranty may be waived by Buyer in a letter or agreement executed by Buyer or by facsimile or electronic transmission from Buyer to Guarantor.  This Guaranty shall be binding upon the personal representatives, successors and assigns of Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of Buyer and its successors and assigns.  .

14. Notices .  Notices delivered in connection with this Guaranty shall be given in accordance with Section 20 of the Repurchase Agreement.

 


 

15. Jurisdiction

(a) THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) GUARANTOR HEREBY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY.  GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE PROGRAM AGREEMENTS IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING.  GUARANTOR HEREBY SUBMITS TO, AND WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY HAVE TO, EXCLUSIVE PERSONAL JURISDICTION AND VENUE IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WITH RESPECT TO ANY DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE PROGRAM AGREEMENTS.

16. Integration .  This Guaranty represents the agreement of Guarantor with respect to the subject matter hereof and there are no promises or representations by Buyer relative to the subject matter hereof not reflected herein.

17. Acknowledgments .  Guarantor hereby acknowledges that:

(a)

Guarantor has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Guaranty and the other Program Agreements;

(b) Buyer does not have any fiduciary relationship to Guarantor, Guarantor does not have any fiduciary relationship to Buyer and the relationship between Buyer and Guarantor is solely that of surety and creditor; and

(c) no joint venture exists between Buyer and Guarantor or among Buyer, Seller and Guarantor.

[SIGNATURES COMMENCE ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

 


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David M. Walker

 

 

Name: David M. Walker

 

 

Title: Chief Credit Officer

 

Signature Page to Guaranty

 


Exhibit 10.61

 

EXECUTION VERSION

GUARANTY AGREEMENT, dated as of June 26, 2012 (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Guaranty ”), is made by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “ Guarantor ”), in favor of  Citibank, N.A. (the “ Buyer ”, which term shall include Buyer’s successors and assigns, and any buyer for whom any Buyer acts as agent pursuant to the Repurchase Agreement) pursuant to the Repurchase Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2012 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Repurchase Agreement ”), between PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (“ Seller ”) and the Buyer, the Buyer has agreed from time to time to enter into transactions in which Seller agrees to transfer to Buyer Loans against the transfer of funds by Buyer, with a simultaneous agreement by Buyer to transfer to Seller such Loans at a date certain or on demand, against the transfer of funds by Seller.  Each such transaction shall be referred to herein as a “ Transaction ”;

WHEREAS, the Guarantor will obtain substantial direct and indirect benefit from the Transactions, and to induce the Buyer to enter into Transactions under the Repurchase Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Guarantor has agreed to provide the guaranty set forth herein in favor of Buyer; and

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Buyer to enter into the Repurchase Agreement that the Guarantor shall have executed and delivered this Guaranty to the Buyer.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing premises, to induce the Buyer to enter into the Repurchase Agreement and to enter into Transactions thereunder, the Guarantor hereby agrees with the Buyer, as follows:

1.     Defined Terms .  (a) Unless otherwise defined herein, terms which are defined in the Repurchase Agreement and used herein are so used as so defined.

(b) For purposes of this Guaranty, “ Obligations ” means (a) all of Seller’s obligations to pay the Repurchase Price on the Repurchase Date and all other obligations and liabilities of Seller to Buyer, its Affiliates, the Custodian or any other Person arising under, or in connection with, the Program Documents or directly related to the Purchased Loans whether now existing or hereafter arising; (b) any and all sums paid by Buyer or on behalf of Buyer pursuant to the Program Documents in order to preserve any Purchased Loan or its interest therein; (c) in the event of any proceeding for the collection or enforcement of any of Seller’s indebtedness, obligations or liabilities referred to in clause (a), the reasonable expenses of retaking, holding, collecting, preparing for sale, selling or otherwise disposing of or realizing on any Purchased Loan or of any exercise by Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer of its rights under the Program Documents, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs; and (d) all of Seller’s indemnity obligations to Buyer pursuant to the Program Documents.

(c) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Guaranty shall refer to this Guaranty as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Guaranty, and section and paragraph references are to this Guaranty unless otherwise specified.


 

(d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

2.     Guaranty .  (a) Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Buyer and its successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns the prompt and complete payment and performance by Seller when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations.

(b) Guarantor further agrees to pay any and all expenses (including, without limitation, all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) which may be paid or incurred by the Buyer in enforcing, or obtaining advice of counsel in respect of, any rights with respect to, or collecting, any or all of the Obligations and/or enforcing any rights with respect to, or collecting against, the Guarantor under this Guaranty.  This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations are paid in full, notwithstanding that from time to time prior thereto Seller may be free from any Obligations.

(c) No payment or payments made by Seller, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by the Buyer from Seller or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application, at any time or from time to time, in reduction of or in payment of the Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of the Guarantor hereunder.

(d) Guarantor agrees that whenever, at any time, or from time to time, the Guarantor shall make any payment to the Buyer on account of the Guarantor’s liability hereunder, the Guarantor will notify the Buyer in writing that such payment is made under this Guaranty for such purpose.

3.     Right of Set-off .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default hereunder or under any Program Document or failure by Seller or Guarantor to timely perform any of its or their Obligations as set forth herein or in the Repurchase Agreement, the Buyer is hereby irrevocably authorized at any time and from time to time without notice to the Guarantor, any such notice being hereby waived by the Guarantor, to set off and appropriate and apply any and all monies and other property of the Guarantor, deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by the Buyer or any Affiliate thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Guarantor, or any part thereof in such amounts as the Buyer may elect, on account of the liabilities of the Guarantor hereunder and claims of every nature and description of the Buyer against the Guarantor, in any currency, whether arising hereunder, under the Repurchase Agreement or otherwise, as the Buyer may elect, whether or not the Buyer has made any demand for payment and although such liabilities and claims may be contingent or unmatured.  Buyer may set off cash, the proceeds of the liquidation of any of the Purchased Items and all other sums or obligations owed by Buyer or its Affiliates to Seller or Guarantor against all of Seller’s or Guarantor’s obligations to Buyer or its Affiliates, whether under this Guaranty or under any other agreement between the parties or between Seller or Guarantor or any other guarantor and any Affiliate of the Buyer, or otherwise, whether or not such obligations are then due, without prejudice to Buyer’s or its Affiliate’s right to recover any deficiency.  The Buyer shall notify the Guarantor of any such set-off and the application made by the Buyer, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.  The rights of the Buyer under this paragraph are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off) which the Buyer may have. Upon an Event of Default in the performance of any obligations hereunder or under the Program Documents, the Buyer shall have the right to cause liquidation, termination or acceleration to the extent of any assets pledged by the Guarantor to secure its obligations hereunder or under any other agreement to which this Section 3 applies.

-   1  -


 

4.     Subrogation .  Upon making any payment hereunder, the Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of Buyer against Seller and any Purchased Items under the Repurchase Agreement for any Obligations with respect to such payment; provided that the Guarantor shall not seek to enforce any right or receive any payment by way of subrogation until all amounts due and payable by Seller to Buyer under the Repurchase Agreement or any other Program Document have been paid in full.  Until one year and one day after payment of the full amount and discharge of all Obligations, the performance of all of Guarantor’s obligations hereunder and the termination of this Guaranty, neither any payment made by or for the account of Guarantor nor any performance or enforcement of any obligation pursuant to this Guaranty shall entitle the Guarantor by subrogation, indemnity, exoneration, reimbursement, contribution or otherwise to any payment by Seller or to any payment from or out of any property of Seller, and Guarantor shall not exercise any right or remedy against Seller or any property of Seller by reason of any performance by Guarantor of this Guaranty.  If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations shall not have been paid in full or performed, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Buyer and shall forthwith be paid to the Buyer to be credited and applied upon the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Guaranty.

5.     Amendments, etc. with Respect to the Obligations .  Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against the Guarantor, and without notice to or further assent by the Guarantor, any demand for payment of any of the Obligations made by the Buyer may be rescinded by the Buyer, and any of the Obligations continued, and the Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Buyer, and the Repurchase Agreement, and the other Program Documents and any other document in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, in accordance with its terms and as the Buyer may deem advisable from time to time, and any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Buyer for the payment of the Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released.  The Buyer shall have no obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Obligations or for this Guaranty or any property subject thereto.  When making any demand hereunder against the Guarantor, the Buyer may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on Seller or any other guarantor, and any failure by the Buyer to make any such demand or to collect any payments from Seller or any such other guarantor or any release of Seller or such other guarantor shall not relieve the Guarantor of its obligations or liabilities hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, express or implied, or as a matter of law, of the Buyer against the Guarantor.  For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

6.     Guaranty Absolute and Unconditional .    Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by the Buyer upon this Guaranty or acceptance of this Guaranty; the Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred in reliance upon this Guaranty; and all dealings between Seller or the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Buyer, on the other, shall likewise be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guaranty.  Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon Seller or the Guaranty with respect to the Obligations.  This Guaranty shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (i) the validity or enforceability of the Repurchase Agreement, the other Program Documents, any of the Obligations or any collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Buyer, (ii) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by it or Seller against the Buyer, or (iii) any other circumstance

-   2  -


 

whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of Seller or the Guarantor) which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of Seller for the Obligations, or of the Guarantor under this Guaranty, in bankruptcy or in any other instance.  When pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against the Guarantor, the Buyer may, but shall be under no obligation, to pursue such rights and remedies that they may have against Seller or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Buyer to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from Seller or any such other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of Seller or any such other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve the Guarantor of any liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Buyer against the Guarantor.  This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon the Guarantor and its successors and assigns thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of the Buyer, and its successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns, until all the Obligations and the obligations of the Guarantor under this Guaranty shall have been satisfied by payment in full, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Repurchase Agreement Seller may be free from any Obligations.

(a) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Guarantor hereby agrees, acknowledges, and represents and warrants to the Buyer as follows:

(i) Guarantor hereby waives any defense arising by reason of, and any and all right to assert against the Buyer any claim or defense based upon, an election of remedies by the Buyer which in any manner impairs, affects, reduces, releases, destroys and/or extinguishes  Guarantor’s subrogation rights, rights to proceed against Seller or any other guarantor for reimbursement or contribution, and/or any other rights of the Guarantor to proceed against Seller, against any other guarantor, or against any other person or security.

(ii) Guarantor is presently informed of the financial condition of Seller and of all other circumstances which diligent inquiry would reveal and which bear upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations.  The Guarantor hereby covenants that it will make its own investigation and will continue to keep itself informed of the financial condition of Seller, of all other circumstances which bear upon the risk of nonpayment and that it will continue to rely upon sources other than the Buyer for such information and will not rely upon the Buyer for any such information.  Absent a written request for such information by the Guarantor to the Buyer, Guarantor hereby waives its right, if any, to require the Buyer to disclose to Guarantor any information which the Buyer may now or hereafter acquire concerning such condition or circumstances including, but not limited to, the release of or revocation by any other guarantor.

(iii) Guarantor has independently reviewed the Repurchase Agreement and related agreements and has made an independent determination as to the validity and enforceability thereof, and in executing and delivering this Guaranty to the Buyer, Guarantor is not in any manner relying upon the validity, and/or enforceability, and/or attachment, and/or perfection of any Liens or security interests of any kind or nature granted by Seller or any other guarantor to the Buyer, now or at any time and from time to time in the future.

7.     Reinstatement .  This Guaranty shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Buyer upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of Seller or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator

-   3  -


 

of, or trustee or similar officer for, Seller or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

8.     Payments .  Guarantor hereby agrees that the Obligations will be paid to the Buyer without deduction, abatement, recoupment, reduction, set-off or counterclaim in U.S. Dollars and in accordance with the wiring instructions of the Buyer.

9.     Representations and Warranties .  Guarantor represents and warrants that:

(a) Guarantor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing as a limited liability company under the laws of the jurisdiction under whose laws it is organized.  Guarantor is duly qualified to do business and has obtained all necessary licenses, permits, charters, registrations and approvals necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted and the performance of its obligations hereunder and under any other Program Documents except where any failure to obtain such a license, permit, charter, registration or approval will not cause a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Guarantor;

(b) Guarantor has all necessary power and authority to conduct its business as currently conducted, to execute, deliver and perform its obligations hereunder and under any other Program Document;

(c) The execution, delivery and performance by Guarantor of this Guaranty and the other Program Documents to which it is a party has been duly authorized by all necessary action and do not require any additional approvals or consents or other action by or any notice to or filing with any Person other than any that have heretofore been obtained, given or made;

(d) No consent or authorization of, filing with, or other act by or in respect of, any arbitrator or Governmental Authority and no consent of any other Person (including, without limitation, any creditor of  Guarantor) is required in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Guaranty;

(e) This Guaranty has been duly executed and delivered by the Guarantor and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (whether enforcement is sought in proceedings in equity or at law);

(f) The execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty will not violate any provision of any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator, a court or other governmental authority, applicable to or binding upon the Guarantor or any of its property or to which the Guarantor or any of its property is subject (“ Requirement of Law ”), or any provision of any security issued by the Guarantor or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which the Guarantor is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound (“ Contractual Obligation ”), and will not result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of the properties or revenues of the Guarantor pursuant to any Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation of the Guarantor;

(g) Guarantor is an indirect owner of each Seller, and has received, or will receive, direct or indirect benefit from the making of this Guaranty with respect to the Obligations;

-   4  -


 

(h) The execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty and the other Program Documents to which the Guarantor is a party does not constitute a material default by the Guarantor under any loan or repurchase agreement, mortgage, indenture or other agreement or instrument to which the Guarantor is a party or by which it or any of its properties is or may be bound or affected;

(i) No litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of the Guarantor, threatened by or against the Guarantor or any of its Affiliates or against any of the Guarantor’s properties or revenues with respect to this Guaranty or any of the transactions contemplated hereby;

(j) Guarantor and its Subsidiaries have filed or caused to be filed all tax returns which are required to be filed and has paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments made against it or any of the Guarantor’s or its Subsidiaries’ property and all other taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of the Guarantor’s property by any Governmental Authority (other than any the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings); no tax Lien has been filed, and, to the knowledge of the Guarantor, no claim is being asserted, with respect to any such tax, fee or other charge;

(k) As of the date hereof, and after giving effect to this Guaranty and the contingent obligation evidenced hereby, Guarantor is, and will be, solvent, and has and will have assets which, fairly valued, exceed Guarantor’s obligations, liabilities (including contingent liabilities) and debts, and has and will have property and assets sufficient to satisfy and repay Guarantor’s obligations and liabilities;

(l) Guarantor has and will continue to have independent means of obtaining information concerning Seller’s affairs, financial conditions and business.  Buyer shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide Guarantor with any credit or other information concerning Seller’s affairs, financial condition or business which may come into Buyer’s possession;

(m) The financial statements of Guarantor, copies of which have been furnished to the Buyer, (i) are, as of the dates and for the periods referred to therein, complete and correct in all material respects, (ii) present fairly the financial condition and results of operations of the Guarantor as of the dates and for the periods indicated and (iii) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, except as noted therein (subject to interim statements as to normal year-end adjustments).  Since the date of the most recent financial statements, there has been no Material Adverse Effect with respect to Guarantor.  Except as disclosed in such financial statements, Guarantor is not subject to any contingent liabilities or commitments that, individually or in the aggregate, have a reasonable likelihood of causing a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Guarantor;

(n) None of the documents or information prepared by or on behalf of Guarantor and provided by Guarantor to the Buyer relating to Guarantor’s financial condition contain any statement of a material fact with respect to Guarantor that was untrue or misleading in any material respect when made.  Since the furnishing of such documents or information, there has been no change, nor any development or event involving a prospective change known to Guarantor, that would render any of such documents or information untrue or misleading in any material respect;

(o) No consent, license, approval or authorization from, or registration, filing or declaration with, any regulatory body, administrative agency, or other governmental, instrumentality, nor any consent, approval, waiver or notification of any creditor, lessor or other non-governmental person, is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by Guarantor of this Guaranty or the consummation by Guarantor of any other Program Document, other than any that have heretofore

-   5  -


 

bee n obtained, given or made or would otherwise not result in a Material Adverse Effect if not so obtained, given or made ;  

(p) No practice, procedure or policy employed or proposed to be employed by Guarantor in the conduct of its businesses violates any law, regulation, judgment, agreement, regulatory consent, order or decree applicable to it which, if enforced, would result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Guarantor;

(q) Guarantor does not intend to incur, nor does it believe that it has incurred, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature. Guarantor is not contemplating the commencement of insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or consolidation proceedings or the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, conservator, trustee or similar official in respect of Guarantor or any of its assets; and

(r) Guarantor is registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

Guarantor agrees that the foregoing representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been made by the Guarantor on the date of each Transaction under the Repurchase Agreement on and as of such purchase date as though made hereunder on and as of such date, or as of such other date specified in the related representation and warranty.

10.     Covenants .

(s) Guarantor shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Buyer:

(i) as soon as available and in any event within forty (40) days after the end of each calendar month, the consolidated balance sheets of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such month, the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows for Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such period and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such period, and consolidated statements of liquidity of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such period, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year;

(ii) as soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarterly fiscal periods of each fiscal year of Guarantor, the consolidated balance sheets of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such period and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows for Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such period and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such period, and consolidated statements of liquidity of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such period, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year;

(iii) as soon as available and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of Guarantor, the consolidated balance sheets of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows for Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such year, and consolidated statements of liquidity of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, accompanied by an

-   6  -


 

o pinion thereon of independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing, which opinion shall not be qualified as to scope of audit or going concern and shall state that said consolidated financial statements fairly present the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of Guarantor and its consolidated Subsidiaries at the end of, and for, such fiscal year in accordance with GAAP; and

(iv) at the time it furnishes consolidated financial statements pursuant to paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of Guarantor, which certificate shall state that said consolidated financial statements fairly present the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, as at the end of, and for, such period (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments). 

Guarantor shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Buyer any other financial information regarding the Guarantor reasonably requested by Buyer.

(t) Guarantor covenants and agrees that the Guarantor will not change the Guarantor’s legal name or move its chief executive office or chief operating office from the addresses at which they are located on the date hereof, without having provided to the Buyer thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of any such change.

(u) Guarantor shall keep or cause to be kept in reasonable detail books and records of Guarantor setting forth an account of Guarantor’s assets and business.  Guarantor shall furnish or cause to be furnished to Buyer any other financial information regarding Guarantor reasonably requested by Buyer.

(v) Guarantor shall pay and discharge or cause to be paid and discharged, when due all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon Guarantor or upon Guarantor’s income and profits or upon any of Guarantor’s property, real, personal or mixed or upon any part thereof, as well as any other lawful claims which, if unpaid, might become a lien upon such properties or any part thereof, except for any such taxes, assessments and governmental charges, levies or claims as are appropriately contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves are provided.  Guarantor shall file on behalf of Guarantor on a timely basis all federal, and material state and local tax and information returns, reports and any other information statements or schedules required to be filed by or in respect of Guarantor. Guarantor shall deliver to Buyer copies of any federal, and material state and local tax returns within ten (10) Business Days of the filing thereof.

(w) Guarantor shall promptly inform the Buyer in writing of any of the following:

(i) Any Default, Event of Default or default or breach by Guarantor of any obligation hereunder or under any other Program Document to which it is a party, or the occurrence or existence of any event or circumstance that Guarantor reasonably expects will with the passage of time become a Default, Event of Default or such a default or breach by the Guarantor;

(ii) Any material dispute, licensing issue, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between Guarantor, on the one hand, and any Governmental Authority or any other Person, on the other hand;

-   7  -


 

(iii) Any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices of Guarantor; and

(iv) Any event, circumstance or condition that has resulted, or has a reasonable likelihood of resulting in either a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Guarantor.

(x) Guarantor shall maintain all licenses, permits or other approvals necessary for Guarantor to conduct its business and to perform its obligations under this Guaranty and each other Program Document to which it is a party and Guarantor shall conduct its business in accordance with applicable law in all material respects.

(y) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Guarantor shall not pay any dividends or distributions with respect to any of its capital stock or other equity interests, as applicable, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of Guarantor or Seller.

(z) Guarantor shall not at any time, directly or indirectly, (i) enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation or amalgamation as to which the related Seller is not the surviving entity, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation, winding up or dissolution) or sell all or substantially all of its assets without the Buyer’s prior consent; (ii) form or enter into any partnership, joint venture, syndicate or other combination which would have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Guarantor; or (iii) effectuate a Change of Control with respect to Guarantor without the prior consent of Buyer.

(aa) Guarantor’s fiscal year commences on January 1 and ends on December 31.  Guarantor will not, at any time, directly or indirectly, except upon ninety (90) days’ prior written notice to the Buyer, change Guarantor’s fiscal year.

(bb) Guarantor shall not convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), all or substantially all of its Property, business or assets (including, without limitation, receivables and leasehold interests) whether now owned or hereafter acquired or allow Seller to Transfer substantially all of its assets to any Person; provided, that Guarantor may after prior written notice to the Buyer allow such action with respect to any Subsidiary which is not a material part of Seller’s overall business operations.

(cc) Guarantor shall not make any material change in the accounting policies or financial reporting practices of Guarantor or its Subsidiaries, except to the extent such change is permitted by GAAP, consistently applied.  

(dd) Guarantor shall keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition.

 

(ee) Any payments made by Guarantor to Buyer shall be free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any taxes; provided, however, that if Guarantor shall be required by law to deduct or withhold any taxes from any sums payable to Buyer, then Guarantor shall (A) make such deductions or withholdings and pay such amounts to the relevant authority in accordance with applicable law, (B) pay to the Buyer the sum that would have been payable had such deduction or withholding not been made, and (C) at the time such payment is made, pay to the Buyer all additional amounts as specified

-   8  -


 

by the Buyer to preserve the after-tax yield Buyer would have received if such tax had not been imposed. This provision does not apply to income taxes payable by Buyer on its taxable income.

11.     Events of Default .  It is hereby understood and agreed that an Event of Default with respect to the Guarantor under the Repurchase Agreement shall be an Event of Default under this Guaranty.

12.     Termination .  Subject to the provisions of Section 7, this Guaranty shall terminate on the upon the final payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of the Repurchase Agreement; provided, however, that Sections 2(b), 9, 18, 19, 23 and 24 shall survive any such termination and this Guaranty shall be reinstated upon any Obligations arising under the Master Repurchase Agreement, whether such Obligations arise prior to or upon or after the termination of such Master Repurchase Agreement.

13.     Severability .  Any provision of this Guaranty which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

14.     Paragraph Headings .  The paragraph headings used in this Guaranty are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

15.     No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  The Buyer shall not by any act, delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof.  No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Buyer, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.  No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  A waiver by the Buyer of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which the Buyer would otherwise have on any future occasion.  The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

16.     Waivers and Amendments .  None of the terms or provisions of this Guaranty may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except by a written instrument executed by the Guarantor and the Buyer, provided that any provision of this Guaranty may be waived by the Buyer in a letter or agreement executed by the Buyer or by facsimile or electronic transmission from the Buyer. 

17.     Successors and Assigns. This Guaranty shall be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of Buyer and its successors and permitted assigns.  This Guaranty may not be assigned by Guarantor and any attempt to assign or transfer this Guaranty shall be null and void and of no effect whatsoever.

18.     Governing Law . THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF (EXCEPT FOR SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW).

-   9  -


 

19.     Intent .  Guarantor and Buyer intend that this Guaranty is a “repurchase agreement,” as that term is defined in section 101(47)(A)(v) of the Bankruptcy Code, a “securities contract,” as that term is defined in section 741 (7)(A)(xi) of the Bankruptcy Code, and a “master netting agreement,” as that term is defined in section 101(38A)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code; and that Buyer shall be entitled to, without limitation, the liquidation, termination, acceleration, setoff and non-avoidability rights afforded to parties such as Buyer to “repurchase agreements,” pursuant to sections 559, 362(b)(7) and 546(f) of the Bankruptcy Code, “securities contracts,” pursuant to sections 555, 362(b)(6) and 546(e) of the Bankruptcy Code, and “master netting agreements,” pursuant to sections 561, 362(b)(27) and 546(j) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Guarantor and Buyer further intend that this Guaranty is “related to” the Master Repurchase Agreement and Transactions thereunder within the meaning of sections 101(38A)(A), 101(47)(A)(v) and 741(7)(A)(xi) of the Bankruptcy Code.  Guarantor acknowledges that this Section 19 is a material inducement to Buyer to enter into the Master Repurchase Agreement and Transactions thereunder.

20.    Notices .  Notices by the Buyer to the Guarantor may be given by mail, by hand or by electronic transmission, addressed to the Guarantor at the Guarantor’s address or transmission number set forth under its signature below and shall be effective (a) in the case of mail, five days after deposit in the postal system, first class certified mail and postage pre-paid, (b) one Business Day following timely delivery to a nationally recognized overnight courier service for next Business Day delivery, (c) when delivered if delivered by hand and (d) in the case of electronic transmissions, when sent, if such transmission is electronically confirmed.

21.     Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers .  Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally :

(ff) Submits for the Guarantor and the Guarantor’s property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Guaranty and the other Program Documents to which the Guarantor is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof ;

(gg) Consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that the Guarantor may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same ;

(hh) Agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Guarantor at Guarantor’s address set forth under Guarantor’s signature below or at such other address of which the Buyer shall have been notified; and

(ii) Agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction .

22.     Integration .  This Guaranty represents the agreement of the Guarantor with respect to the subject matter hereof and there are no promises or representations by the Buyer relative to the subject matter hereof not reflected herein.

23.     Acknowledgments .  Guarantor hereby acknowledges that:

-   10  -


 

(a) Guarantor has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Guaranty and the other Program Documents;

(b) The Buyer does not have any fiduciary relationship to the Guarantor, and the relationship between the Buyer and the Guarantor is solely that of surety and creditor; and

(c) No joint venture exists between the Buyer and the Guarantor or among the Buyer, Seller and the Guarantor.

24.     WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL .  THE GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OTHER PROGRAM DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM HEREIN OR THEREIN.

[ Signature pages follow ]

 

-   11  -


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian Stack

 

Name:

Brian Stack

 

Title:

Managing Director, Treasurer

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices :

 

Private National Mortgage Acceptance   Company, LLC

 

6101 Condor Drive

 

Moorpark, California 93021

 

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

 

Telephone No.: (818) 224-7442

 

Facsimile No.: (818) 224-7393

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

STATE OF CA

)

 

 

)

ss.:

COUNTY OF Ventura

)

 

On the 26th day of June, 2012 before me, a Notary Public in and for said State, personally appeared Brian Stack known to me to be the person who executed the within instrument, and acknowledged to me that he executed the within instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand affixed my office seal the day and year in this certificate first above written.

 

 

/s/ Angela Everest, Notary Public

 

Notary Public

 

My Commission expires 6-13-15

 

-   13  -


Exhibit 10.66

 

EXECUTION

PLS MSR FACILITY

 

AMENDMENT NO. 4
TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN SECURITY AGREEMENT

Amendment No.  4 to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement , dated as of   October 31 , 2014 (this “ Amendment ”), among CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON MORTGAGE CAPITAL LLC (the “ Lende r ”) ,   PENNY MAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC ( the Borrower ) and PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC   ( the Guarantor ) .

RECITALS

WHEREAS,   t he Borrower, the Lender and the Guarantor are parties to that certain Seco nd Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement , dated as of March 27 , 2012   ( as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 12, 2012 ,   Amendment No. 2, dated as of March 22, 2013 , and Amendment No. 3, dated as of December 30, 2013 ,   the “ Existing Loan Agreement ”; and as further amended by this Amendment, the “ Loan and Security Agreement ”)   and the related Amended and Restated Pricing Side Let ter, dated as of March 27, 2012 ( as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the  “ Pricing Side Letter ) .   The Guarantor is a party to that certain Amended and Restated Guaranty ( as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Guaranty ”), dated as of March 27, 2012, by the Guarantor in favor of Lender.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Existing Loan Agreement and Guaranty, as applicable.

WHEREAS,   t he Borrower, the Lender and the Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Loan Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Loan Agreement .  As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Loan Agreement , the Lender has required the Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Borrower, the Lender and the Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual promises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that t he Ex isting Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follow s:

SECTION 1. Definitions .  Section 1.01 of the Existing Loan Agreement is hereby amended by:

(a) with respect to the definition of “ Eligible Asset ”, (i) adding “and” a t the end of clause (p), and (i i) adding the following clause (q):

(q)  which is a   Ginnie Mae Advance , which advance (i) is subject to reimbursement by HUD, FHA or VA   for FHA Mortgage Insurance Contract or VA Loan Guaranty Agreement , as applicable, and (ii) a claim for which has not been rejected by HUD , VA or FH A   for any reason which impairs the FHA Mortgage Insurance Contract or VA Loan Guaranty Agreement, as applicable ;


 

(b) deleting the definition s of Commitment Fee ”, Loan Documents and “ Servicing Contract in their entirety and replacing them with the following:

Commitment Fee ” has the meaning assigned to the term in the Pricing Side Letter.

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, the Pricing Side Letter, the Dedicated Account Control Agreement, the Note, the Guaranty,   the Power of Attorney, the Spread Buyer Power of Attorney, the Security Agreement and the Securities Account Control Agreement, as each of the same may hereafter be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

Servicing Contracts ” means, collectively, (i) with respect to all Assets other than Ginnie Mae Advances, those servicing agreements described on Schedule 2 attached hereto, as amended from time to time, to which Borrower is a party, pursuant to which Borrower acts as the servicer of portfolios of Mortgage Loans or specified Mortgage Loans, and by which Borrower’s servicing obligations are governed with respect to an Eligible Securitization Transaction and with respect to Servicing Rights, in the case of each Servicing Contract between Borrower and an Agency, subject to an Acknowledgement Agreement with such Agency, and (ii) with respect to Ginnie Mae Advances, the Repurchase Agreement to the extent of the servicing requirements set forth therein , pursuant to which Borrower will service the related Ginnie Mae Loans .  For all purposes of this Agreement, the term “Servicing Contracts” shall include any and all instruments, agreements, invoices or other writings, which gives rise to or otherwise evidence any of the Receivables or Servicing Rights.

(c) adding the following definitions in their appropriate alphabetical order:

Agent ” means DLJ Mortgage Capital, Inc.  

Ginnie Mae   Account ”   means (a) the account designated as: Borrower, in its capacity as seller under the Repurchase Agreement, as agent, trustee, and/or bailee for Lender, in its capacity as buyer under the Repurchase Agreement, and/or payments of various mortgagors and/or various owners of interest in loans – EBO P&I, A ccount No. 555230001, City National Bank, ABA # 122016066, (b) the account designated as: Borrower, in its capacity as seller under the Repurchase Agreement, as agent, trustee, and/or bailee for Lender, in its capacity as buyer under the Repurchase Agreement, and/or payments of various mortgagors and/or various owners of interest in loans – FHA/VA Claims, Account No. 555230036, City National Bank, ABA # 122016066, or (c) such other account as designated in writing by Buyer , in each case, as contemplated by Section 14.ii of the Repurchase Agreement .  

Ginnie Mae   Advance ” means a   Servicer A dvance made by Borrower in connection with servicing the Ginnie Mae Loans.

Ginnie Mae Guide ” means the Ginnie Mae Mortgage-Backed Securities Guide, Handbook 5500.3, Rev. 1, as amended from time to time, and any related announcements, directives and correspondence issued by Ginnie Mae .

Ginnie Mae Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan that is subject to a Transaction (as defined in the Repurchase Agreement) under the Repurchase Agreement and was purchased from

-   1  -


 

a Ginnie Mae Security in accordance with the terms of the Ginnie Mae Guide, or purchased by the Borrower shortly after its purchase from a Ginnie Mae Security.

Ginnie Mae Security ” means a mortgage- backed security guaranteed by Ginnie Mae pursuant to the Ginnie Mae Guide.  

HUD   means t he United States Department of Housing and Urban Development or any successor thereto.  

Securities Account Control Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Securities Account Control Agreement dated as of October 31 , 2014 , among Lender in its capacity hereunder and in its capacity as buyer under the Repurchase Agreement, Borrower in its capacity hereunder and in its capacity as seller under the Repurchase Agreement and in its capacity as servicer   under the Repurchase Agreement , and Securities Intermediary and other parties as joined thereto from time to time , as may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

Securities Intermediary ” means City National Bank, and its permitted successors and assigns, or such other party specified by Lender and agreed to by Borrower , which approval shal l not be unreasonably withheld.

(d) deleting the definitions of “ Receivables Commitment Fee ” and “ Servicing Rights Commitment Fee ” in their entirety and all references thereto.

SECTION 2. Dedicated Accounts .  Section 2.14 of the Existing Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following at the end thereof :

Lender , in its capacity as buyer under the Repurchase Agreement , has established the Ginnie Mae Account under the Repurchase Agreement, and certain amounts on deposit therein shall constitute proceeds of the Ginnie Mae Advances.  Lender hereby appoints and authorizes Agent to act as agent solely with respect to performance of the following duties, in each case, on behalf of Lender : (i) maintaining the Ginnie Mae Account, and (ii ) taking such actions as Agent deems appropriate to administer the Ginnie Mae Account.  The Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Section 2.14.

SECTION 3. Representations and Warranties .  Section 3.11 of the Existing Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such section in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

Section 3.11 Litigation .  There is no action, proceeding or investigation pending with respect to which either Borrower or Guarantor has received service of process or, to the best of Borrower’s or Guarantor’s knowledge threatened against it before any court, administrative agency or other tribunal (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, any Loan Advance, Notice of Borrowing or any Loan Document, (B) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any Notice of Borrowing or any Loan Document, (C) makes a claim individually or in the aggregate in an amount greater than $ 10 ,000,000, (D) which requires filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the 1934 Act or any rules thereunder or (E)

-   2  -


 

which might materially and adversely affect the validity of the Mortgage Loans or the performance by it of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement, any Notice of Borrowing or any Loan Document.    

SECTION 4. Collateral; Security Interest .     Section 4.01(a) of the Existing Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting clause (iv) in its entirety and replacing it with the following :

( i v) the Dedicated Accounts and the Ginnie Mae Account;

SECTION 5. Covenants Section 6.02 of the Existing Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such section in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

Section 6.02 Litigation .  Borrower and Guarantor, as applicable, will promptly, and in any event within ten (10) days after service of process on any of the following, give to Lender notice of all litigation, actions, suits, arbitrations, investigations (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing which are threatened or pending) or other legal or arbitrable proceedings affecting Borrower, Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries or affecting any of the Property of any of them before any Governmental Authority that (i) questions or challenges the validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or any action to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) makes a claim individually or in the aggregate in an amount greater than $ 10 ,000,000, or (iii) which, individually or in the aggregate, if adversely determined, could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.  On the fifth (5th) day of each calendar month (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), Borrower and Guarantor, as applicable, will provide to Lender a litigation docket listing all litigation, actions, suits, arbitrations, investigations (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing which are threatened or pending) or other legal or arbitrable proceedings affecting Borrower, Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries or affecting any of the Property of any of them before any Governmental Authority.  Borrower and Guarantor, as applicable, will promptly provide notice of any judgment, which with the passage of time, could cause an Event of Default hereunder.

SECTION 6. Covenants .  Article 6 of the Existing Loan Agreement is hereby amended by:

(a) deleting Section 6.14 in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

6.14     Collections on Assets and the Dedicated Accounts .  Prior to the Borrower making any withdrawal from the custodial account or any other clearing account maintained under the related Servicing Contract, the Borrower shall instruct the related depository institution to remit all collections, payments and proceeds in respect of any Receivable pledged hereunder to be deposited into the Receivables Dedicated Account and on account of Servicing Rights to the applicable Servicing Rights Dedicated Account; provided that any amounts received on account of Ginnie Mae Advances in the Ginnie Mae Account shall be remitted to the Dedicated Account in accordance with the Securities Account Control Agreement ;   provided further that prior to the occurrence of an Event of

-   3  -


 

Default or Trigger Event, as applicable, (i) any amounts received on account of the Portfolio Excess Spread and the related Servicing Rights   shall be remitted by Borrower in accordance with the Master Spread Acquisition Agreement and (ii) any amounts on account of the related Servicing Rights   to be remitted back to Borrower pursuant to the Master Spread Acquisition Agreement shall be remitted directly to the Dedicated Account; provided further that after the occurrence of an Event of Default or Trigger Event, as applicable, all amounts received on account of the Portfolio Excess Spread and the related Servicing Rights   shall be deposited in the applicable Servicing Rights Dedicated Account.  Borrower shall not withdraw or direct the withdrawal or remittance of any amounts on account of any Receivables or Servicing Rights income related to any Servicing Contract from any custodial account into which such amounts have been deposited other than to remit to each of the applicable Dedicated Accounts or, solely with re spect to Ginnie Mae Advances on deposit in the Ginnie Mae Account , as provided in the Securities Account Control Agreement ;   provided that prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default or Trigger Event, as applicable, Borrower shall be permitted to direct the remittance of any amounts received on account of the Portfolio Excess Spread and the related Servicing Rights   to Spread Buyer in accordance with the Master Spread Acquisition Agreement.

(b) deleting Section 6.27 in its entirety and replacing it with the following:  

6.27     No Pledge; Other Liens; Creditors .     Except as contemplated herein, neither Borrower nor Guarantor shall (a) pledge, transfer or convey any security interest in the Dedicated Account or the Ginnie Mae Account to any Person without the express written consent of Lender; (b) pledge, grant a security interest or assign any existing or future rights to service any of the Collateral or to be compensated for servicing any of the Collateral, or pledge or grant to any other Person any security interest in any Assets or Servicing Contracts ; or (c) pledge, transfer or convey any security interest or suffer to exist, any Lien on any interest of any kind (whether in whole or in part) in any Portfolio Excess Spread or Servicing Contract, including without limitation, any interest in pools of Mortgage Loans not set forth on Schedule 2 .  

SECTION 7. Defaults .  Section 7.01 of the Existing Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting subsection (k) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

(k) Judgment .  A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess of $ 10,000,000 shall be rendered against Borrower, Guarantor or any of their Affiliates by one or more courts, administrative tribunals or other bodies having jurisdiction and the same shall not be satisfied, discharged (or provision shall not be made for such discharge) or bonded, or a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured, within 30 days from the date of entry thereof.

SECTION 8. Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”), subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

-   4  -


 

(a) Delivered Documents .  On the Amendment Effective Date, the Lender shall have received the following documents, each of which sh all be satisfactory to the Lender in form and substance:

(1) this Amendment, executed and delivered by the duly authorized officers of the Lender, Borrower and Guarantor;

(2) Amendment No. 5 to that certain Amended and Restate d   Pricing Side Letter , dated as of the date hereof, executed and delivered by the duly authorized officers of the Lender, Borrower and Guarantor ;  

(3) duly authorized and filed Uniform Commercial Code financing statement amendments listing Borrower as debtor on Form UCC-3;

(4) the Securities Account Control Agreement, executed and delivered by the duly authorized officers of Lender ,   Borrower, and Securities Intermediary ;   and

(5) such other documents as the Lender or counsel to the Lender may reasonably request.

SECTION 9. Representations and Warranties .    The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender that it is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in the Loan Agreement on its part to be observed or performed, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and hereby confirms and reaffirms the representations and warranties contained in the Loan and Security Agreement.

SECTION 10. Limited Effect .     Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Loan Agreement shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

SECTION 11. Severability .   Any provision of this Amendment which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction .

SECTION 12. Counterparts .    This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or .pdf), each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 13.  GOVERNING LAW .    THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

-   5  -


 

Section 1. Reaffirmation of Guaranty The Guarantor hereby ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and acknowledges and agrees that the term “Obligations” as used in the Guaranty shall apply to all of the Obligations of Borrower  t o Lender under the Loan and Security Agreement , as amended hereby.  

-   6  -


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, as Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Loskove

 

Name:

Adam Loskove

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, as Borrower

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Pamela Marsh

 

Name:

Pamela Marsh

 

Title:

Executive Vice President, Treasurer

 

 

 

Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Pamela Marsh

 

Name:

Pamela Marsh

 

Title:

Executive Vice President, Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature Page to Amendment No.4 to Second Amended and Restated Loan Security Agreement

 


Exhibit 10.67

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED GUARANTY

AMENDED AND RESTATED GUARANTY, dated as of March   27 , 2012 (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Guaranty ”), made by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Guarantor ”), in favor of Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC (“ Lender ”).

 The Guarantor previously entered into a Guaranty in favor of Credit Suisse AG, New York Branch (“ CSAG ”) , dated as of November 20, 2009   (the Existing Guaranty ”).  Pursuant to that certain Novation Agreement, dated as of March   13 , 2012, among CSAG, Lender,   PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (“ Borrower ”) , and Guarantor, CSAG was released of its rights, liabilities, duties and obligations under the Existing Guaranty and the other Loan Documents and the Lender became a party thereto.

The parties hereto have requested that the Existing Guaranty be amended and restated, in its entirety, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

RECITALS

Pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March   27 , 2012 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”), among the Borrower , Guarantor and Lender, Lender has agreed from time to time to make Loans to Borrower secured by the Collateral.  It is a condition precedent to the obligation of Lender to make Loans under the Loan Agreement that Guarantor shall have executed and delivered this Guaranty to Lender.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing premises, to induce Lender to enter into the Loan Agreement and to make Loans thereunder, Guarantor hereby agrees with Lender, as follows:

1. Defined Terms .   (a) Unless otherwise defined herein, terms which are defined in the Loan Agreement and used herein are so used as so defined.

(b) For purposes of this Guaranty, “Obligations” shall mean all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Lender, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, or out of or in connection with the Loan Agreement and any other Loan Documents and any other document made, delivered or given in connection therewith or herewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel to Lender that are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents and costs of enforcement of this Guaranty) or otherwise.

 


 

 

2. Guaranty .   (a) Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to Lender the prompt and complete payment and performance by Borrower when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations.

(b) Guarantor further agrees to pay any and all expenses (including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel) which may be paid or incurred by Lender in enforcing, or obtaining advice of counsel in respect of, any rights with respect to, or collecting, any or all of the Obligations and/or enforcing any rights with respect to, or collecting against, Guarantor under this Guaranty.  This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect until the later of (i) the termination of the Loan Agreement and (ii) the Obligations are paid in full, notwithstanding that from time to time prior thereto Borrower may be free from any Obligations.

(c) No payment or payments made by Borrower or any other Person or received or collected by Lender from Borrower or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application, at any time or from time to time, in reduction of or in payment of the Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of Guarantor hereunder which shall, notwithstanding any such payment or payments, remain liable for the amount of the outstanding Obligations until the outstanding Obligations are paid in full.

(d) Guarantor agrees that whenever, at any time, or from time to time, Guarantor shall make any payment to Lender on account of Guarantor’s liability hereunder, Guarantor will notify Lender in writing that such payment is made under this Guaranty for such purpose.

3.     Right of Set-off .  Lender is hereby irrevocably authorized at any time and from time to time without notice to Guarantor, any such notice being hereby waived by Guarantor, to set off and appropriate and apply any and all monies and other property of Guarantor, deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by Lender of any Affiliate thereof to or for the credit or the account of Guarantor, or any part thereof in such amounts as Lender may elect, on account of the Obligations and liabilities of Guarantor hereunder and claims of every nature and description of Lender against Guarantor, in any currency, whether arising hereunder, under the Loan Agreement or otherwise, as Lender may elect, whether or not Lender has made any demand for payment and although such Obligations and liabilities and claims may be contingent or unmatured.  Lender shall notify Guarantor promptly of any such set-off and the application made by Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.  The rights of Lender under this paragraph are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off) which Lender may have.

4.     Subrogation .  Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by Guarantor hereunder or any set-off or application of funds of Guarantor by Lender, Guarantor sha ll not be entitled to be subrog ated to any of the rights of Lender against Borrower or any other guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by Lender for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement

 

- 2 -


 

 

from Borrower or any other guarantor in respect of payments made by Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to Lender by Borrower on account of the Obligations are paid in full and the Loan Agreement is terminated.  If any amount shall be paid to Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amounts shall be held by Guarantor for the benefit of Lender, segregated from other funds of Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by Guarantor, be turned over to Lender in the exact form received by Guarantor (duly indorsed by Guarantor to Lender, if required), to be applied against the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in such order as Lender may determine.

5.     Amendments, etc. with Respect to the Obligations .  Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against Guarantor, and without notice to or further assent by Guarantor, any demand for payment of any of the Obligations made by Lender may be rescinded by Lender, and any of the Obligations continued, and the Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by Lender, and the Loan Agreement, and the other Loan Documents and any other document in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, pursuant to its terms and as Lender may deem advisable from time to time, and any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by Lender for the payment of the Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released.  Lender shall have no obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Obligations or for this Guaranty or any property subject thereto.  When making any demand hereunder against Guarantor, Lender may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on Borrower and any failure by Lender to make any such demand or to collect any payments from Borrower or any release of Borrower shall not relieve Guarantor of its obligations or liabilities hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, express or implied, or as a matter of law, of Lender against Guarantor.  For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

6.     Guaranty Absolute and Unconditional .    Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by Lender upon this Guaranty or acceptance of this Guaranty; the Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived in reliance upon this Guaranty; and all dealings between Borrower or Guarantor, on the one hand, and Lender, on the other, shall likewise be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guaranty.  Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon Borrower or the Guaranty with respect to the Obligations.  This Guaranty shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (i) the validity or enforceability of the Loan Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any of the Obligations or any collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by Lender, (ii) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by Borrower against Lender, or (iii) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of Borrower or Guarantor) which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or

 

- 3 -


 

 

l egal discharge of Borrower for the Obligations, or of Guarantor under this Guaranty, in bankruptcy or in any other instance.  When pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against Guarantor, Lender may, but shall be under no obligation, to pursue such rights and remedies that they may have against Borrower or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by Lender to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from Borrower or any such other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of Borrower or any such other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve Guarantor of any liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of Lender against Guarantor.  This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon Guarantor and their successors and assigns thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of Lender, and successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns, until all the Obligations and the obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty shall have been satisfied by payment in full, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Loan Agreement Borrower may be free from any Obligations.

(a) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Guarantor hereby agrees, acknowledges, and represents and warrants to Lender as follows:

(i) Guarantor hereby waives any defense arising by reason of, and any and all right to assert against Lender any claim or defense based upon, an election of remedies by Lender which in any manner impairs, affects, reduces, releases, destroys and/or extinguishes Guarantor’s (x) subrogation rights, (y) rights to proceed against Borrower or any other guarantor for reimbursement or contribution, and/or (z) any other rights of Guarantor to proceed against Borrower, against any other guarantor, or against any other person or security.

(ii) Guarantor is presently informed of the financial condition of Borrower and of all other circumstances which diligent inquiry would reveal and which bear upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations.  Guarantor hereby covenants that it will make its own investigation and will continue to keep itself informed of Borrower’s financial condition, the status of other guarantors, if any, of all other circumstances which bear upon the risk of nonpayment and that it will continue to rely upon sources other than Lender for such information and will not rely upon Lender for any such information.  Absent a written request for such information by Guarantor to Lender, Guarantor hereby waives its right, if any, to require Lender to disclose to Guarantor any information which Lender may now or hereafter acquire concerning such condition or circumstances including, but not limited to, the release of or revocation by any other guarantor.

(iii) Guarantor has independently reviewed the Loan Agreement and related agreements and has made an independent determination as to the validity and enforceability thereof, and in executing and delivering this Guaranty to Lender, Guarantor is not in any manner relying upon the validity, and/or enforceability, and/or attachment, and/or perfection of any Liens or security interests of any kind or nature granted by

 

- 4 -


 

 

Borrower or any other guarantor to Lender, now or at any time and from time to time in the future.

7.     Reinstatement .  This Guaranty shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by Lender upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of Borrower or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, Borrower or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

8.     Payments .  Guarantor hereby agrees that the Obligations will be paid to Lender without set-off or counterclaim in U.S. Dollars.

9.     Event of Default .  If an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing, Guarantor agrees that, as between Guarantor and the Lender, the Obligations may be declared to be due in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement for purposes of this Guaranty notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition which may prevent, delay or vitiate any such declaration as against the Borrower and that, in the event of any such declaration (or attempted declaration), such Obligations shall forthwith become due by Guarantor for purposes of this Guaranty.

10.     Severability .  Any provision of this Guaranty which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

11.     Headings .  The paragraph headings used in this Guaranty are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

12.     No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  Lender shall not by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 13 hereof), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof.  No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of Lender, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.  No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  A waiver by Lender of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which Lender would otherwise have on any future occasion.  The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

13.     Waivers and Amendments; Successors and Assigns; Governing Law .  None of the terms or provisions of this Guaranty may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except by a written instrument executed by Guarantor and Lender, provided that any provision of this Guaranty may be waived by Lender in a letter or agreement executed by Lender

- 5 -


 

 

or by facsimile or electronic transmission from Lender to the Guarantor.  This Guaranty shall be binding upon the personal representatives, successors and assigns of Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns. 

14.     Notices .  Notices delivered in connection with this Guaranty shall be given in accordance with Section 10.05 of the Loan Agreement.

15.     Jurisdiction

(a) THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) GUARANTOR HEREBY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY.  GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING.  GUARANTOR HEREBY SUBMITS TO, AND WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY HAVE TO, EXCLUSIVE PERSONAL JURISDICTION AND VENUE IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WITH RESPECT TO ANY DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS.

16.     Integration .  This Guaranty represents the agreement of Guarantor with respect to the subject matter hereof and there are no promises or representations by Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not reflected herein.

17.     Acknowledgments .  Guarantor hereby acknowledges that:

(a) Guarantor has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Guaranty and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Lender does not have any fiduciary relationship to Guarantor, Guarantor does not have any fiduciary relationship to Lender and the relationship between Lender and Guarantor is solely that of surety and creditor; and

(c) no joint venture exists between Lender and Guarantor or among Lender, Borrower and Guarantor.

 

[ Signature pages follow ]

 

- 6 -


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian Stack

 

Name:

Brian Stack

 

Title:

Authorized Representative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature Page to Amended and Restated Guaranty


Exhibit 10.75

 

 

EXECUTION

PLS REPO FACILITY

 

AMENDMENT NO. 7   TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No.  7 to Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement , dated as of October 31 , 2014 (this “ Amendment ”), among   Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC (the “ Buyer ”), PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (the “ Seller ”)   and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC  ( the  “ Guarantor ”) .

 

RECITALS

 

The Buye r, the Seller and the Guarantor are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of May 3 , 2013   ( as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of September 5, 2013 , Amendment No. 2, dated as of January 10, 2014 ,   Amendment No. 3, dated as of March 13, 2014 , Amendment No. 4, dated as of April 30, 2014 ,   Amendment No.  5 , dated as of May 22 , 2014 , and Amendment No. 6, dated as of June 3, 2014 ,   the “ Existing Repurchase Agreement ”; as further amended by this Amendment , the “ Repurchase Agreement ”) and the related Pricing Side Letter, dated as of May 3 , 2013   ( as amended , restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time , the “ Pricing Side Letter ”).  The Guarantor   is   part y to that certain Guaranty ( as amended , restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Guaranty ”), dated as of August 14, 2009 ,   by the Guarantor in favor of Buyer.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Existing Repurchase Agreement and Guaranty, as applicable.  

The Buyer , the Seller and the Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Repurchase Agreement As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Repurchase Agreement , the B uyer has required the Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

 

Accordingly, the Buyer, the Se ller and the Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual promises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

SECTION 1. Definitions .  Section 2 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by   deleting the definition s of GNMA Loan ,   Maximum Committed Purchase Price ”, Securities Account Control Agreement ”   and Termination Date in their   entirety and replacing t hem   with the following:

GNMA Loan ” means any Purchased Mortgage Loan that is subject to a Transaction hereunder and was purchased from a GNMA Security in accordance with the terms of the GNMA Guide, or purchased by the Seller shortly after its purchase from a GNMA Security.

Maximum Committed Purchase Price ” means $700,000,000; provided , that, for all purposes hereunder, for all Purchased Mortgage Loans that are GNMA Loans, the Maximum Committed Purchase Price shall be deemed to be $400,000,000.  For the avoidance of doubt, the

 

- 1 -

 


 

Maximum Committed Purchase Price hereunder shall not exceed $700,000,000, inclusive of all Purchased Mortgage Loans, including all Purchased Mortgage Loans that are GNMA Loans.

Securities Account Control Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Securities Account Control Agreement dated as of October 31 , 2014, among Buyer ,   Buyer in its capacity as lender under the Servicing Facility Agreement, Seller ,   Seller in its capacity as borrower under the Servicing Facility Agreement, Seller in its capacity as servicer under the Agreement, and Securities Intermediary and other parties as joined thereto from time to time, as may be amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

Termination Date ” means the earliest of (a) October 3 0 , 201 5, and (b) the date of the occurrence of an Event of Default.

 

SECTION 2. Servicing .  Section 12 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting subsection (a) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

a. Seller shall service the Mortgage Loans consistent with the degree of skill and care that Seller customarily requires with respect to similar Mortgage Loans owned or managed by it and in accordance with Accepted Servicing Practices and Agency, GNMA, HUD, FHA and VA guidelines, as applicable .  The Servicer shall (i) comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, (ii) maintain all state and federal licenses necessary for it to perform its servicing responsibilities hereunder and (iii) not impair the rights of Buyer in any Mortgage Loans or any payment thereunder.  Buyer may terminate the servicing of any Mortgage Loan with the then existing Servicer in accordance with Section 12(d) hereof.

 

SECTION 3. Representations and Warranties .  Section 13 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting subsection (11) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

(11) Litigation .  There is no action, proceeding or investigation pending with respect to which either Seller or Guarantor has received service of process or, to the best of Seller’s or Guarantor’s knowledge threatened against it before any court, administrative agency or other tribunal (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, any Transaction, Transaction Request, Purchase Confirmation or any Program Agreement, (B) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any Transaction Request, Purchase Confirmation or any Program Agreement, (C) makes a claim individually or in the aggregate in an amount greater than $ 10 ,000,000, (D) which requires filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the 1934 Act or any rules thereunder or (E) which might materially and adversely affect the validity of the Mortgage Loans or the performance by it of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement, any Transaction Request, Purchase Confirmation or any Program Agreement.

 

SECTION 4. Covenants .  Section 14 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by :

- 2 -

 


 

4.1 deleting subsection (c) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

c. Litigation . Seller and Guarantor, as applicable, will promptly, and in any event within ten (10) days after service of process on any of the following, give to Buyer notice of all litigation, actions, suits, arbitrations, investigations (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing which are threatened or pending) or other legal or arbitrable proceedings affecting Seller, Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries or affecting any of the Property of any of them before any Governmental Authority that (i) questions or challenges the validity or enforceability of any of the Program Agreements or any action to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) makes a claim individually or in the aggregate in an amou nt greater than $10 ,000,000, or (iii) which, individually or in the aggregate, if adversely determined, could be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. On each Reporting Date, Seller and Guarantor, as applicable, will provide to Buyer a litigation docket listing all litigation, actions, suits, arbitrations, investigations (including, without limitation, any of the foregoing which are threatened or pending) or other legal or arbitrable proceedings affecting Seller, Guarantor or any of their Subsidiaries or affecting any of the Property of any of them before any Governmental Authority. Seller and Guarantor, as applicable, will promptly provide notice of any judgment, which with the passage of time, could cause an Event of Default hereunder.

4.2 deleting the references to “in accordance with Section 7(b) hereof” in subsections (ii)(A) and (B) in their entirety and replacing them with “in accordance with the Securities Account Control Agreement”.

 

SECTION 5. Events of Default .  Section 15 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting subsection (k) in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

k. Judgment .  A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess of $1 0,000,000 shall be rendered against Seller, Guarantor or any of their Affiliates by one or more courts, administrative tribunals or other bodies having jurisdiction and the same shall not be satisfied, discharged (or provision shall not be made for such discharge) or bonded, or a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured, within 30 days from the date of entry thereof.

 

SECTION 6. Conditions Precedent T his Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof   (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”) ,   subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

6.1 Delivered Documents .  On the Amendment Effective Date, the Buyer shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Buyer in form and substance:

 

(a) this Amendment, executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Buye r, the Seller and the Guarantor ;  

- 3 -

 


 

(b) Amendment No. 5 to that certain Pricing Side Letter , dated as of the date hereof, executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor ;  

(c) the Securities Account Control Agreement, executed and delivered by the duly authorized officers of Buyer ,   Seller , and Securities Intermediary; and

 

(d) such other documents as the Buyer or counsel to the Buyer may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 7. Representations and Warranties .  Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer that it is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in the Repurchase Agreement   on its part to be observed or performed, and that no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, and hereby confirms and reaffirms the representations and warranties contained in Section 13 of the Repurchase Agreement.

 

SECTION 8. Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Repurchase Agreement   shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

SECTION 9. Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 10. Severability . Each provision and agreement herein shall be treated as separate and independent from any other provision or agreement herein and shall be enforceable notwithstanding the unenforceability of any such other provision or agreement.

 

SECTION 11. GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

 

SECTION 12. Reaffirmation of Guaranty .  The Guarantor hereby ratif ies and affirm s all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and acknowledge s and agree s that the term “Obligations” as used in the Guaranty shall apply to all of the Obligations of Seller to Buyer under the Repurchase Agreement and related Program Agreements , as amended hereby.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

- 4 -

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, as Buyer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Loskove

 

Name:

Adam Loskove

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, as Seller

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Pamela Marsh

 

Name:

Pamela Marsh

 

Title:

Executive Vice President, Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, as Guarantor  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Pamela Marsh

 

Name:

Pamela Marsh

 

Title:

Executive Vice President, Treasurer

 

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 7 to Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement


Exhibit 10.76

 

EXECUTION

PLS REPO FACILITY

 

AMENDMENT NO. 8   TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER REPURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

Amendment No.  8 to Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement , dated as of December 23 , 2014 (this “ Amendment ”), among   Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC (the “ Buyer ”), PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (the “ Seller ”)   and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC  ( the  “ Guarantor ”) .

 

RECITALS

 

The Buye r, the Seller and the Guarantor are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of May 3 , 2013   ( as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of September 5, 2013 , Amendment No. 2, dated as of January 10, 2014 ,   Amendment No. 3, dated as of March 13, 2014 , Amendment No. 4, dated as of April 30, 2014 ,   Amendment No.  5 , dated as of May 22 , 2014 , Amendment No. 6, dated as of June 3, 2014 , and Amendment No. 7, dated as of October 31, 2014 ,   the “ Existing Repurchase Agreement ”; as further amended by this Amendment , the “ Repurchase Agreement ”) and the related Pricing Side Letter, dated as of May 3 , 2013   ( as amended , restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time , the “ Pricing Side Letter ”).  The Guarantor   is   part y to that certain Guaranty ( as amended , restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Guaranty ”), dated as of August 14, 2009 ,   by the Guarantor in favor of Buyer.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Existing Repurchase Agreement and Guaranty, as applicable.  

The Buyer , the Seller and the Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing Repurchase Agreement As a condition precedent to amending the Existing Repurchase Agreement , the B uyer has required the Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

 

Accordingly, the Buyer, the Se ller and the Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual promises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

SECTION 1. Definitions .  Section 2 of the Existing Repurchase Agreement is hereby amended by :

1.1 deleting the definition s of Aged Loan ,   Aging Limit ”, Maximum Committed Purchase Price ” and Mortgage Loan   in their   entirety and replacing t hem   with the following:

Aged Loan ” means a Mortgage Loan   ( other than with respect to a   GNMA Loan ,  a Non-Agency QM Mortgage Loan and a   Pooled Mortgage Loan) which has been subject to one or more Transactions hereunde r for a period of greater than 60 days but not greater than 9 0 days.  

 

 

- 1 -


 

Aging Limit means ( i) with respect to Purchased Mortg age Loans other than Aged Loans, GNMA Loans and Non-Agency QM Mortgage Loans , 60 days, (ii) with respect to Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Aged Loans, 90 days , and (iii) with respect to Purchased Mortgage Loans that are Non-Agency QM Mortgage Loans, 270 days .

  Maximum Committed Purchase Price ” means $5 00,000,000; provided , that, for all purposes hereunder, for all Purchased Mortgage Loans that are GNMA Loans, the Maximum Committed Purchase Price shall be deemed to be $400,000,000.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Maximum Committed Purchase Pri ce hereunder shall not exceed $5 00,000,000, inclusive of all Purchased Mortgage Loans, including all Purchased Mortgage Loans that are GNMA Loans.

Mortgage Loan ” means any Agency Mortgage Loan, Non-Agency QM Mortgage Loan, GNMA Loan or Pooled Mortgage Loan which is a fixed or floating rate, one to four family residential mortgage loan evidenced by a promissory note and secured by a mortgage, which satisfies the requirements set forth in the Underwriting Guidelines and Section 13(b) hereof; provided, however, that, Mortgage Loans shall not include any High Cost Mortgage Loans and; provided, further, that the related Purchase Date is no more than sixty (60) days following the origination date except with respect to (i) any Mortgage Loan that is transferred to Seller from PennyMac Corp., in which case the related Purchase Date is no more than one hundred twenty (120) days following the origination date , and (ii) any Mortgage Loan that is a GNMA Loan .

1.2 deleting the definitions of “ Aged 30 Day Loan , “ Aged 60 Day Loan and “ Aged 270 Day Loan ” in their entirety and all references thereto.

1.3 deleting the definition of “ Jumbo Mortgage Loan ” in its entirety and replacing it with the following definition of “ Non-Agency QM Mortgage Loan ”:

Non-Agency QM Mortgage Loan ”   means a Mortgage Loan with an original principal balance in an amount in excess of the then applicable conventional conforming limits, including general limits and high-cost area limits, for Mortgaged Properties securing Mortgage Loans in such county or local area; provided, however, that Non-Agency QM Mortgage Loans shall not include any Mortgage Loan with an original principal balance in excess of $2,000,000.

1.4 deleting all references to “ Jumbo Mortgage Loan ” in their entirety and replacing them with “ Non-Agency QM Mortgage Loan ”.

 

SECTION 2. Conditions Precedent T his Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof   (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”) ,   subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

2.1 Delivered Documents .  On the Amendment Effective Date, the Buyer shall have received the following documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to the Buyer in form and substance:

- 2 -


 

(a) this Amendment, executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Buye r, the Seller and the Guarantor ;  

(b) Amendment No. 6 to that certain Pricing Side Letter , dated as of the date hereof, executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Buyer, the Seller and the Guarantor ;   and

 

(c) such other documents as the Buyer or counsel to the Buyer may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 3. Representations and Warranties .  Seller hereby represents and warrants to the Buyer that it is in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in the Repurchase Agreement   on its part to be observed or performed, and that no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, and hereby confirms and reaffirms the representations and warranties contained in Section 13 of the Repurchase Agreement.

 

SECTION 4. Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing Repurchase Agreement   shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

SECTION 5. Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 6. Severability . Each provision and agreement herein shall be treated as separate and independent from any other provision or agreement herein and shall be enforceable notwithstanding the unenforceability of any such other provision or agreement.

 

SECTION 7. GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

 

SECTION 8. Reaffirmation of Guaranty .  The Guarantor hereby ratif ies and affirm s all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and acknowledge s and agree s that the term “Obligations” as used in the Guaranty shall apply to all of the Obligations of Seller to Buyer under the Repurchase Agreement and related Program Agreements , as amended hereby.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

- 3 -


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, as Buyer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Loskove

 

Name:

Adam Loskove

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC, as Seller

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne McCallion

 

Name:

Anne McCallion

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, as Guarantor  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anne McCallion

 

Name:

Anne McCallion

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 8 to Amended and Restated Master Repurchase Agreement


Exhibit 10.77

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

GUARANTY

GUARANTY, dated as of August 14, 2009 (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Guaranty ”), made by Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Guarantor ”), in favor of Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital, LLC (“ Buyer ”).

RECITALS

Pursuant to the Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of August 14, 2009 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Repurchase Agreement ”), among PennyMac Loan Services, LLC (“ Seller ”), Guarantor and Buyer, Buyer has agreed from time to time to enter into transactions in which Seller agrees to transfer to Buyer Mortgage Loans against the transfer of funds by Buyer, with a simultaneous agreement by Buyer to transfer to Seller such Mortgage Loans at a date certain or on demand, against the transfer of funds by Seller.  Each such transaction shall be referred to herein as a “ Transaction ”.  It is a condition precedent to the obligation of Buyer to enter into Transactions under the Repurchase Agreement that Guarantor shall have executed and delivered this Guaranty to Buyer.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing premises, to induce Buyer to enter into the Repurchase Agreement and to enter into Transactions thereunder, Guarantor hereby agrees with Buyer, as follows:

1. Defined Terms .   (a) Unless otherwise defined herein, terms which are defined in the Repurchase Agreement and used herein are so used as so defined.

(b) For purposes of this Guaranty, “Obligations” shall mean all obligations and liabilities of Seller to Buyer, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, or out of or in connection with the Repurchase Agreement and any other Program Agreements and any other document made, delivered or given in connection therewith or herewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel to Buyer that are required to be paid by Seller pursuant to the terms of the Program Agreements and costs of enforcement of this Guaranty) or otherwise.

2. Guaranty .   (a) Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to Buyer the prompt and complete payment and performance by Seller when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations.

(b) Guarantor further agrees to pay any and all expenses (including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of counsel) which may be paid or incurred by Buyer in enforcing, or obtaining advice of counsel in respect of, any rights with respect to, or collecting, any or all of the Obligations and/or enforcing any rights with respect to, or collecting against, Guarantor under this Guaranty.  This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect until the later

 

 

 


 

of (i) the termination of the Repurchase Agreement or (ii) the Obligations are paid in full, notwithstanding that from time to time prior thereto Seller may be free from any Obligations.

(c) No payment or payments made by Seller or any other Person or received or collected by Buyer from Seller or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application, at any time or from time to time, in reduction of or in payment of the Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of Guarantor hereunder which shall, notwithstanding any such payment or payments, remain liable for the amount of the outstanding Obligations until the outstanding Obligations are paid in full.

(d) Guarantor agrees that whenever, at any time, or from time to time, Guarantor shall make any payment to Buyer on account of Guarantor’s liability hereunder, Guarantor will notify Buyer in writing that such payment is made under this Guaranty for such purpose.

3. Right of Set-off .  Buyer is hereby irrevocably authorized at any time and from time to time without notice to Guarantor, any such notice being hereby waived by Guarantor, to set off and appropriate and apply any and all monies and other property of Guarantor, deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by Buyer of any affiliate thereof to or for the credit or the account of Guarantor, or any part thereof in such amounts as Buyer may elect, on account of the Obligations and liabilities of Guarantor hereunder and claims of every nature and description of Buyer against Guarantor, in any currency, whether arising hereunder, under the Repurchase Agreement or otherwise, as Buyer may elect, whether or not Buyer has made any demand for payment and although such Obligations and liabilities and claims may be contingent or unmatured. Buyer shall notify Guarantor promptly of any such set-off and the application made by Buyer, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.  The rights of Buyer under this paragraph are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of set-off) which Buyer may have.

4. Subrogation .  Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by Guarantor hereunder or any set-off or application of funds of Guarantor by Buyer, Guarantor shall not be entitled to be subrograted to any of the rights of Buyer against Seller or any other guarantor or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by Buyer for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from Seller or any other guarantor in respect of payments made by Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to Buyer by Seller on account of the Obligations are paid in full and the Repurchase Agreement is terminated.  If any amount shall be paid to Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations shall not have been paid in full, such amounts shall be held by Guarantor for the benefit of Buyer, segregated from other funds of Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by Guarantor, be turned over to Buyer in the exact form received by Guarantor (duly indorsed by Guarantor to Buyer, if required), to be applied against the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in such order as Buyer may determine.

- 2 -


 

5. Amendments, etc. with Respect to the Obligations .  Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against Guarantor, and without notice to or further assent by Guarantor, any demand for payment of any of the Obligations made by Buyer may be rescinded by Buyer, and any of the Obligations continued, and the Obligations, or the liability of any other party upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by Buyer, and the Repurchase Agreement, and the other Program Agreements and any other document in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, pursuant to its terms and as Buyer may deem advisable from time to time, and any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by Buyer for the payment of the Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released.  Buyer shall have no obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Obligations or for this Guaranty or any property subject thereto.  When making any demand hereunder against Guarantor, Buyer may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on Seller and any failure by Buyer to make any such demand or to collect any payments from Seller or any release of Seller shall not relieve Guarantor of its obligations or liabilities hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, express or implied, or as a matter of law, of Buyer against Guarantor.  For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

6. Guaranty Absolute and Unconditional .   (a)  Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by Buyer upon this Guaranty or acceptance of this Guaranty; the Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived in reliance upon this Guaranty; and all dealings between Seller or Guarantor, on the one hand, and Buyer, on the other, shall likewise be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guaranty.  Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon Seller or the Guaranty with respect to the Obligations.  This Guaranty shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (i) the validity or enforceability of the Repurchase Agreement, the other Program Agreements, any of the Obligations or any collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by Buyer, (ii) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by Seller against Buyer, or (iii) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of Seller or Guarantor) which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of Seller for the Obligations, or of Guarantor under this Guaranty, in bankruptcy or in any other instance.  When pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against Guarantor, Buyer may, but shall be under no obligation, to pursue such rights and remedies that they may have against Seller or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by Buyer to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from Seller or any such other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of Seller or any such other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve Guarantor of any liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express,

- 3 -


 

implied or available as a matter of law, of Buyer against Guarantor.  This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon Guarantor and their successors and assigns thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of Buyer, and successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns, until all the Obligations and the obligations of Guarantor under this Guaranty shall have been satisfied by payment in full, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Repurchase Agreement, Seller may be free from any Obligations.

(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Guarantor hereby agrees, acknowledges, and represents and warrants to Buyer as follows:

(i) Guarantor hereby waives any defense arising by reason of, and any and all right to assert against Buyer any claim or defense based upon, an election of remedies by Buyer which in any manner impairs, affects, reduces, releases, destroys and/or extinguishes Guarantor’s subrogation rights, rights to proceed against Seller or any other guarantor for reimbursement or contribution, and/or any other rights of Guarantor to proceed against Seller, against any other guarantor, or against any other person or security.

(ii) Guarantor is presently informed of the financial condition of Seller and of all other circumstances which diligent inquiry would reveal and which bear upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations.  Guarantor hereby covenants that it will make its own investigation and will continue to keep itself informed of Seller’s financial condition, the status of other guarantors, if any, of all other circumstances which bear upon the risk of nonpayment and that it will continue to rely upon sources other than Buyer for such information and will not rely upon Buyer for any such information.  Absent a written request for such information by Guarantor to Buyer, Guarantor hereby waives its right, if any, to require Buyer to disclose to Guarantor any information which Buyer may now or hereafter acquire concerning such condition or circumstances including, but not limited to, the release of or revocation by any other guarantor.

(iii) Guarantor has independently reviewed the Repurchase Agreement and related agreements and has made an independent determination as to the validity and enforceability thereof, and in executing and delivering this Guaranty to Buyer, Guarantor is not in any manner relying upon the validity, and/or enforceability, and/or attachment, and/or perfection of any Liens or security interests of any kind or nature granted by Seller or any other guarantor to Buyer, now or at any time and from time to time in the future.

7. Reinstatement .  This Guaranty shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by Buyer upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of Seller or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, Seller or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

8. Payments .  Guarantor hereby agrees that the Obligations will be paid to Buyer without set-off or counterclaim in U.S. Dollars.

- 4 -


 

9. Event of Default .  If an Event of Default under the Repurchase Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing, Guarantor agrees that, as between Guarantor and Buyer, the Obligations may be declared to be due in accordance with the terms of the Repurchase Agreement for purposes of this Guaranty notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition which may prevent, delay or vitiate any such declaration as against a Seller and that, in the event of any such declaration (or attempted declaration), such Obligations shall forthwith become due by Guarantor for purposes of this Guaranty.

10. Severability .  Any provision of this Guaranty which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

11. Headings .  The paragraph headings used in this Guaranty are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

12. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  Buyer shall not by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to paragraph 13 hereof), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default or in any breach of any of the terms and conditions hereof.  No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of Buyer, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.  No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.  A waiver by Buyer of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which Buyer would otherwise have on any future occasion.  The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

13. Waivers and Amendments; Successors and Assigns; Governing Law .  None of the terms or provisions of this Guaranty may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except by a written instrument executed by Guarantor and Buyer, provided that any provision of this Guaranty may be waived by Buyer in a letter or agreement executed by Buyer or by facsimile or electronic transmission from Buyer to Guarantor.  This Guaranty shall be binding upon the personal representatives, successors and assigns of Guarantor and shall inure to the benefit of Buyer and its successors and assigns.  .

14. Notices .  Notices delivered in connection with this Guaranty shall be given in accordance with Section 20 of the Repurchase Agreement.

15. Jurisdiction

(a) THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

- 5 -


 

(b) GUARANTOR HEREBY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY.  GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE PROGRAM AGREEMENTS IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING.  GUARANTOR HEREBY SUBMITS TO, AND WAIVES ANY OBJECTION IT MAY HAVE TO, EXCLUSIVE PERSONAL JURISDICTION AND VENUE IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WITH RESPECT TO ANY DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE PROGRAM AGREEMENTS.

16. Integration .  This Guaranty represents the agreement of Guarantor with respect to the subject matter hereof and there are no promises or representations by Buyer relative to the subject matter hereof not reflected herein.

17. Acknowledgments .  Guarantor hereby acknowledges that:

(a) Guarantor has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Guaranty and the other Program Agreements;

(b) Buyer does not have any fiduciary relationship to Guarantor, Guarantor does not have any fiduciary relationship to Buyer and the relationship between Buyer and Guarantor is solely that of surety and creditor; and

(c) no joint venture exists between Buyer and Guarantor or among Buyer, Seller and Guarantor.

[SIGNATURES COMMENCE ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

- 6 -


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE
ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David M. Walker

 

 

Name: David M. Walker

 

 

Title: Chief Credit Officer

 

 


Exhibit 10.84

 

EXECUTION

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO MORTGAGE LOAN PARTICIPATION PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

Amendment No. 1   to Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase And Sale Agreement , dated as of January 30, 2015 (this “ Amendment ”), by and among Bank of America, N.A. (“ Purchaser ”), Penny M ac Loan Services, LLC (“ Seller ”)   and Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC   ( Guarantor ).

RECITALS

Purchaser , Guarantor and Seller are parties to that certain Mortgage Loan Participation Purchase And Sale Agreement , dated as of August 13, 2014  ( as amended , restated, supplemented or otherwise modified   from time to time ,   the “ Existing MLPSA ”; and as further amended by this Amendment, the “ MLPSA ”).  The Guarantor is a party to that certain Amended and Restated Guaranty (as amended ,   restated, supplemented or otherwise modified   from time to time, the “ Guaranty ”), dated as of August 13, 2014 , made by Guarantor in favor of Purchaser .

Purchaser , Seller and Guarantor have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment, that the Existing MLPSA be amended to reflect certain agreed upon revisions to the terms of the Existing MLPSA .  As a condition precedent to amending the Existing MLPSA ,   Purchaser has required Guarantor to ratify and affirm the Guaranty on the date hereof.

Accordingly, Purchaser , Seller and Guarantor hereby agree, in consideration of the mutual pro mises and mutual obligations set forth herein, that the Existing MLPSA is hereby amended as follows:

Section 1. Definitions .   Section 1 of the Existing MLPSA is hereby amended by   deleting the definition s of Effective Date ”, Expiration Date ”, FHLMC ” or Freddie Mac ,   FNMA ” or “ Fannie Mae ,   Security Issuance Failure and “ Subsidiary   in their entirety and replacing t hem with the following:

Effective Date ”: Janaury 30, 2015.

Expiration Date ”: The earlier of (i) January 29 , 201 6 , (ii) at Purchaser’s option, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, and (iii) the date on which this Agreement shall terminate in accordance with the provisions hereof or by operation of law .

FHLMC ” or Freddie Mac ”:  The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or any successor thereto.

FNMA ” or “ Fannie Mae ”: The Federal National Mortgage Association or any successor thereto .

Security Issuance Failure ”:  Failure (a) of the Security to be issued for any reason including but not limited to Seller’s failure to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Program Document or failure to perform in Strict Compliance with

 

 


 

the related Agency Program or (b) to cause Delivery of the Security to Purchaser or its designee   (and designee has been properly notified it is holding for Purchaser) .

Subsidiary ”:  With respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership or other entity of which at least a majority of the securities or other ownership interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions of such corporation, partnership or other entity (irrespective of whether or not at the time securities or other ownership interests of any other class or classes of such corporation, partnership or other entity shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

Section 2 .        Facility Fee .  Section 2 of the Existing MLPSA is hereby amended by deleting clause (g) in its entirety and replacing it with the following :

(g)  Seller shall pay to Purchaser in immediately available funds, a non-refundable Facility Fee.  The Facility Fee shall be deemed earned in full on the Effective Date and if the Agreement is renewed, thereafter on or before the anniversary of the Effective Date.  The Facility Fee shall be payable in quarterly installments, with the first (1 st ) installment to be paid on the Effective Date, and the remaining quarterly installments to be paid on the fifth (5 th ) Business Day of the month immediately following the quarterly anniversary of the Effective Date; provided that if any such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day.  Such payment shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, without deduction, set-off or counterclaim, to Purchaser at such account designated by Purchaser.  Upon the early termination of this Agreement, all unpaid installments of the entire Facility Fee will be due and owing and no portion of the Facility Fee shall be refunded; provided ,   however , that in the event Purchaser notifies Seller in writing that it shall no longer purchase Participation Certificates from Seller in accordance with the Agreement other than due to (i) the occurrence of a Potential Default or Event of Default or (ii) Seller’s failure to satisfy the conditions precedent for Purchaser to purchase Participation Certificates from Seller in accordance with the Agreement, Purchaser shall refund to Seller a pro-rated portion of the Facility Fee. Furthermore, the Facility Fee will be prorated in the event of an increase of the Aggregate Transaction Limit.  The Facility Fee shall be withdrawn from the Seller’s Over/Under Account.

Section  3.        Fees and Expenses .  Seller hereby agrees to pay to Purchaser , on demand, any and all reasonable fees, costs and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by Purchaser in connection with the development, preparation and execution of this Amendment, irrespective of whether any transactions hereunder are executed.

Section  4.        Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof upon Purchaser ’s receipt of this Amendment, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of Purchaser , Seller and Guarantor.

- 2 -


 

Section  5.        Limited Effect .  Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, the Existing MLPSA shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

Section  6.        Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed by each of the parties hereto on any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

Section  7.        Severability .  Each provision and agreement herein shall be treated as separate and independent from any other provision or agreement herein and shall be enforceable notwithstanding the unenforceability of any such other provision or agreement.

SECTION 8.   GOVERNING LAW .  THE AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

Section 9.     Reaffirmation of Guaranty . The Guarantor hereby (i) agrees that the liability of Guarantor or rights of Purchaser under the Guaranty shall not be affected as a result of this Amendment, (ii) ratifies and affirms all of the terms, covenants, conditions and obligations of the Guaranty and (iii) acknowledges and agrees that such Guaranty is and shall continue to be in full force and effect.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

- 3 -


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

Bank of America, N.A ., as Purchaser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Robitshek

 

Name:

Adam Robitshek

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PENNYMAC LOAN SERVICES, LLC , as Seller

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Pamela Marsh

 

Name:

Pamela Marsh

 

Title:

Executive Vice President, Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRIVATE NATIONAL MORTGAGE ACCEPTANCE COMPANY, LLC , as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Pamela Marsh

 

Name:

Pamela Marsh

 

Title:

Executive Vice President, Treasurer

 

S ignature Page to Amendment No. 1 to MLPSA


Exhibit 21.1

 

LIST OF PENNYMAC FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC. SUBSIDIARIES

as of December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Entity

    

Entity   Type

    

State   or   Other
Jurisdiction
of   Incorporation
or   Organization

 

Private National Mortgage Acceptance Company, LLC

 

Limited   Liability   Company

 

Delaware

 

PNMAC Capital Management, LLC

 

Limited   Liability   Company

 

Delaware

 

PennyMac Loan Services, LLC

 

Limited   Liability   Company

 

Delaware

 

PNMAC Opportunity Fund Associates, LLC

 

Limited   Liability   Company

 

Delaware

 

PennyMac Loan Services, Inc.

 

Corporation

 

California

 

 


Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-188929 on Form S-8 of our report dated March 1 3 , 201 5 relating to the consolidated financial statements of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. , and subsidiaries (the “Company”) (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph regarding the recapitalization and reorganization on May 14, 2013 )   appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 201 4 .  

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Los Angeles, California
March 1 3 , 201 5  

 


Exhibit 3 1 . 1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Stanford L. Kurland , certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. ;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report ;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report ;

 

4.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13(a)-15(e)) for the registrant and have :

 

a.

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared ;

 

b.

[Intentionally omitted pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-15(a)] ;

 

c.

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d.

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions) :

 

a.

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b.

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting .

 

Date: March 1 3 , 2015

 

/s/ S TANFORD L. K URLAND

 

Stanford L. Kurland

 

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to the   Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.


Exhibit 3 1 . 2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Anne D. McCallion , certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. ;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report ;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report ;

 

4.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13(a)-15(e)) for the registrant and have :

 

a.

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared ;

 

b.

[Intentionally omitted pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-15(a)] ;

 

c.

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d.

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions) :

 

a.

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b.

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting .

 

Date: March 1 3 , 2015

 

/s/ ANNE D. MCCALLION

 

Anne D. McCallion

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.


Exhibit 32. 1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Stanford L. Kurland , Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2.

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

/s/ STANFORD L. KURLAND

 

Stanford L. Kurland

 

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

 

March 13, 2015

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and will be retained by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 


Exhibit 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year   ended December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Anne D.   McCallion, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906   of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1.

The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2.

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of   operations of the Company.

 

 

 

/s/ A nne D. M c C allion

 

Anne D. McCallion

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

March 13, 2015

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise   adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has   been provided to PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and will be retained by PennyMac Financial Services, Inc. and furnished   to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.